An Advance Guide To Adobe Photoshop

1. Introduction: Hello everyone. My name is tell HA, and I'm in Adobe Photoshop expert. If you are a designer who had been using Photoshop for quite awhile and law, and you're still not confident with it. And you know that everything you do in Photoshop data at a much quicker, easier and efficient way to do it. So if that sounds familiar, this course is definitely for you. When I started using Photoshop myself, I used to wish for a properly structured course or series which would teach me everything so that I could take my design, getting it to the next level. Unfortunately, I couldn't find one and it used to take me off to do everything in Photoshop. I started watching videos, reading articles, and it took me years to learn everything which I know now. So that is why I created this Photoshop. But Moscow Wars, the course which I wanted myself when I was a beginner. And so did you won't have to learn Photoshop the hard way like I did. So this is an extremely in-depth course with a lot of projects in it. But after completing this course, you will be much more confident in using Photoshop, applying for jobs in gigs, and charging more for your services, you will then advance vase or making a selection and masking which includes and moving back at homes, replacing skies and refining your mosque. Advanced topography options, how to match forms, how to manage all your fonts using apart manager, and also how to write text around anything. You will learn about actions and how to use them, and also how to create them to make your workflow much more efficient, you will learn about color correction and color grading and also one of the most requested topics and that is how to match a subject to a new background. If you wonder how people make those amazing manipulations and effects, don't worry, we are going to learn how to make all of those, as well as how to retouch images. You will learn about mockups and how to make them yourself, how to change perspective of things, how to copy things in perspective. And also some really important advanced tips and tricks for Photoshop. So a little bit about me, as I mentioned before, I am or design instructor and I have dot ten, hundreds of thousands, if not hundreds of thousands. I've been featured on Adobe's website. I have 200 thousand students on Instagram alone. And if you want to join me what they are, you can definitely do so. And one of my major goals in life is to make learning digital skills easy for people. So join the course now and I hope that you really love it. 2. Download Project Files: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. So I thought I would make a quick video on how to download the project files. It is very simple and easy. Bert, some people obviously don't read stuff, so I thought I would make a video on this as well. Okay, so if you come over here, and this goes for my pretty much every course on Illustrator photoshop, basic Photoshop at Wash U. In the first line you will see project files over here. So all you have to do is simply click on this and it will take to project files and you can download them over here. Basically, project files has to kind of things. All the files which are over here. So all the files which I am working in this whole course, they will be in project files and also your projects, which you are going to do in this whole course. So simply click on this or you can go to Project and Resources and you can click over here. And it will take to your project files and you can download them and practice along the way as I do them in the whole course. So I hope you guys really have a good time watching the course. Don't forget to submit your projects. And yeah, while you're over here, let me tell you how to create a project as well. So for example, in videotaped in nine over here, you can see there is project written in front of it. So all you have to do is, for example, the video before this one is, I'm going to teach you how to resize without affecting the subject. So in number 39, let me open this. You will see data in this one. I am telling you that this is the image you have and you will have to resize it without affecting the subject. And this will, this will be in project files obviously. And all you have to do is after you are done completing the project, you have to come over here on Skillshare. Simply click on Create Project over here. After clicking, you can add a project title and you can upload the video or an image. So obviously you will be uploading an image and then simply click on Publish. And this way, you will be able to submit your projects to move as well. So yeah, as I was saying, I hope you guys have a really nice time watching the course. So yeah, see you in the proper classes. 3. How To Search Sections In The Course: Hi guys. I hope you're doing great. So before you start watching the course, I thought I would let you know that this course is divided into multiple sections. And if you want to see any section, if I move up over here, you can see this is section one which is adverse selection and masking. Similarly, if I move down, you can see Section 2 is on crop. So I guess there are 11 or 12 section told sections on, in this course. And you can see that there are a lot of videos. There are total of a 155 videos in this course. So I know this is an advanced course and you might not even want to see all the sections. So for dead, but you can do is you can simply press Control or Command F and you can search up the section you want to see. So I will simply write section over here. I don't know how to do this on Mac. I only know how to do this on Windows. You can search it up according to your operating system. So since I press Control F and wrote section over here, you can see it is showing section one. And I can click on this arrow over here, and it will jump me up to section 2. Similarly, section three and section four and so on. So basically you can check out a section which is more relevant to you at the moment. I would obviously recommend you to watch the whole course because even though you might be on the advanced level, I can promise you that you would learn. You will basically learn new things in this course, Definitely. So yeah, basically all the sections are over here. So yeah, this is a very advanced and long course and I don't want to make you go through each and every video. If you don't want to watch it, you can simply search up a section and wash their specific section. For example, on actions over here. For example, if you want to learn just color correction. So there is a section for this as well. And I guess at the end there is this section on basic advice, tips and tricks. So all the things which don't belong to any specific section, I added them to this section and you can watch this as well. So here this was pretty much it on how to search upper section which you want to watch in this course. And I hope that you guys have a really great time watching this course. So bye-bye. 4. Section 1 - Advance Selection & Masking: I hope you're doing great. So welcome to section 1. And in this section you are going to learn everything about advanced selection and masking. So as you can see that I have this image over here which I remove the background from. And you can also see, you're also going to learn how to refine the hair properly, how to cut out the background from the hair or the other way around. If you like to say a diet, then you are going to learn how to use Focus Area 2, Remove Background, good stuff over here. Then you are also going to learn how to remove sky from an image and also replaced it with a new sky. So yeah, let's move to another one. We have another image over here and the sky on this is very difficult to remove, but we were, we were still able to do it, and this was using channels. And in this image we are going to learn how to basically refine your selections using overlay. Let's move to the another one. I have another image over here. You can see that the subject is completely white, not completely right, but some vert white. And it is very difficult to make a selection of such kind of image. But we were still able to do this. And we are going to learn this. Then we are also going to learn how to change color of things about the doubt even making a selection. So yeah, let's move to another one. So we have a lot of flowers over here and we are going to learn how to change color off same things using refined, sorry, Color Range. So this is also an interesting topic. And finally, this is going to be a very difficult one, jet, my favorite topics to teach, and that is how can you cut out shadows along with your subject? So you can see that this was the original image. And I cut out the subject along with the shadow. So yeah, you are going to learn some interesting stuff in this section all about flexion and masking. And I can't wait to see you ice in it. 5. Automatic Selection & Masking: Welcome back guys to know we are going to learn about selection techniques in Photoshop advanced ways. But before that we are going to learn about the automatic ways. So as photoshop is, the newer version of Photoshop are coming, it is getting better and better. Ai is betting, getting really strong. Let me click over here to expand the tools. Okay? So if I come over here and click on the Quick Selection Tool, you can see that the wrist flexor object and select and mask over here. By the way, if you click on any selection tool, you can see these. But I am just used to using Quick Selection. So there is select Object and select and mask. To be able to use these, you need to have, I guess Photoshop don't do 20 and above. I am currently using Photoshop 2021. And if you are using Photoshop 2019, 19, I guess you will have to go to select over here and then subject over here. But I doubt that it is available below Photoshop 2020. And I would highly recommend you to buy the Adobe subscription and stay updated on the program because there are a lot of amazing features coming every single month. Okay. So what we can do with, we can click on Select Subject over here. And photoshops. Eia is going to analyze the image. And it is all automatically going to make a selection is, and as you can see, that it has made an amazing selection. And what we can do is simply come down over here and click on Mask. And just like that, the whole background is gone. I can click on the mask while pressing Shift to cancel out the mask to basically hide it. And then click over here again by pressing Shift to bring it back. And just like debt or background is gone, Let's do mortar little by pressing Control or Command Minus. And there is this dashed, which I usually do while making any selection or by removing backgrounds, I call it the black dashed. So what I do is basically, I come down over here on the adjustments. I click over here and I will select Solid Color. And I will select complete black over here and bring it below the subject. So I had this rule. If your subject looks good on black, because black has such a high contrast with the subject, it will look good on any background. So if I double-click over here and I select any other color for them helping or anything else. So you can see that it looks really good. So this was basically on how to use Select Subject option in Photoshop. But there is more. I have a lot of examples of what hair, six of them. So we are going to use those images and make sure that we are learning all about the automatic ways of selecting and masking in Photoshop. So let's come to the second image. I have this amazing image over here. Let's zoom out a little by pressing Control or Command Minus. I repeat the shortcuts for you guys because I think everyone should know them. And that way if I keep on repeating them, you will remember them. Okay, so let's do slips object over here. Again. I have the Quick Selection Tool selected over here. And I will click on Select Subject over here. And as soon as I click on it, photoshop will start analyzing the image and it will make a selection. Okay. So I think there is a laptop. Yeah, I was right. Laptop over here and it is a little away from the subject and that is why it was not able to detect it easily. So no problem. We have the Quick Selection Tool selected. We can make it bigger or smaller. You should know this by now. Press Alt or Option and then right-click and drag right to make it bigger, and drag left to make it smaller. And let's click over here. And just like that, it has been selected. And let's come down over here. I will click on the mask. And just like debt or background has been removed, easy-peasy. Okay, So alerts come to the next image. By the way, if you want to see other images and the names of your current document is very big. You can simply click over here these two arrows, and it will show you the list of other images. So I can see other images from over here, basically see their names. So I will click on the third one. So I have this very good image over here of a woman, and I need to cut out the background. Okay, so, so far we have learned about slept subject. Let's come over here, click on Quick Selection tool. And instead of using Flex object, we will go into Select and Mask. Now, let me tell you a reason. Let's click over here. Okay, so there are a lot of use over here. We will cover them later on. But first let me click on Select Subject. Okay, So select object apparently is very strong inside select and mask. Whenever you use Flex object inside select and mask, it is very powerful and as you can see, that it has made such an amazing selection. Okay, So about the view modes over here. This one is called onion skin. This checkered pattern is actually called onion skin. So you can click over here to change them words. If I click on marching ends. So it is actually showing me the selection. And the selection is so on point. Or I can click on overlay. It is just selecting a color which I have selected before, or on black. For example, if your subject is very bright, you should always put it on black to have a proper contrast. Or if your subject is dark, you can put it on white to have a contrast. And then there is black and white. Obviously, when we do a selection, this is the whole concept of ICT is selected part and black is invisible part. And only if it is just like onion skin but to completely transparent. So let's select on black because there is a proper contrast. And I can increase or decrease the opacity. So basically it is increasing or decreasing the opacity of the hidden area because this is the original image. And if I increase the opacity, does selected areas are like this, they are colorful and everything else which is not collected is black. I will put it at 80 person so that I could see everything properly. Let's roll down a little. And over here we will click on new layer. We will basically select new layer so that when we will click on Okay, it will create our new Saudi. I'm mumbling a little, I meant to say layer mask because there are a lot of options new document with layer mask, this will create a completely new document or new document at all, Layer Mask or new layer. So I will select New Layer, Saudi layer mask over here, and I will hit, Okay. So what will happen is that it will create our Moscow here. So just like that the background is gone, we can even do the black test. So I will create a solid color adjustment layer over here, sled black and hit. Okay, let's get to the bottom. And just like there you can see that this is an amazing selection. There is one flaw over here. And over here, near the armpit, there is some pink. So no problem. We can come back over here and select any of the selection tools go to Select and Mask. And over here, we can select the Refine Edge brush. Let's zoom out a little and let's make the brush a little smaller and simply draw with it. And just like dirt, that part is gone, we can simply hit. Okay. And it looks really good. I'm sorry. I actually touched the mike. Okay. So yeah, basically stuck. Select and Mask is amazing for making selections. I recommended even more than, than simply going to flex object and making a mask. Go to Select and Mask and then click on Select Subject. Okay, so to make sure that the video doesn't become very long, Let's move to the next example. Okay, so I selected this example on purpose because in the previous images we had a solid background, but in this image we have blurred, noisy background a little. But it is blurred. So it will be easier to make a selection somebody's year. Okay, So what we can do is we can go over here, maybe select objects selection tool. Right now, I will teach you about object selection tool to later on. And simply click on Select and Mask. And then click on Select Subject. It is analyzing the image and anytime now, okay, so the background has been removed. And let's scroll down a little. Okay, so I will keep it to layer mask. Okay, what would happen if I click on new layer or a new layer with layer mask. Let me show you. So if I click, select a new layer with layer mask and then hit Okay, this will happen. It hit the bottom layer and it created a new layer on top of it with our Layer Mask. Simple. So I think a very good job, except there's this little part. The eye has been gone. So we can select the brush tool. And simply draw with it. I need to select white because of AI brings back and black disappears. So let's draw with it over here. And just learning that IS back. Good enough. Okay, so let's do the blood test. Let's create a solid color adjustment layer over here. I will click over here and then go to solid color, completely black and hit Okay, and bringing it to the bottom, below this one. So as you can see, that without the layer, this was looking really good. But after creating a black solid color adjustment layer below it, you can see that it's not that great because there are a lot of fringes and halos. So don't worry, we can fix this. I will click over here and then I will select any of the object selection tool and click on Select and Mask. Okay, we are Entire Select and Mask now. So let's increase the transparency of the hidden areas so that we could see it properly. Okay, so there is, this is another upside of using on black. But because even if you haven't created a solid color adjustment layer below it, you can simply put it on black and it will look good on it. And they will be proper contrast over here. So I have increased transparency and, or we can select the Refine Edge tool. Let's make it a little bigger. Let's zoom in a little and simply draw with it over here. Let's make the hardness and little less and drop it over here. And over here. Okay, so this looks way better than before. And there is one more thing which we can do. But before that I will recommend you to create a new layer. Let me tell you why. Let me go over here. Click on Okay. Okay, So it has automatically, automatically created a new layer because we had selected a new layer with layer mask before. So the Lear I was about to tell you to make you already have it. Let's go to Select and Mask again. And now we will come down over here and then the risk color decontaminate. Okay, So this is a somewhat destructive in nature. Let me show you how I will click on decontaminate color. And as you can see that all the fringes are gone. Let me uncheck it. So this is over here. And then we can click on decontaminate. And we can even increase or decrease this contamination. So it is taking the information from outside the selection of the image. And it is using that information to remove the fringes. Let's keep it to just 80%. And this time instead of new layer with layer mask, let's keep it to just new layer. Okay, So it is not letting me use Layer Mask option. And I think because I used a decontaminate colors, I just exactly because this is somewhat destructive way, it is not letting added debt same image. It is making me create a new layer. So whenever you will check on decontaminate colors, it will not let you create a layer mask on disk. You will have to create a new layer. So a new layer with a Layer Mask. We can do this too and simply hit, Okay. I know you might be getting distracted by all the layers, but basically this is the concept. Let me remove all of this. Let's start with the original one. This was the original image. Then we created our mask on it by going to Select and Mask. Then we created our solid color adjustment layer below it. But then we realized that there are a lot of fringes over here. So we duplicated the image so that we could use color DICOM decontaminate. Because after using the count decontamination, let me tell you what will happen if I come over here and if I hide this layer mask, if I click on Shift and click over here, you will see that this image has been ruined form over here. And all of this is non destructive. And we cannot have this information back. So this is the downside of color decontaminate and the artists why we had to create a new layer. So the only reason we have the other layers is because what if we had to bring back some information? So always duplicate your layer before you didn't decontaminate. Let me press Shift and then click over here. And image looks really good. Let's come to the next example, which is this one. Okay, So this is going to be a little difficult, but we can do some really fast job using the AI tools in Photoshop. So let's do it really quickly because I think the video is becoming really long. So let's come over here. Quick selection tool, then go to Select and Mask. And okay, so why cannot we see the image? Because that transparency is really high. So we can make it less. Then click on Select Subject. Photoshop is automatically selecting the subject. But I think it is not going to do a very good job with the here. So if you put it on black, so you can see that this doesn't look really good. And also I think decontaminate is on. So uncheck this. And I think this looks all right now, but the here fringes are really annoying. An iffy even increase this more. This looks really weird. But in Photoshop, don't eat on day one. We had this new feature and this is called Refine here. And you're going to get blown away by this. So if I click over here, refining here. So it is analyzing it now and vow, it has removed all the extra parts which were in that area. And now what we can do is we can use color decontaminate to remove these. Let's see how this works out for us. And wow, amazing. All the fringes are gone and all the extra parts were gone because of refined here. And we can simply hit, Okay, Let's create a new layer with layer mask and hit. Okay. So amazing job. I think let's do the black test. I don't think we have to do it, but let's try this. And it looks amazing even on black. So it will look good on any color we can port. Let's come to the last example and finish this tutorial. Okay, so I selected this image on purpose because I don't want you to think that this only works on solid background or simple background. There is a person standing behind her. And so we can try on this one too. But there will be situations when you won't be able to use these AI features. But whenever I am working on any project to end, I want to remove a background. I always come to Select and Mask first and then define it after that. So let me show you how you can do this. I have selected Quick Selection Tool, select and mask. And our overhead, I will click on Select Subject letters, taking some time. And you can see that it has done such an amazing job. Let's click on Refine here as well. If there are any fringes over here, I'm not putting it on black to make it clear. And then simply hit OK. Ok. So everything your grade apart from this part. So let's create a solid color. Sorry. So let's create a solid color adjustment layer over here. Black, and let's put it over here. Let's come over here and click the brush tool. Let's zoom in a little. And we can simply bring back these parts by just drawing. And I think this looks good. And over here, I'm not going to do a perfect job over here. This is just to teach you about the concept. And it does look fairly district, fairly good enough to color. And let's make it orange or something yellow. And even this looks good. And this was the original image. Sorry. So this was the original image. So I think for Russia update and amazing job of creating a mask and then by creating an amazing selection and then the mask. I don't know if I am, I'm mumbling and it'll do it anyhow. So this was pretty much it on automatic tools for Photoshop. I would recommend you to highly upgrade to Photoshop and start using these because this will make your life way easier. To be honest, when I started off and a lot of people who have been using Photoshop for a long time. We learned about making selection the hard way. But I don't want you guys to suffer just because we did. If you have better tools to use, use them first and then you can do the other techniques. Obviously in this course I'm going to teach you the other technique, techniques as well. And using those techniques, you will be able to mask out any person you want. You can remove any background you want. You can even remove if there are multiple things in the image and you want to remove just one part, you can do that as well. So this was pretty much it and this was a very long tutorial. But see you guys in the next class. 6. Project 1 - Remove Background Using Automatic Tools: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great and I hope that you guys learned a lot in the previous class regarding Photoshop selection and masking the automatic tools basically. But in this class, it's not actually at last, but in this project, and there are a lot of projects in this course, you will basically have to apply the same things on these images. So if you go back over here in the project files, you can see that there are a lot of projects. And you guys will have to do all of these projects because if you don't do them, you will eventually forget everything that you are learning. So the best way to learn is to implement. So in this project, all you have to do is simply open up these images. And using the automatic selection and masking tools, simply cut out the background and find the images and their tastes pretty much it. So don't forget to do the project and don't forget to share your projects with me so that I could give you proper feedback on them. So I will see you guys in the next class. 7. Make Selections Using Focus Area: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. So today we are going to learn how to make a selection and then amass using focus area in Photoshop. So let me combine all of this by pressing Control or Command G so that I could show you the before and after. So this is the before. This was the original image and this is after. So let me delete this order. We could make it from the start. Let me zoom out a little, maybe. Okay. So a focus area is something which has been in Photoshop for a long time, but this isn't something which a lot of people use. So today we are going to cover this. Let me first duplicate my layer by pressing Control or Command J, obviously sorted record and make a comparison later on. And what I will do is I will come up over here in filter, low Northern filter, go to select. And over here you will find focus area. So simply click on it. So focus area is actually a reduced low in comparison to other selection tools, but it is quite accurate when it comes to focused pictures. I will explain this to you. So you can see that it has made quite a good selection apart from this area. So what you can do is you can even increase the focus range from over here. Let me make it four. It might take some time, okay. So as you can see that a lot of the fringes are gone, some are still there. And if you think something should be in-focus, should be selected, there is this plus and minus tool. So using the plus tool, I can simply draw over here and I can make it out of in-focus and it will be selected. There is another option which is output to. You can make a layer mask or you could make a layer mask with new layer. We have already made a new layer, so I will only keep it to Layer Mask. Then there is an option to soften edge as well. Let's try unchecking it and checking it. I think it made a little bit of difference. You might not be able to see it on video by just making some word difference. And lastly, there is an option written to bring this up a little. And lastly, there is an option for select and mask over here as well. You can simply click over here, but I'm not going to do it. Let me tell you why. Let me hit Okay. Over here. This is just to tell you in case you have already made a mass shooting, a focus area, you can still go to Select and Mask. Let me hide this. So there you can see the mask properly. So I will simply select the mask. Go over here into Tool, select any tool I want. I will select the Quick Selection Tool. And select and mask is still here. So you can simply click over here and also slept in mascot also in their properties. So totally up to you from where do you like to use it? I simply click over here, select and mask. And as you can see, their sector mass properties are open now. So you can see that there are a lot of fringes, but we can do is we can go to View mode over here. Let's put it on black. It's already on black and simply increase the opacity. Sorted. We could see everything properly. You can see that there are some word fringes over here. So let's zoom in a little and simply select the Refine Edge tool from over here. And let's draw what here like this. You know, how powerful Refine Edge tool is when it comes to fors. And look how good, how great job it has done. So let's do it over here as well. And here as well. So yeah, we are basically refining the selection because focus area has already made a very good selection. But we can always make it better. And this is just to tell you dare to, these automatic tools are great, but they are not dad grade. Eventually you will have to learn to do things yourself as well. In some images, you don't have to do anything. You can simply click on one button and make the whole selection and it would be perfect. Okay, for the wings. If I draw over here like this, I think it will ruin the wings are written. So I will press Control or Command Z. Let's make our brush really small and simply apply over here. Now. It is still running the wings a little, but no problem. We will fix this later on. Let's draw over here as well. And zoom out. And let's do it over here as well. Head over here as well. Okay, perfect. Let's zoom out a little. And I guess this is all right. But there are some little fringes over here to four divert you can do is you can simply come down over here. And there is an option for color decontaminate. So we can simply click on it. And just like, oh, Mason was this. Let me zoom in for you so that you could see everything properly without decontaminate, contaminate, amazing stuff, and you can simply hit, Okay. So I guess by default it is going to create a new layer with a Layer Mask. So let's let it do it so that we would have everything on a new layer. We could be able to, we will be able to compare things properly, simply hit, Okay. So yeah, our selection is complete. Let me create a solid color adjustment layer over here. Let's make it black. So I was worried about this area. So what you can do is you can simply select the mask, select the brush tool, press B on the keyboard. And with white, you can draw back some of these areas. They are. All right. Since we use color-coding, terminate. It removes the colors, the fringes properly. But at the same time, you might lose a little bit of detail. But no problem, I think, will look good on everything. If we zoom in a lot, like a lot, only then we will, we will be able to see some of the small little sis. But I guess this is all right to get the color from over here. I guess this is alright. Simply hit, Okay. And just like debt or selection is complete. So let's do a before and after. Let's select all of this. We don't need this layer actually, because it automatically created, automatically created a layer above. So we can delete it if you want. Let's just group all of this. And here is the before. Oh gosh, turn this on. So here is the before and the after. So yeah, Focus Area works great on pictures which are actually focused properly. Because when a while taking a picture, if they're just very good depth of field. And there is a very good blurred effect, which we call a bokeh effect. Photoshop will be able to detect the subject properly and we'll be able to make a selection properly focused idea may not work for every image, but for images like these which are extremely focused, it works great. So I hope you guys liked this tutorial. See you guys in the next class. 8. Select Transparent Objects: Hey guys, I hope you are well and today we are going to learn how to select transparent objects in Photoshop. So I have this image over here. Let me show you the original one. This was the original. And as you can see that there is a bright over here and she has a wheel. And we made a selection even through the veil. And just because of that, I was able to put a background behind it. And you can see that the background even show us behind the veil, how cool is this. So do you want to learn it? Of course you do. So let me delete this so that we could make everything from the start. Okay, so we have this image. Let me first to make a copy of it, let's convert it into a smart object first. Then create a copy by pressing Control or Command. J. Should have named it, named it first, but no problem. Okay, So, uh, now you have to make a simple selection. What I would recommend is that you would use color range and there are other options as well. So let's try using color range on this. So because it is a somewhat a solid color, Let's go to Select, select color range. Let's bring this over here and simply click here. Once. After that, we will click on the plus icon over here to add more colors into the range. So you can click on different places to add more colors to the range. Or there is one more thing which you can do. You can simply drag and add colors. Let me press Control or Command Z first, because I think I added a little too much. So I guess this is all right. Same over here. This seems all right. So you can see that it is already selecting a lot of areas from the veil. So this is on right? Make sure to select ADRs close to the bride. We've got oftentimes, those are the areas which make a lot of difference. I guess this is alright. You can play around with the fuzziness a little. So let's increase it. And I guess this is on right? 45 would be alright. And then simply hit, Okay, so now we have made a selection. Let's turn off the original layer so that we won't get distracted and simply create a mask on it. Since we made an opposite selection. So the mask is also opposite, obviously. So lush, solely. Sorry, I don't know why I'm mumbling. So let's simply press Control or Command I to invert the selection. And as you can see, the veil is also selected. Alerts create a solid color adjustment layer behind it. Maybe this color, I guess this is alright, green. We already had blue, I guess being made pink or purple. And you can see how amazing is this. There is one more thing that you can do to refine the selection. Simply selected. Go to Select any selection tool you want. And go to Select and Mask. And over here what you can do is you can select the Refine Edge tool and simply dab on some of the areas which you think should be in the image to make about the selection. Because the veil should be transparent, not completely removed. And I guess this is own right? A little bit over here as well. And while we're here, let me zoom in a little. And let's fix the bride as well. Let's refine these areas. We'll do motivated. And same over here. And over here. Zoom in. I guess this ADI shouldn't be heard as well. And here obviously. So the eyelashes. And obviously the here. Oh, I think it removed the eyelash, but the image is so small, I don't think it would make a lot of difference. And again, we can use color, decontaminate on it and boom, just like that, most of the areas are fixed. So let's zoom out a little. And I guess this looks pretty decent. Simply hit, Okay. So I noticed something didn't the mosque, it didn't select these areas. So let's put this on black so that we could see it properly. You can see that there is a lot of AD over here which is blue. So what you're gonna do is simply click the mask, select the brush tool, and make it a little bigger than simply draw with white, with black, and simply draw over here like this. And similarly over here, let me tell you a technique. If you want to draw on a straight line, simply click once, then press Shift and click again. And it will draw in a shared line. And over here. And I guess this is on right there, two mode. Let's change the color again. Let's make it somewhat orangeish, reddish type of color, like a salmon color. It. Okay, let's put this above this layer. Turn on this layer. And let's group all of these press Control or Command G. So let me zoom in first. So here is the before, and here is the after. How amazing is this? So basically this is how you can select transparent objects in Photoshop. I did it using the color range, but even if the calorie intake is not working properly, you can always use the defined edge and select and mask, and it works amazingly. So I guess this is pretty much it. See you guys in the next class. 9. Mask A Group Instead Of A Single Layer: Hello everybody. And today we are going to learn how you can use mast on a group. So I have this small little design over here. And I wrote some text over here, and then put the image inside the text and then apply a brush stroke on it. So the concept is to teach you how you can use, you can even use layer mass on groups. Let me teach you how. Let me put the image outside this group. Then. Let's let the text and just letting it to see which font I used. Burden base. And let's delete this group. Let's delete everything. Okay, I will keep the background because I would need it. So I have this image over here and I want to make a simple little design. Let's first let the text tool simply go over here. Click on the Text tool, click here once, and let's write something. So that's right. Cool. Let's press Control or Command D and then make it bigger like this. I guess this is all right. Doesn't matter which color it is because we are going to put an image inside it. So I don't think it makes a lot of difference. So what you can do is you can put the image on top of this and then press Alt or Option, and you will get this arrow over here. This way you can clip it to the image or text, in this case below, simply click over here. And you can adjusted whatever the way you like, I guess in this seems. All right. And then you can group all of this. So I will select both of them, press Control or Command G. So the R group. So this is just to teach you that you can apply a layer mask even on groups. So a layer mask is just not four layers. It is used to be called a layer mask, but now they call it, I guess just mask. It still says Layer Mask. But you get the idea. And let me select the group it is already selected. Simply come down over here and simply click on Layer Mask. And you can see Dad, you can also create layer mass on groups. So I want to make a little bit of grungy typeof cool kind of effect on it. I don't know if it is cool. So I will select the brush tool over here. Where does the brush tool? And you can see that I have black over here. If I draw over here, it will remove everything which is inside the mask. So I will go to the brushes over here. And let's select some particularly new type of brush. I guess this is alright. Let's make it bigger. Like this. I guess this is too much. Let's try this once and one more time. I guess this is a lot. So let's make it smaller and now try it 123. So yeah, this is how you can apply a layer mask on groups. And then you can play around with effects on the group itself. How cool is this? So I guess you guys learned something and I will see you guys in the next class. 10. How To Remove Solid Background: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. So now we are going to learn how to remove a solid background from an image. I know we are going through a lot of examples and the reason we are doing so is because I want you guys to know that you can come across a lot of different images and you need to know how to remove our background depending upon the image. Because one thing which works on one background, one image won't work on the other one. So I had this image over here, and this was the before, and this was the original image, and this is the after. So let me delete this so that we could make the selection from the start. Okay, So as always, we will duplicate the layer first. So I will press Control or Command J. And let's do this using refined edge. Again. I guess the images not aligned overhead properly. Let me cooperate a little. Just a little. And I guess this is all right. Why is it converting colors? Okay, no problem. Okay, So what we will do is we will come up over here into Select, and we will select color range. So I will use coloring a lot in this city so that you will be comfortable using it. So what, what is the first thing which we will do and just click once so that we would have an idea what colors we want to add into the image. So then we will press plus over here. And we can add more areas to this image. So I think everything is solid and that is why it is not adding more areas. And after that, you can play around with the fuzziness. So I guess this is too much. So let's decrease it. And I guess this is on right? And this seems alright. And simply hit. Okay. So we have made a selection, but since the court was a white, it also slept with some of these areas. So no problem. We are going to fix this. Let me come over here and click on the mask. Let me hide the bottom layer so that we could see the mask properly. So yeah, it is an inverted selection. So we will come over here, click on Control or Command I. I fought ink. And you can see that it is a pretty decent selection, but there are a lot of areas which are not selected properly. So I'm going to teach you how you can make the perfect selection. Also this area. So what you can do is you can press Alt or Option and click on the mask. This way is you will be able to see which are the areas which are selected and which are the areas which were not selected. Because if we see these areas, these are black. This means that they are not selected. Let me alter option and then click over here again to make sure that you would see everything properly. Let's create an adjustment layer over here, a solid color adjustment layer. And let's slip something really dark, maybe in black. So now you can see that the selection is not perfect. After all, you can come over here and you can select the brush tool and start painting over here like this. But even then you won't be able to see everything properly. Let me tell you a better way to do this. Press Alt or Option. Click over here again. And now you are seeing everything which is white is selected obviously, then everything which is not lifted, this black. Let me press Control or Command Plus. And now you can basically see everything which is not selected. Make sure that your brush is not very big and hardness is low. And simply draw on the ADRs which are not selected. So just like this, basically I'm just painting with white to make a selection. How cool is this? So this is alright. Don't worry about the edges. We will increase the hardness for them. So over here, let's zoom in a little. Let's decrease the size and increase the hardness like a lot to make sure that we create a perfect selection. And let's draw over here. And if you have a Wacom tablet, you will be able to make you even a better selection. So I guess this is on right? Similarly over here, like this. And this is all right. Let's come over here. I'm actually zoomed in a lot. So I'm trying to make everything perfect. But when you are zoomed out, it wouldn't make a lot of difference. So I guess this is on right. Simply paint with white to make a selection. Since this area is with here, I'm not going to touch it. We are going to fix this as well, but using the Refine Edge tool. So let's fix this. And I have door to one technique and there it is. If you want to draw in a straight line and just click once, press Shift and click where you want to end it and it would be in a straight line. So yeah. Just like that. This is fixed. Let's zoom out a little. Let's zoom in. So click once, Shift and click over here. And all of this is selected. Over here you will be, you will have to be really careful with the brush. And I guess this is all right. And similarly over here, just be very careful. And I guess this is on right? And don't worry, we are going to cover a lot of other techniques for making a specific selection and a perfect mask. So if you ever think that and you think is not to refine properly, we are going to fix it. So this is on right? I guess just a little more. It is way more easier using a tablet. I'm actually using a mouse. The reason I'm using a most is because most of the people out there, they don't have a Wacom tablet. So we just wanted to make sure that we are using the tools which most of us have. So let's press Alt or Option, and then click over here again. And you can see that we have made such a perfect selection. So about the here, Let's look over here. Select any selection tool, and click on Select and Mask. And let's zoom in over here and simply draw with the refine edge tool symbol. Similarly over here, I know you see a lot of fringes on all. Don't worry. There is a lot of color costing. We are going to fix it. And similarly over here, and I guess over here. So in order to zoom out a little, I guess this seems all right. And again, color decontaminate is grid. Simply click on this. And it is working I guess, and simply hit, Okay. So just like that, all of those fringes are gone. But still, there is a lot of color cast over here. And some of the ideas arch didn't not fixed properly. So we can select the brush tool and draw back on these areas. Again. Similarly, overhead over here just seems all right. And I guess a little bit off in this area. So let's zoom out. No. And the only thing left is these areas. So you can try different things for it. Let me select the image and go to Layer and scroll down a little. And over here, layer, sorry, matting. And over here you have the option for the fringe and color decontaminate. So this is another option for color decontamination. Let's try increasing it. And more and more. And I guess this seems pretty decent. Again, we have a very solid black background. And that is why we see a lot of fringes and color costing. But you can click on the color again. And I think we did a pretty decent job. So let's select any color from over here. Maybe this, and simply hit, Okay. And just like that, we have removed the solid background. I chose this image on purpose because there was a lot of hair in it, because being able to select here is extremely important when it comes to selection and masking. So let's put this layer down, turn on this layer, slept all of this press Control or Command G, you know the routine. And let's turn it on and off again to see before and after, before, after, before, after. How simple is this? So remember, use color range first to make a selection. Then invert that selection, and open the mask and click on the mask by pressing Alt or Option. To get this more. And simply draw with white on the areas you want to be in the selection. And draw with black on the things you don't want to be in the selection. Click over here again by pressing Alt or option and go to check on Mars could find a here and do would be good to go. So before and after. So I go. So I guess you guys found this tip and this tutorial helpful. And I can't wait to see you guys in the next class. 11. Easily Replace Sky - Blend If: Welcome back guys. And yesterday we are going to learn how to replace guys in Photoshop. So I have a couple of images over here. And you might think that these are the original images, but they are not. So this was the original image. This was the original sky of this image and this is after I replace the sky, how cool is this? Similarly over here, this was the original sky of this image. And this is the after. Similarly over here, before and after. So are you really do learn how to replace skies in Photoshop. Let's get started. Okay, so let me delete all of these groups so that you could see everything properly. You could see how I made all of these similarly over here. So I have already told you every, all of these images are inside your project files. So what I will do is I will go to this image, then minimize this. Saudi go to project files. So in the Photoshop advanced course, you will have this design files. And inside that you have images. So you have all the images inside over here. So we are going to use this guy. So I will simply drag and drop it over here. Let me zoom out a little. Alerts increase the size. This seems all right, and simply hit Enter. Let me put this at the bottom, and let's duplicate the layer by pressing Control or Command J and put this at the bottom so that we could refer to it later on. So I will hide this for now. And I have just this image and this image of the sky and this image of the mountains. Let me hide this as well. There you could see the transparency properly. So what we will do is we will simply double-click on it, or you can press right-click on it and go to blending options over here. So the blending options are opened over here. Let me zoom out a little sorted. You could see things properly. This is all right. So you can see that this is the image, this is the sky over here. And in Blend If for this layer, we will change this to blue. So overhead in the blend if change the green to blue. So this is blue. Now, what we will do is we will simply move this slider to the left. So as we move it to the left, you can see that the sky is disappearing. Her, how cool is this? And you move it to the side, a little soda. You could see things properly and the whole sky is gone. Simple. But there are some areas which are blue, which were blue in this image, and they are also born. So if I move it too much over here, you will see that the land is also disappearing. So let's keep it to the point where the sky disappears. Perfect. And then simply hit, Okay, so the sky is disappeared now. And if we turn on this layer, we have replaced the sky. How good is this? But there's one problem. This area. This area looks really weird because if I turn it on and off, you will see that we can see transparency blow it. So let me turn it on. And what I will do is I will create a copy of this layer. Now this layer, but the original one, let me create a copy of it, bring it to the top, turn it on its own. Now, we will create a mask on it by going over here and create a mosque. And then we will invert the mask. So that means everything is showing press Control or Command I and everything is not trying to technically this layer is invisible over here unless we template with the mask. So if we click on the mask, select the brush tool from over here. Make sure that the foreground color is white. Make the brush a little bigger. And what we are actually going to do is simply bring back these areas. So let's draw over here. If you cannot see what's going on. I'm just drawing over these areas so that I could bring them back like over here. And I guess this is all right. Let me turn on this layer so that we could see before and after. Let's combine all of this by pressing Control or Command G. And this is the before, the original image. And this is the after. How simple is this? We are, don't worry, we are going to apply this on a couple of more images order you could understand the concept properly. So we have this image and then this image. For this image, I guess I used. This guy. So I will drag it and drop it over here. Let's make it bigger. You don't have to make it as big as the whole image. Just make sure that is across the length and we're the sky ends. So I guess this is alright, press Enter. Let's rename or layers was ordered. We won't get confused. So this is the sky. And let me remove the lock. Let's call it original. Okay, and let's create a copy of it by pressing Control or Command J. Put it up. Let's call it Mondrian instead, somone 10. And this is above this layer. And what we will have to do is simply to move this guy to four. No, I will hide all of these. Simply double-click on it to open up Layer Styles. Or else you can do is right-click on it and click on, sorry, right-click blending options. Perfect. And again, but we will Louis, we will go to Blend. If I change this to blue, Let's zoom out and it'll soda. You could see what's going on over here and simply move the slider to the left. Okay? So what I did in the previous image may not work in all of them and just let me zoom in on it and you can see that we are removing a lot of detailed form over here. So if I move it a lot, you can see that these areas are getting removed and it may be harder for us to bring them back later on. So let's keep it over here. Where at least the sky is away from the mountains. Perfect. And I guess there are some areas over here. So this seems all right. We haven't ruined them ONE 10, maybe a letter. And at least the sky is away from the mountains. And we will simply hit, Okay over here. So you might be wondering the sky still ear here and this will ruin the image. No problem. I will teach you how to fix this. So we can turn on the previous guy down new sky over here. But you can see that there are a lot of areas which are not fixed properly. So what you can do is on the original image, you can create a mask on it. And select the brush tool. Make sure that the foreground color is black over here. And simply remove these areas. Simple. We just wanted to make sure that the sky is away from the mountains because we cannot use the brush tool over here because otherwise it will remove the moment in. Let me press Control or Command Z. If it is away from the sky even a little bit, we can always use the brush tool. So the sky is gone. But again, you can see the road over here. It is transparent. Similarly over here and there are a lot of areas which are transparent because there were blues in them and they are gone. So again, we are going to duplicate our original image. Should have named this original. Put it over here, turn it on, create a mask on it. There is another way you can create a negative mask. Instead of getting a mask and going to the keyboard and pressing Control or Command minus there to press Control or Command Z while creating a mask. If you press Alt or Option and then create a mask, it will automatically create a negative mosque, which is black. So now this is selected. Press B on the keyboard. And we will change the foreground color, sorry, foreground color to white. And let's draw back these areas. Let's draw these back. Maybe in the mountains a little. I guess they aren't fine. And over here and I guess this is on right? So just like that, you have replaced the sky. So let's turn this on, group all of these, and turn it off before and after. How cool is this? Let's quickly do the last image as well. Demodulator, go to the project files. You have the images over here. Open these up and I will use this guy over here. So let's align it. And I guess this is all right. And let's rename it SKY. That's called this original. Duplicated by pressing Control or Command J, bring it up and hide both of these. Then right-click on it. Go to Blending Options. Move this to the side a little. Zoom out a little so that we could see things properly and go to blend if blue. And we will simply move this to the side a little. I guess this is all right. Okay, So there is one more thing which you will have to learn for this image. Moving slider to the left or right doesn't work properly always, because you can see that even at this point, we are ruining the image from over here, from over here. So, but the sky will still remain intact. So we will keep it over here. But at this point we cannot move it any further because it will ruin the area from over here, which would be difficult for us to fix. So what we will do is we will press Alt or Option and break the slider. So this will make the transition a little smoother. And move this to the right a little to make sure that or mountainous. All right. Let's zoom out and simply hit Okay, over here. So we need to remove this. Let me bring back the original Saudi, the new sky over here. And let's get a mask on this one. So let's get a mask. Go over here, click the brush tool by pressing B key on the keyboard. Make sure that the foreground color is black and simply draw with it like this. Make sure that it is not hard. Make it soft. And I guess this is on right? And even if there are some ADRs, maybe a little bit of blue over here. It doesn't matter a lot because the sky is blue anyway. So do you just want to make sure that you are removing the extra areas? And I guess this looks pretty decent. So we want to make sure that we didn't remove any of the blues from this image. For that we will duplicate our layer and the original layer, bring it up, create a negative mask on it. Simply create our mass. We're pressing Alt or Option. Turn it on Selected Brush Tool and select white as foreground color. And simply just draw on the areas because there might be some areas which you ruined. For example, over here, let me zoom in over here. So this idea also called ruined and it'll draw over here. I guess. Yeah, these were also ruined because at the end of the day, all the colors are made from just three colors, and blue is one of the primary colors. So it's impossible to remove blue from an image without running anything. So I guess this seems all right. You can adjust the sky as you like. Maybe like this. Bigger or smaller showed the ocean a little, I guess just its own, right? So let's turn on, turn on the original image, flipped all of this press Control or Command G to group them. And here is the before, and it is the after. Let's zoom in a little. So before, after. Similarly over here, before and after, and similarly over here. So let's do a little recap. I want to make sure that you understand everything properly. Bring in step 1, bring in the sky into the image, okay? And then duplicate your original image and hide both of them. Then create a blend. If on the duplicated image, this one double-click on it or right-click on it and open Blend If. And simply depending on the image maker transition, use the slider properly, hit Okay, and then duplicate the original image so that you could bring in the ADS properly. Turn on the sky and you are good to go. So before and after. So basically this is how you can easily remove and replace guys in Photoshop. I hope you guys will find this tutorial very useful. I will see you guys in the next class. 12. Select And Replace Difficult Sky - Channel Masking: Welcome back guys. And now we are going to learn how to remove difficult skies from an image. Or you can say remove sky from a difficult image. Anyway. You can see that this image looks completely natural. It's not. I actually replaced the sky. Even though there are a lot of trees in this, there are very little spikes of these trees. And even then we were able to make a perfect selection and remove the sky. How cool is this? So stick around and we are going to learn this. So this is the before, the original image and this is the after. So let me delete this so that we could make the selection again and do everything from the start. So let's rename or image, let's call it original. And let's bring in the sky first. So let me go back and asserts file and the design file, you can find the images, both the images. I will bring in this guy over here. Let's zoom out a little and let's make it bigger like this. Press Enter. Let's rename it to sky. So let's hide this for now. Okay, so let's try making the selection the way we did in the previous class. What we will do is we will simply duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. Bring this up and it'll hide this layer. And what we did before was simply right-click on this, go to Blending Options. Zoom out a little. Link this to the side. And overhead in the Blend If we will select blue. And let's bring this to the side. Okay, yeah, and this guy is removing. And we can make the transition better by removing this to the side. But there is a point at which we are going to ruin the image so much that we won't be able to bring it back using the technique from the previous class. So you can see that there are even after moving this to the side. For example, if I don't move this to the side, there will always be these blue fringes over here because the leaves are so thin. And if I move this to the side, you can see that I am already running the image form over here. The tree is getting disappeared from over here as well, from over here. Similarly over here. And there are so many areas that we will ruin and we won't be able to bring them back using the brush tool, using the technique we did before, creating an opposite mass and negative mass and bringing back the areas. Because in a mountain it is easy to draw freely, but you cannot eyeball all of these areas using the brush tool, you will simply ruin the image. So if I move it to the side more, everything is starting to disappear. And if I don't do it, we will have these blues over here. So we are not going to use this technique. Let me cancel this. And let me tell you another way to do this. And we are going to do the same thing again. Give these off, create a copy like this. But this time we are going to learn channels. We are going to make a selection using channels. So if you haven't used Janice before, this might seem daunting to you at first, but don't worry, I'm going to make sure that you're comfortable using channels as well. So we will go to channels over here. If you cannot see that channel tab over here, you can simply go to Window over here, workspace. So you're not workspace. Over here. You can see channels that simply click on it and you will have channels over here. So I made this for a test. Let me delete this so that you could see everything properly. Okay? So what do you have to do is hide these layers, select this layer, go to channels. And there are basically three channels, RGB, red, green, and blue. And if you click on any specific channel, for example, on R, it will select things on the basis of red in them. So black is the area which is not liked it and why it is the ADA which is selected. So this means that all of these areas have a lot of red in them, even though our eyes cannot see them, there is red in them. So click over here. Let me hide all of these. So read or if this didn't look alright, you can select green. Let me hide this. So even green is not all right. And let's try blue. So if we select blue, since the sky is blue, it is basically selecting all the white areas are actually blue areas and everything else is black. So if we make a selection using this channel, we will have a perfect selection. Let me tell you how. So what I will do is I will simply click on this channel by pressing Control. Click on this. And it will make a selection. How cool is this? And let's turn everything on. Go back to the layers. And over here, I will create a mask on this. And it made an equity mask obviously. So simply press Control or Command I. And just like that, you can see how perfect selection is this. We have the whole image properly and the leaves are proper. Let's zoom out a little less done on this guy and boom, How amazing is this? We have replaced the sky and the leaves and the trees and everything else is proper. Also. So let's turn this on. Let's group all of these, both of these. So here is the before and here is the after. Amazing is this. And if you think that this image looks a little faded, Let's create a curves adjustment layer over here. And let's bring this down a little, bring this up a little, bring this down a little. And I guess this is alright. And simply apply this on this area. So I will press Alt or Option and apply it over here. So this is only affecting the trees. So here is the before and here is the after. How cool is this? Later on in the course and the class, I'm going to also share with you how you can refine your channels. You can refine the selection and the channels because you might have seen here I made a selection depending upon a new channel which I created. So I will also teach you how to create a new channel and then how to refine that selection using a very special technique. So I guess this is pretty much it. I hope you guys learned a lot. And I will see you guys in the next class. 13. Project 2 - Replace Sky: Hey guys, I hope that you are ready for another project. So in the previous two classes, we learn how to replace guy in Photoshop. So basically I have four images over here, two of mountains and then other two are skies. So basically you have to remove the sky in both of these images. And this one is extremely simple. This one is going to be a little bit of challenge, but I know you can do it because there is a lot of contrasts with this sky and montane. And then there are two images of the sky. So basically you have to remove the skies on these two and apply these two on them. Totally up to you. Which one do you want to use? And don't forget to share your projects. Fit me. See you guys in the next class. 14. Refine Selection Using Smudge Tool: Hey guys, I hope you are well. And today we are going to learn how you can use the smudge tool to refine your selections and your mask. So yes, we are going to learn this much tool. Let me show you the poll before and after of this image. So this was the before and this was the after. Let me delete this or that you could see everything from the start it with lead this as well. Let's call it original. I'm just renaming layers. I don't know why. So yeah, for this image and you can see that this is not a completely solid background because there is some dark areas over here, the light areas over here. But we are still going to use the Refine Edge basically, sorry. So let's go over here. Select the Refine Edge before that, let's create, let's duplicate our layer by pressing Control or Command J and J. Afford joker, if you are wondering, if you are not able to understand what I'm saying. And let's go to Select, go to Color Range. And let's start making a selection. So I clicked over heroines. And if you don't select the plus icon, it will keep on selecting just a couple of areas. So make sure after clicking once, click on the plus icon and click on these areas. So I guess this is all right. This is all right as well. So you can see that it is also selecting a lot of the blue from the image. No worries. This seems alright, let's decrease the fuzziness a little 0 to little bit over here. And I guess this is alright. Then simply hit, Okay. So I know expected a lot of blue throw me over here, problem, we are going to fix it. So simply create a mask on it. Let's hide the original image so that we could see everything properly. Let's reverse it by pressing Control or Command I. And let's create a solid color adjustment layer below it. Sorted, we could at least see things properly. So that's like this color and hit Okay. So you can see that there is a lot of green and blue over here because these are the areas which are not selected. I think we should select a color which is a little different. I guess shallow is alright. Simply hit, Okay, Let's zoom in. So what you can do is simply click over here. And this is a technique which we learned in one of the previous classes, press Alt or Option and click over here. So over here, now you can see that these are the areas which are not selected because they are black, because the verres the same color as the background. So simply press B to get the brush tool. They showed that the foreground color is white and simply draw over here. And if you want to draw a straight line, Let's increase the hardness first. This was a technique which I sure do. Dab once, press Shift and click ones like this. For example, we want to draw in a straight line over here. So click here once, press Shift and draw in a straight line. So let's remove the inner radius first. Then we will think about the outer areas. So this is all right, make sure the pants are all just lectured properly. And I guess this is on right? Make the make it bigger, make the selection properly. And I guess this is on right. Similarly overhead, make sure that it doesn't leak out. So let's zoom in a little, make it smaller, and then do it again over here. Leaking out again, make it smaller. And then over here. So so if it is leaking out a lot, simply make it harder, like really hard. And this way you will have good amount of control over it. So I guess this its own right. And a little bit over here. And a little bit over here. So this seems all right. Sorry if I'm touching the microliter, you might be able to hear it. So I guess this is all right. Press Alt or Option and click over here again. And we have made a pretty good selection over here. But let me click over here. Double-click on it, and let's click black as our background color. And if I zoom in over here, I can press Z and you can see that there are a lot of fringes over here. And you can see that there's a lot of blue over here. Similarly over here, maybe not too much because I think I made a pretty good selection. But there is still a lot of blue over here. I guess this area is something which we need to fix as well. So simply go to the mosque, press Alt or Option. And you can select black as foreground color. And draw over here so that we won't see these areas as well. Let's zoom out to see everything is proper. I guess this is all right, press Alt or Option and click over here. Okay, so now we are going to refine the selection a little and dare to using the smudge tool. So let's zoom in over here. So you can see that there is a lot of areas which we need to fix. So click on the mask. And over here, there is this much tool. I forgot actually. Over here. Over here. Over here in the blurred and the sharpen. The third one is this much tool. So click on the smudge tool. Make sure that this trend is not too much. 30 percent is all right. And now what you can do is you can simply bring in your mask like this. Let's increase the hardness a little. You can simply make a beaver and you can bring in the mask using the smudge tool. How cool is this? Let's make it harder, smaller. So you can bring in the mask. And that way you are hiding all the blue areas. If you do it too much, it will bring in like this. We are not going to do it. But if you do it a little bit over here, you can see that the mask is coming in. I guess this is going to take some time and I don't want you guys to get it bold. So I'm going to make this speedup, this part. So I think we are done with the using the smudge tool. And for the here we are not going to use it. There is a very simple rule for the hair. Always, always, always use the Refine Edge tool for the hair because no other tool works properly for the hair. So let's select any selection tool. Go to Select and Mask. Let's zoom in over here. Click the Refine Edge tool and simply use, sorry, simply use the Refine Edge to lower you and make sure it is not very big. And this seems all right. Similarly over here, over here, pun intended. And yeah, you can see that there are some halos, fringes. So you can simply click on Color, decontaminate it, okay? Zoom out. And this is perfect. Howard is this. So you can double-click over here, select any color you want. And this is all right, maybe this color and maybe this in teams on rate. And let's do a little before and after. Let's select all of this press Control or Command G to group them. So here is the before and here is the after. And this is how you can easily, easily remove all the fringes of the halos from around the image using the smudge tool for the hair, you will always, always have to use the Refine Edge tool. So I guess this is pretty much it. I hope you guys are learning and loving the course. So I will see you guys in the next class. 15. Make Better Mask Using Overlay Blend Mode: Welcome back guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to use the overlay blending mode to make better selections and better mosque. So I have this image over here. Let me show you the before and after. So here's the before and the after. I know nothing fancy. You guys have already learned all of this. But there is a technique which I'm going to show you through which you will be able to make better selections and in the end, better mosque. So let me delete this so that we could make it from the start. So this is our image over here. And we have to make the selection of the background so that we could remove it. So we already know how to do so. There it is using the Refine Edge. So let me first come over here and press Control or Command J to make a copy of it. And after that, I will go up over here. Click on select, and then click on Color Range. Okay, so I selected this image on purpose. And we are going to remove the background of this image. Because as you can see that the background is pink. Pink is something, but there is a lot of pink over here as well and over here. And this can cause a lot of problem while making a preferred selection. So let me first click over here once, as I've told you before. And if you want to add more to the selection, you will come over here and click on this Plus Eyedropper Tool. So click on this one. And now what we will do is you will simply click and drag to add more color. Basically, you are adding a color range. So this is what the name means. So make sure that you are selecting close to the subject. Not so close that you would externally click on a hair or two. So I guess this is all right. It seems on right. You cannot see anything extrovert here, I guess a little bit over here. Perfect. Okay, so now we can increase the fuzziness to make the perfect selection so that all of these areas would be selected properly. And there won't be anything, just not any fringes, but a lot of oranges. Okay, so if I go too much over here, you will see that the collateral star to the friction will start leaking in from over here to we don't want that. Let me decrease this. And let's keep it to 35, I guess 30. And yeah, I guess 235 is all right. Then simply hit. Okay. So we have made the selection, but as you can see, there was a lot of pink inside the image as well. And they're Photoshop selected all of those areas as well. No problem. We have also learned how to add these Ada to the selection. But I'm going to teach you how you can make it even more accurate. So I will press, let me hide and the bottom layer first. So while having the selection, I will come down over here and click on the Layer Mask. So we have made the selection and then the mask, and we will have to invert the mask. So for dad, I will press Control or Command I. So the masker has been inverted. But as you can see, because there was a lot of ink over here, if I change, if I create a solid color adjustment layer over here, for example, black. So you can see that a lot of color is removed from these areas. For example, over here and here and here. So we are now going to fix it. So what we will do is we will click on this layer by pressing Alt or Option to get this view. We have already covered this before. And if you just simply start painting all of this with white. Because while making a selection, if you draw with white, let me show you a wide means it is showing and black means it is not showing. So if I grab a brush and start drawing over here, so wide brings back the subject. So similarly, if I press Alt or Option, this is pretty much the same, but it is more visible for us. And we can see which areas are selected and which areas are not. Because using this and if we had a white background, it would be very difficult. So simply click over here and simply start adding these areas like this. This is very simple. Start reading these areas. Sorry. I meant to zoom in and make sure that you have a soft round brush for the edges, we will make the brush a little harder. But that is when I'm going to teach you the special trick or technique, whatever you wanna call it. Okay, Let me add these areas. Seems all right. And over here as well. Okay, So the problem with the edges is dead. It guys, you can see that it is already bleeding out. You have to be really careful while making a selection. Because if you have a soft own brush and you draw like this, you will eventually add more area to the selection and it won't be perfect. So for example, over here, over here, over here, we can do a little bit, but not too much because it will ruin the image. And for that reason, we are going to use a special blooming more while using the brush. And that blending mode is overlay. Overlay. Overlay actually does. If you have white selected ME, you draw with white. It will only draw on the ideas which are a 100 percent right or a 100 percent black. So since I have white selected, let me show you over here. If I draw with white over here and try to draw outside as well, you will see that it is not growing outside. Let me change it back to normal. If I click over here and draw like this, it is also drawing outside. Let me press Control or Command Z. And if I overlay, if I have overlay selected, where is it overlay? And now if I draw over here, how magical is this? It is only drawing on the areas which are white and not drawing on which is a 100 percent black. Okay, so we mashed up a little over here. So let me press Control or Command Z. This was wrong before. Okay. So this is All right. So yeah, white brush overlay and let's draw what here, like this. And even if you accidentally draw outside a little, and don't worry, I'm going to teach you how to fix that as well. Okay. So don't draw on here. I think I shouldn't have done this. I will simply press Control or Command Z for it. And we will do the rest of the image for the here. There is only one simple rule and that is always, always, always use Refine Edge. Okay, So I think I pressed Control Z a lot. So let's add this area as well. They're just use a normal brush for this and for the corners and all we will, we will use overlay. So I guess this seems own right. All right, and this area. And now we will select overlay. And even if you weren't, you can decrease the opacity and the flow. So let's keep it to 60%. That seems all right, and now draw with it. So as you can see that it is not drawing outside. Similarly over here, and you can zoom in, make it smaller and try to draw like this. And if it's not working, try making more strokes. So you can see, you might be able to hear the most clicks. So you can make multiple strokes. This seems all right. Similarly over here and over here. Okay. So how about the vertebrae, the areas which are a little bit outside, as you can see that if I tried to draw outside, it won't let me. So, but there are some areas which were already there that you can do is simply change from white to black. I think you can also press export it. Yeah, you can simply press X on the keyboard to invert these colors. And since you have overly selected, you can start drawing over here. Not too much. But over here. How cool is this? Let's make it smaller and harder. And draw one here. This seems alright, that's inverted by pressing X. And let's draw over here. So yeah, still, there is some work over here, but not a lot of work because if you were using a simple brush, this would be very difficult. So I guess this, this, all right, let's invert and over here, it's in Word draw over here. This is all right, a little bit over here. And I guess we are done. Okay. So a little bit over here as well. Alerts, decrease the size. And let's try to draw over here. And if it's not working, simply change it to normal because the brush is so small. I don't think we can mess this up. Increase the opacity. Let's draw over here like this. And I guess this is all right. Leave the here. Don't try to 100 the here. Let's zoom out. So you can see that everything is selected. We can press Alt or Option and click over here. And I think we did a pretty decent job. So here we can simply select our brush Saudi selection tool to deselect the Quick Selection Tool and click on Select and Mask. And Make sure it is on black. And decrease it to 90, I guess. Themes. All right. Increase the size of the Saudi. What happened? Sorry, will be the size of the brush. Actually pressed windows on the keyboard. And let's simply draw over here. So decrease the size a little, and decrease the hardness unwritten. And simply two over here like this. But whenever using Refine Edge, don't make a lot of strokes because if you make a lot of strokes, you end up messing up the image. And this is all right. Similarly over here, one stroke. Tried to even do it in just one store if possible. This is all right a little bit over here. And I guess it is going to mess up some of these ADRs. We can try. So intro over here like this. And yeah, I guess this is all right. So we have some other fringes. What we can do is we can go down over here, click on Color, decontaminate and hit, Okay. And V are good to go. So I know you've got a lot of layers over here. Let me delete this one. Let me turn on this one and put it at the bottom so that we could see before and after. And let's try it in, in the kind of maybe copy the color form her t-shirt or maybe over here or maybe her skin, I guess t-shirt is all right. Let's make it a little darker and hit. Okay. So let's group all of these and one of these. And here's the before and here's the after. And how cool is this? So yeah, you have learned a new technique for making your selections even better, better selections and better mask. And that way you will always have the perfect selection. So I hope you guys really enjoyed and learned this technique and can lead to seizures in the next class. 16. Cutout White Subject From White Background: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to cut out of whites have object from a white background. I know this is something which a lot of people struggled with and interests very difficult. And the only thing they think of is using the pen tool where I am going to show you a better way to make a selection. So let me show you the before and after, before obviously, and this is the after I made the selection. So you can see that even though there wasn't any proper contrast over here, we were still able to make such an amazing selection and then remove the background. So let me delete this so that I could show you the process all over again. So this is our image. So the thing about similar contrast images is dead. It is very difficult to make a selection. Let me show you how. For example, if I select, if I come over here and if I select the magic wand tool, and if I click anywhere, I think the whole bag alone is pretty much the same color. And if I click over here, you can see that the selection is bringing into the shirt so much and it is very difficult to make a selection like this. And even if you try other tools, let me, using the Quick Selection Tool, you can see that there is a lot of contrast over here. Might be able to make a selection properly from over here. But when we will come over here, you can see that this is starting to get very difficult. And as I tried to make the selection, and you can see that it instantly went out because there is no proper contrast over here and maybe a little bit, but it is not enough for Photoshop to detected. So the last way which usually rippled think about is shooting the pen tool. You could select the Pen tool, come over here and start making a selection. But even study, even using the pen tool, you will have to eyeball it a little. So and it is going to take a lot of time. So that is why I'm going to show you another way to do it. And I'm really proud of this video because this is something which I do I love to myself. So let's get started. So the thing about this technique is that you will be able to get proper contrast of your image and the background. Let me show you how. So first, let's come over here and convert or subject into a Smart Object. Because we are not savages. And we always convert our liters to Smart Object, then duplicate it by pressing Control or Command J. So we have our original and copy. After that, you will come over here, click on the adjustment layers and create a solid color adjustment layer over here. You can select any color you want to be honest, but for me it rarely works best. So I use red and simply hit, Okay? Okay. After doing so, what you will do is you'll come over here in the blending options, sorry, not the blending options, the Blending Modes. Click on the blending modes and overhead you will select Color Burn. So you don't have to know how Color Burn works, but you just need to know how the application of it in this tutorial. So now what you will do is you will double-click on it, since it's a very light color right now, let's put it over here and let's start bringing, bringing it down. So as you can see that as I am bringing this down, we are starting to get a lot of contrast. So I'm not going to go all the way. But at the point where I can see the subject and the background, this seems all right. And up, down. And I guess this is all right. And simply hit, Okay. So how amazing is this? There is so much contrast on the image null. So this was the original image. We cannot even see over here properly if we do not focus. And this is after. So as you know, that if we have a layer like this, we can always use deadly to make a selection. So let me duplicate it again by pressing Control or Command J. And what I will do is I will select this layer and this layer and right-click on them to convert them into a smart object. So now both of these layers are combined reversibly. So this is basically on a separate layer. Let me press Control or Command Z. So now what I can do is I can simply select the magic wand tool and click anywhere. And you can see that it has made such a good selection of bar from these areas. And these are also not difficult area. So you can zoom in over here, select the group selection tool. And simply, sorry, I'm doing the opposite. And simply add in these areas or minus out depending on how you made the selection. So I guess this is all right. Similarly over here. And I guess this seems all right. And I'm not too much. Let's zoom in a little bit smaller. And I guess this seems on right. So let's zoom out. So we have such a good selection or we can do is we can simply turn it off, go to this layer, and simply create a mask over there. And we are pretty much done. Let me hide this layer. Sorry, we have to invert them are so slit the mass and press control or command I. And we all pretty much done how cool is this. But obviously, we always have to refine our images and we always had to do with the black dashed. So go to solid color and select black. And as you can see that there are a lot of venues and some areas were inflicted properly. So if we want to let this area, we can simply select the Magic Wand Tool. Click over here. Select black as my foreground color, and simply draw one here to remove these areas. Simple. Okay, so there are some areas, for example, over here, and over here. And over here, pun intended. So these are the ideas which we have to refine. And for the hair, I always tell you guys to use the Refine Edge tool. So we have the layer selected. We will select any quick selection and selection rule. Basically, I will select the Quick Selection tool and come over here and click on Select and Mask. So we have the Refine Edge tool over here, and let's make it a little bigger and try using it in this one stroke. Because if you don't have a lot of hair, and especially when using Refine Edge on men's hair. I always try to do it in one single goal. Because the more you use it a fine edge, the worst it weakens. So try to use it as less as possible and it did such a great job. So we are done over here. There's come over here. So this is something which we need to remove. Let's make it smaller. And let's draw one here. So it's gone, but it messed up the ADL little bit. Don't worry, we are going to fix it. And similarly over here, again, the area is gone, but it left us with some of the unwanted white fringes. No worries, we are wound to fix that. And over here on the beer, we have to use it over here as well. One time over here. And similarly over here. Don't worry if something gets disappeared. We are going to fix it and do it over here. Too. Perfect. Again, we're going to fix it. Let's zoom out. Okay, so we are done with the refining the edges. But now we are going to refine some of the areas which we measure while doing so. So let's come down a little. And while we're here, let's use color decontaminate as when, but not over here because it will mess up here and all. Always use color. They can decontaminate at the end. So we will simply hit Okay 10. So we have already learned the technique in which we can use overlay to add ADRs. So what we can do is we can simply press Alt or Option and click on this image. And it is converted into white. So why it means we need to add all that, all these areas are added. And black means all these ideas are invisible. So let's zoom in over here. Over here. What we can do is simply invert the brush, select the brush tool using B, and we can draw what, a year. But there is the drawback. Do this, if we accidentally draw outside, it will let us. So what does a technique which we learn overlay. So we can come over here and the mode, and we will select overlay. And using overlay, it won't let us draw outside the bounds. So if we are drawing on white, if you have white selected, since we are drawing right over here, you can see that it is not letting us draw on white. How amazing this, this. So there are some areas which we need to fix using the normal. So let's draw over here. Let's not make it very loose. Keep it a little hard because if it is soft, it bleeds out. So I guess this is on right? And four over here. But you can do is simply go back to overlay. Invert the color by clicking over here. Or you can press X on the keyboard. Now as you know, working, press X. Okay, so let's working now and simply draw over here, How amazing is this. I love it when overlay works like this. So there are some areas which we have to bring back my plus x to invert the colors and simply draw like this. And this area is fixed. So if I press Alt or Option and click over here, you can see that we made such a good selection. There are some changes over here. We're going to take care of those SQL. So this seems all right. Similarly over here. We can draw it right over here. And not like this. Let's select black and draw over here first so that everything is inside. Then white, then black again. So basically you have to use them, a woman again to get the perfect selection. This is alright, and do it over here as well. Let's try with white, then, black and white again. And I guess this is all right. So I guess this is pretty much it. Alt or option and click overhead again. And we have met an amazing selection. Okay, so forth, extra fringes and oil. What you can do is you can click on this, go to Quick Selection, Select and Mask. And like I said, you should always use decontaminate at the end. So let's use decontaminate on this before. You can see if I zoom in over here. So before and after. So let's zoom out template. Okay. So yeah, we are pretty much done. Let's combine all of these layers by pressing Control or Command G. Let's turn on this layer as well. So here's the before and here is the after. Our missing is this. You can even change the color if you want. So let's look over here. And there's like blue. So here's the before and the after. So I guess this is pretty much it. I hope you guys will not be able to make proper selection even if you have a difficult image like this. And see you guys in the next class. 17. Project 3 - Cutout White Subject From White Background: Hey guys. So in the previous class we learned how to cut out or white subject from a white bag known not a valid subject, a person having white in the Lord's it anywhere else. So I have another image for you guys over here, and you have to use the same technique which we learned in the previous class on how to use the collarbone to make a selection of subjects something like this with a white background. So yeah, this is pretty much it. Don't forget to submit your projects with me and I will see you guys in the next class. 18. Change Color Of Busy Walls: Hello guys. So now we're going to learn how to change the color of all without even making a selection and dare to using just hue and saturation. You can see that I have this layer over here. I have no selection over here. And still I was able to change the color of the wall. So here is the before. This was the original image and this is the after. So let me delete this so that I could show you from the start. You don't even have to duplicate the layer to make this. So all you have to do is simply come down over here. And let's create a hue and saturation adjustment layer. Okay, So and beginner scores I adore to how you can make a selection and then use your slider to increase sodium to change the color. But along with it, you also can also see that the colors of other things like this plant and this chair are also changing. So they are getting purple and green and on and we don't want that. So let me bring this back to 0. And without reading a selection, how can we change the color? Because the only way to do so is there V select all of these ideas and then use your imagination on it. So this is more like a professional tutorial now because we are in the advanced class. So over here you can see this handle right here. And if you click on it, and if you click and you can see there, you can drag left or right. You can see arrows on it. So if you click anywhere you want, and if you drag right, you can see that we are increasing or decreasing the saturation. And just like Dad, you can see that we have actually thinks that color, but not actually the color, but actually the saturation. Let me press Control or Command Z. So basically if I click on any part of the image, for example, this over here. And if I drag left, I will decrease the saturation. And if I drag right, I will increase the saturation. So how can we use the same concert with you? So let me read you. So let's just say I want to change the color of the wall. Okay? So what I will do, whatever click, sorry, nor click, press Command or Control on the keyboard. And then like over here, this time, and I will move this to the right. You can see that this time the youth slide that is moving. All right, so simply click and while clicking, press control or command. And let's change the color just like that. So let's make it a reddish something I guess this seems alright. This color. But you can see there this area didn't change color because there was not a lot of contrast and it was so different from the rest of the image. We weren't able to change this. No problem. Press control or command. Again, click over here. And now you can do the same thing for this area. Just move it to the right, like we did before. And I guess we are pretty much done. So let me zoom out a little so you can see that the hair is before. And here is the after. How cool is this? And you can see that none of the colors in the image changed, maybe a little bit. And if you think there's something changed a little, you can always select the mask and click the brush tool and refine it a little. So this was a very quick yet advanced tutorial on how to change color of anything using just use later. So, yeah, I guess you guys like this can lead to see you guys in the next class. 19. Easily Remove Halos: Hey guys. So now we are going to learn how to remove halos in Photoshop using a very special technique. So I have this image over here. Let me show you the before and after. So here was the before and this was the original image, and here is the after. So whenever we have an image like this and there are a lot of highlights and shadows, we always get halos. So let me delete all of this and let's try making the selection from the start. Okay, so I have this image over here, and I want to select the subject over here. So I will select it. I will come over here. Or let's try using a refined so non-finite color range on it. So this is the image. You can see that it is already showing the image. So let me click over here. So I have selected all of this area. And if I want to add more to this area, I will come over here and click on this plus icon. And now what I will do is I will simply drag to add more areas. Similarly over here and over here. So I guess this is on right? And maybe close to the subject. Always try to make some selection using exotic loss of the subject and direct way. You can make a perfect selection. Okay? So we can increase or decrease the fuzziness. If we increase the fuzziness too much, you can see that the arms will disappear from over here. So we will decrease it. So that making flexion would be easy for us. I guess this is alright. And simply hit, okay. So this seems alright. Simply click on the mask over here. Inverted represent Control or Command I. So this seems like a pretty decent selection. Let's make a solid color adjustment layer below it, sorted. We could see things properly. Okay, so there are some areas which we didn't stick properly and ADH, ADH, these areas. And you can see that there are some white over here and some over here. So using a simple brush would be very difficult to remove all of these. So we're going to use the overlay mattered on this again to press Alt or Option and click over here. And select the brush tool by pressing B. Let's zoom in a little and simply draw on this area. So by default it is already on overlay. So whenever you use the overlay and brush, it, remembers it. So always remember to change it after using it because it seems like this. So the brush tool. And let's draw what he had and these areas and these are own, right? Similarly over here and over here, and over here. And you can change it to normal to add these areas. Seems all right, okay, so for these areas, if I select the black one and keep it to normal, I can't remove it, but I will accidentally eventually add these areas as well. So I will change it to overlay again. You can see that this technique is so useful. So it is not letting me draw insight. How cool is this? So even I guess I will have to adjust it a little bit. And I guess we are done Apart from this area. So let's invert by pressing X on the keyboard. You can see that with wifi plus x, we can change the color. We can change the foreground and the background. So I guess we are done with this. Let's zoom out by pressing Control or Command 0, press Alt or Option, and click on the subject. So you can see that we did a pretty good job on this. But there are some halos, like over here, over here, over here. And we basically need to remove these. So I have a very special technique for you guys. For the here, as always, we will use the Refine Edge. Let's do this first-order. We don't have to come back to this later on. I'll come over here. And Let's draw 1s and remove all of this area. Seems alright. And somebody hit. Okay? So Dad area is fixed now. So we just need to fix the halos null. So what we will do is simply select the lesser tool. Select the subject. Click the mask, like the lesser tool. And let's make a selection of only this area. This is just a test sample. Zoom in a little. After that, what you will do is you will go to Filter over here and click on minimum. Let's bring this back a little. So avert a minimum actually does. It actually reduces the white areas and the black areas. And it all depends upon which color you are trying to remove. So you don't have to get into the depth to off knowing how it works, but just understand the application. So let's keep it to wrongness. So you can see if I increase the radius just a little. You can see that these areas are coming inside. So a little more, a little more. This is too much. If I do it too much, it will start moving image. So let's bring it back. Let's move it a little bit. So I guess 0.8 or one is alright. Sorry, I mixed Mr. Glick. One seems all right. So simply hit Okay. Press Control or Command D to de-select that you can see all the halos. Halos on this side are gone. Let me duplicate this layer so that you will be able to see before and after, later on. So let me turn this off. So now what you can do is you can go about the whole image and start using it everywhere. So for example, I can select all of this area like this. Go to Filter other and minimum. And you can see all the halos form over here are gone. And it is remembering the settings which I did before. And there is one more thing that you can do. Let's try the same thing over here. I have a select all of these areas and going to minimum all over again and again, or you can do is simply go to Filter. And it always shows you the recent one over here too. You can press Control, Command, Control F, or Command Option F to use the last US filtered. So I will press Control Alt F, Control Alt F. And those areas are gone of Willis this. So I will keep on selecting these ADRs and keep on pressing Control Alt F to remove the halos. So similarly over here you can even try doing a big chunk like this, control or F. How amazing is this? And there is one more thing which I have tried in the past that is selecting the whole image like this. And this may not work every time. So you will have to be a little careful doing this. Let's zoom in a little. So I have selected pretty much, not pretty much actually the whole image. So now I will press Control or F. And how amazing is this? It actually removed all of the halo is. So yet, the last thing which I showed you all clicking the whole image and then using minimum on it. It may or may not work depending upon the image. So you can press Control or Command Z to bring it back. Okay, Yeah, This is the problem with using it on the whole image. It removed all the halos, but at the same time, it also affected the image. So you can see this is the before and this is the after. So if you are okay with the image being ruined, you can always use it on the whole image. It is not ruined but changed a little. And if you're not or give it it, you can press Control or Command Z, naught, letting the whole image and select the All these areas individually and then use minimum on them. So it is totally up to you. So I think I was okay with the whole image, affecting the whole image and then using on it control alt F. And I kinda like it. So let's do a little before and after. This was the original and this was the image after moving the bag alone. So here was the before minimum. You can see the halos. And this is after minimum, before, after, before, after. How amazing is this? So I guess we are pretty much done. Let's try changing the color. You can select any color we want. So yeah, I guess this is alright. Simply hit, Okay. So let's do a little before and after. Let's bring this layer down, delete the mask, and select all of these. Let me bring this up a little so that you could see things properly. Press Control or Command G. So here is the before and here is the after. So, yeah, and this was pretty much it. Let's do a little recap after removing the background from the image that you have to do is, so this was the image. Let me turn on black again. You will see halos obviously. So what you have to do is you have to simply select the Lasso tool, take a sample from one area like this, go to Filter other and then click on minimum. Okay, I'm doing it wrong because I have selected this layer. Let me cancel this and select this layer instead. Now go to filter other minimum. So I have already said the radius. You will have to set it according to your image and simply hit, Okay? So you can see this was before the minimum and this was after me. Keep it to one. And then you can do the same thing for the whole image, like collecting all these areas and then pressing Control or F2, apply the largest filtered again and again. So yeah, I guess this is it. I hope you guys really liked this tutorial and I hope that you will find this useful. So I will see you guys in the next class. 20. Select & Edit Just Bright Parts Of An Image: Hey guys. So I have a very interesting tutorial for you guys. And that is that how you can select just the bright parts of an image. Or you can do the opposite depending upon your need. So you can see that I have this image over here and this was the before, and this is the after. I don't think you can see a lot of change because I didn't move the curves a lot. But let me teach you how I did it. Let me remove this. And I want to apply some curves on this image. So let's rename it to model for that. We won't get confused. And this is the original image we have, okay? And I want to enhance it a little, make it a little better. So what you can do is you can come over here, go to adjustments and clear taco off. But before that, let me do chew away the special short key for this and not desk, but for selecting bright areas of our image. So if you press Control or and two on the keyboard, do you will select only the bright parts of the image. You can press Control or Command D. Let's do it again. Control, oiled and two. And after making a selection, or you can do is you can come over here the curves and create a curves adjustment layer over here. Nothing changed. But if you see over here you can see, let me make this bigger. Gone back to Panel Options. And let me make this really big. Okay, So you can see, let me bring this up a little. Let's remove colors. Okay? So you can see that it only selected the bright parts of the image and not the Docklands. And you can even invert it by pressing Control or Command I. So it is inverter null. So I will press Control or Command Z. So now what I can do is I can select the curve. Let me bring this, sorry, not this. Let me bring this down a little so that you could see the curve properly. And I again, increase the bright parts. How amazing is this? So basically I'm messing around with just the bright parts. Or I can do the same. And I can press Control or Command Z and inverted. Go to the curves again and increase the bright areas. So let's just say I want to, image is very dark and I want to make sure that and it is proper highlights and shadows in it. And I can edit it like this. So let me bring this down a little. So now I only lifted up dub bright, sorry, the dark parts. What if I did the same thing on the whole image without making a selection? So if I hide this, sorry, if I just simply hide this, you can see that it Lyft ride to lift up the whole image. And if I done it on, sorry. If I turn it on like this, you can see that it is only lifting up the dark areas. So the application for it is that if you have an image which is very dark or bright, you can only reflect specific areas because it is very difficult to just select the right part. And using this technique you can do so. So I guess this is pretty much it. This was a very simple yet useful tutorial for you guys. I hope you guys liked this. Sorry, I dropped something and see you guys in the next class. 21. How To Mask Shadows: Hey guys, hope you're doing great. And today we are going to learn how to cut out or mask out shadows in Photoshop. So this is pretty much my, one of my favorite topics to teach homophone for Russia off. So let's get started. So you can see their term. I have this camera over here and it is shared over a year. And this is the bag known, but this was not the original image. And let me turn this image on. You can see that this was the original image. There was a plant over here and the shadow. And I not only cut out the camera, but all too broad, it's shadow with it. So you can see that this, let me hide this. So this is the before and the after. How cool is this? So let me delete all of this so that I could show you how I did it. So this was the background which I chose, and this was the camera image. So let me first make a selection of the camera. I'm not going to get into nitty-gritties on making the selection. You can use any selection tool, do one. You can use the pen tool or any other tool for making a preferred selection. We are just focusing on how to bring this shadow with the camera. So I will simply use an automatic tool which I have taught you before. I will come over here and click on the Quick Selection Tool. Let me click on Select and Mask, click on Select Subject. This way I will have a selection of the camera. It is analyzing. So yeah, it did a pretty good job. Maybe it is not perfect, but the data is not our concern over here. And it also selected this area. So no problem, you can simply hit Okay over here. And let's click on the mask, select the brush tool, and let's hide this. Why is it not hiding? Okay, so yeah, like I've told you before in the previous tutorial, we used overlay for the brush. So you always have to change it if you want to use the normal one. So let me hide this. And we don't really need this area. So I guess this is all right. So we have the selection of the camera over here. I don't think it would be perfect, but it is good enough for us to do the job properly to understand the concept. So let me bring this image over here like this. Let me zoom out a little and let's make it smaller. I guess this is alright. Okay, so for now you can see that this looks extremely Fick because you need to have proper shadows if you want an image to look original. Not original, but what is their term? Realistic? Sorry. So if I hide the mask over here by pressing Shift and then click over here. You can see that this looks really very realistic because there is a proper shared over there. And if I press Shift and click over here again, the idea is gone because we only selected the camera. So to be able to just cut out the shadow, we don't have to actually cut it out because we have already cut out the camera. And let me tell you what I mean by that. Simply press Control or Command J. So let's just say this is the layer for the camera. And if you want to invert it, but we can do is, let's click on this one. We are going to invert the selection by pressing Control or Command I. So everything is selected apart from the camera. If I hide this, you can see that everything is selected apart from the camera. Let me turn this on. So we also have the shadow over here and there. It is. Very special blending mode we are going to use for this, you can come to the blend modes over here. So there are a lot of blend modes over here. Darken is one of them you can use, you can even use multiply for it. So multi-word multiply basically burst. It keeps all the dark parts of the area and remove the white parts. So if I bring it back to normal, you can see if I come to multiply, it is keeping all the areas which are even a little bit of dark and removing all the white areas. So let's keep it to multiply. So we already have the shadow, but we also have all of these details. So what you can do is let's create a curves adjustment layer on top of this. So I will come over here and click on Curves. And I will clip it to this layer. So if it is getting detecting from you, for you, that will make it bigger. I guess I should decrease the size of this so that you could see things properly. Let's keep it to normal and hit Okay. So yeah, I guess this is alright. So I will press Alt or Option and clip it down. So what we can do this weekend, increase the brightness of rest of the areas so that only the dark areas remain. Let me show you how So what we can do is we can increase the dark areas and light areas. And this V on knee and the dark areas that I mean, how cool is this? But there is some ideas here as well. So what we can do is we can select the mask. It's like the brush tool, and we can simply hide these areas. Simply remove it. Using a very soft round brush. This is alright. Okay, so there is this one last thing which is left. We have the shadow, but along with the shadow, we also got the color. So what we have to do is we have to simply desaturate this area. So how you can do so, you can select it, go to layers, sorry, not layered, image adjustments and desaturate that it is one way to do it. What I like to do is I simply create a hue and saturation adjustment layer. So simply come over here, adjustment layers and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer and clip it down. So it also already got clipped down because the a layer above it was clip down. And what you can do is simply and decrease the saturation. I guess this is all right. And just like that, we have the shadow. How amazing is this? So let's see before and after with automated doubt, the shadow alerts combine all of this. So it was before the shadow, completely fake. And this is with the shadow. How realistic is this? Obviously you can define some of these areas. You can mask, mask out some areas, but you get the idea. So yeah, this is how you mask out shadows. Let's do a very simple little recap. Simply put a background, then go to the image you want to copy the, copy the subject and the shadow from simply cut out just the subject, not the shadow, just a subgrade because you cannot actually cut out the shadow. It is practically impossible. Bring the shadow, I'm sorry, bring the subject into your image and then make a copy of debt image and inverted. And after inverting it, this is the inverter part. You have to simply apply, multiply on that image. And then you have to bring up the bright part. If you use curves, that is the best way to do it. And that way you can increase the brightness of the rest of the areas and the dark areas will remain like this. And the last thing that you will have to do is simply create a hue and saturation adjustment layer to desaturate the shadow. And we are pretty much done. So, yeah, I hope that you are going to find this very useful because when it comes to photo manipulation, it is really important to know how to work with highlights and shadows. And I'm hoping that I will see some really bad ass kind of manipulation from you based at the end of the course. So I hope you guys liked this. Can wait to see you guys in the next class. 22. Project 4 - Mask Shadow: Hi guys, I hope you're doing great. So in the previous class, we learned how you can cut out an image along with its original shadow. So this was the original image and this is after we cut it out and put it on him, on a dark background with the shadow. So basically you have to do the same thing. Again. I have two images for you is this background and other one is this all type of camera. So you simply have to cut out the image along with the shadow and put it on this back alone. And this is your project. So, yeah, I hope you guys will have fun doing this one. I really love teaching this one and doing it as well. And I will see you guys in the next class. 23. Change A Specific Color: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to change a specific color or specific range of colors in Photoshop. So I have this image over here. Let me show you the before and after. So here is the before. This was the original image, very beautiful. And here is the after. So this is still beautiful. But this is just to show you that you can select specific parts of an area. And violet, I'm making this tutorial a while, I'm recording this idealized data. All of this area is just bid, and this means that deadly messed up everything in this tutorial. So let me bring this bag so they're due guys weren't thing there. I don't know what I'm doing. So let's bring all of this back. I guess while I was making the selection, all of this area got selected as well. No problem, We all make mistakes. Okay? So how to select specific areas? And because if you try making a selection of all of this using the Quick Selection Tool or even depend tool it has gained going to take for ever can see even this part is properly selected. So how did I do this? Very simple using color range. Let me do need this so that we could do everything from the start. So first you have to do is that is basically select the flowers. For that. We will go to Filter. It's not filtered. Select, sorry, I forgot. So click on select and then click on Color Range. So I have taught this to you a lot of times. If we click on one part, it will only select that area. And if you click on plus direct way, you will be able to add more areas to. The one way to do this is to click on each area like this, like a maniac. Or the better way to do is the professional way to do this is you click once and then you drag, you basically paint with it. And you can see that these areas are being added. And while doing so, just make sure that you don't click on the areas which you don't want to add. For example, if I click over here, and if I accidentally click on this, olive green areas are selected. Or if I click over here, all the white areas are selected. So make sure that you select the areas which you want to select anything accidentally dragon, select other area, simply press Control or Command Z. And that way it will bring back the areas. So let's add these areas. And also this area. And I know all the flowers are seeing via clicking on all of them. Because sometimes even though they look sim, there might be some colors in them which are a little different. And if you don't apply this over all the flowers, we might end up with a selection which is not accurate. I guess this is one, right? Okay, so you can see that I do a little bit on green over here and you've selected a lot of ideas. So I'm gonna press Control or Command Z and strangling on these areas. And I guess a little bit of green is on rate. Because this is a part of, because all of this is the part of the flower. So let's press Control or Command 0 to zoom out. And you can even play around with the fuzziness on this. But I guess this is on right. Simply hit. Okay. So you can see that all the Florida selected, but also this area selected because this also heard colors similar to this. No problem. Simply come over here, click the Quick Selection Tool. Okay? So you can click on Minus overhead and remove all of these areas. But here is the advanced way. We are professionals and this is the advanced course. So if you want to remove anything in Photoshop, nor does anything reducing any tool. If there are plus and minuses in that tool. But you have to do is simply press Alt or option and this will change to minus. You can see in there this is tending to minus. By default this is plus. And if you press Alt or Option, this is minus. So I will press Alt or Option and simply remove all of these areas. Our simple as this. So what we have to do is just change the color of the flowers known. But I think there are some areas which are not electric properly. So this area also had some red in it and in courts liquid as well. So we can keep it like this. Or let's try changing the color first and then we will see if you want to keep it, we can always mascot own. So let's zoom out. Come over here, and let's create a hue and saturation adjustment layer over here. And number two can do is you can simply change the color of the flowers. So yeah, the reason was this. So you can make a purple like this on blue. I guess blue seems alright as well. Flower on the implant looks really weird. So let's keep it yellow. Jello, Alright. As well. So here's the before and here's the after. All missing is this. So let's zoom in a little. So this was the idea which seemed faulty. If we zoom out a little, I don't think this is very noticeable. We can leave it like this. But if you think that this looks weird, simply select the mask, click the brush tool using B, make it smaller. Foreground color as black and simply draw over here. And I guess this is on right? So yeah, this is pretty much it. This is how you can change color of a specific color or color range in Photoshop. So I guess this is it. See you guys in the next class. 24. Change Color Of Things Without Making A Selection: Hi guys. So now we're going to learn how to change color of anything without making a mask in Photoshop. Okay, So I know we have already learned how we can change color using the hue and saturation slider. If we click over here. And this was a slider which we used. But it doesn't work on every image. We need to learn how to make the range of colors a little bit smaller. So this was the original image. This was the before. There's the after. And you can see that I haven't made any selection in this image. Let me delete this. And let me tell you how the technique which we learned before won't work on this image. So let me come over here. And let's create a hue and saturation adjustment layer over here. And click on this. Click on the mask, but the layer itself click over here. And let's just say I want to change the color off this red car. So if I click over here and drag, it will change the saturation. We don't want this little press Control or Command Z. And if you want to change the u and the v, which we learned was you have to press Control or Command on the keyboard. Then click and then drag. Now it is changing the color. Let me zoom out. So why is it stuck? Okay, click and drag. But you can see that for some colors, this seems alright. But for most of the colors, it is altered, changing the color of the roared and the background. So the whole team of the images changing, just because we are changing the colors, you can see all of these areas green now. Similarly, if I click over here and drag all of this is populational. And we don't want to select all of these areas. We only want to change the color of the car. So let me delete this and different modes in which you can do. I will come back to later on. So let me just delete this and let's create a new hue and saturation adjustment layer. Okay, So let me tell you how you are supposed to do this. Let me bring this down a little so already you could see disbanded properly. So make sure that you are, you click on the hue and saturation and not the mask. Click on this first. Then you will do is simply click on this and click anywhere on the image and art anywhere, anywhere on the car, the thing you want to change the color off. So I will click on any neutral red over here like this. I guess this is alright. So you can see that there is a range over here now. And you have to refine this range to get a perfect selection. Basically, we are basically making a selection using colors. Let me zoom out a little so that it is not a proper selection like this one. And using the Quick Selection Tool. But we can somewhat call it a selection because they're dented. The Davey are refining all the areas to a specific part. So after clicking over here, or do you have to do is you have to move the hue and saturation like this so that the whole image look completely weird. All right, can see that the color of the guard also changed. So what you have to do is you have to find the area, confined area to just the car. So let me teach you how. You can see that there are sliders over here. You can move this to bring this gloss. And similarly bring this one. And you can see that areas are disappearing. So we are trying to confine the hue and saturation adjustment layer to just this area had just a car. So let me bring this in. Let me zoom in a little. And also so that we could see the wall. And let's try bringing it more in. So you can see that at this point, it is starting to ruin our hue and saturation adjustment layer. Let me zoom out a little. So let's bring this out and let's bring this one in. And similarly in this one. And bring these in, these as well. So this is the point at which you can start seeing red and the origin of the car. And this is where we will let it go. Even though there are a lot of areas. But I think we can still make it work. So alerts and bring it back and bring everything in. You can see that it's starting to get better. There. Zoom-in again, bring this out a little, and bring all of this in. I guess this is all right. So now we can bring these back to 0. And now we can do is we can change the color. So you can see that even though some of the ideas were technically selected, but it is not affecting the color too much because there are some areas which are there property selected and some art partially selected and the parties acted areas do not get affected a lot with hue and saturation. So now if we change the hue and saturation, you can see that the color of the wall is not changing. It's still it's still changing a little, but not as much. So it, since it is confined to the image itself, the car itself. But we can do is we can change the color, maybe this green. And if you think some areas are not proper, you can come over here, select the brush tool, make it bigger. And since we don't have to work with the edges, you can simply draw on those areas like this. So most of the card is property selected. And you can draw on that extra ideas. So here it is ten before and here is the after. So how simple was this? I know it might take some time. Do you to understand that how this slider works? You just have to make sure that you bring in the areas until you think that the selection is proper. So I guess this is pretty much it before and after. I hope you guys will find this tip useful. And I will see you guys in the next class. 25. Make Selection Of Straight Things: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to select Straight images. Sorry, not straight images, but a straight things, straight objects. So as you can see that I have this building over here and it has a lot of edges, not a lot of a couple of edges. And it is quite straight. So I don't have to make a selection using any other tool. I can simply select it using a polygon lesser tool. So I'm gonna come over here and I'm going to click on Polygon. Lasso Tool. I guess it's called poorly Goneril. Yeah. Polygon or lasso tool. Okay. I guess in the previous versions it was called Polygon Lasso Tool, but okay, so if we want to set anything in a straight line, you just click once. And then it gives you this line. And wherever you will click, it will make a point over there. And this is how you can make a selection. Simple. So let me press Control or Command D to de-select it. And I'm going to start from over here. Or maybe start from over here. So I'm going to zoom in over here. Let's click over here. Then click on this edge. Similarly over here. Then I'm gonna come down over here. What happened? Why is it not working? I don't know where it went wrong. Okay. So if anything goes wrong, for example, you're making a selection, then something goes wrong. You can always press backspace to remove this. If you press Control or Command Z, this won't work. So let's try again. Let me zoom in over here. We want to start from over here. Just click once, click over here, and over here. Let me come down over here. So I'm going outside the canvas now because this is going to be outside. So I'm going to click over here and then come over here and just make a straight line. And then I'm going to try to make a straight line from bottom to top. So I guess this is all right. This is perfect. So now what you can do is, I know some of this Ada got cut off, but you get the idea, you can make it as perfect as you want. So I'm gonna come over here, I'm gonna come down over here and click on the mask. And or building has been cut out. How simple as this. So let's try this on another image and it will difficult one. Let me zoom out on this one. You can simply press Control or Command 0 to zoom out. Let me zoom out a little more so dad, I could make the selection properly. So I'm gonna come over here again, select the polygon lasso tool. And let's zoom in a little. So I'm going to start from over here. Click here 1s, then over here, then over here. So you can see that this is quite straight. Everything is straight and edgy. So I can simply use the polygon lasso tool in this case. So I think I clicked a little earlier. So to go burn step back. I haven't nor press Control or Command Z, I will press backspace. So I will click over here again. Let's come over here. Look over here than over here. So I'm gonna go outside the canvas. Then do mode. And then I'm going to make the, complete the path basically what this is, all right, the selection has been made. Now I can simply come over here, click on this image and click on the mask. Why is it loading? Okay, so I'm going to click on the mask and the background is removed. So how symbol was it? So basically, this is how you can make selection of straight things using the polygon lasso tool in Photoshop. Because oftentimes we come across images which are very difficult. And in such kind of images, if you have, the main thing you want to select is edgy. You can always use the polygon or polygon lasso do. So. Yeah, I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next clause. 26. Remove Fringes Using Dodge & Burn: Hey guys. So now we're going to learn how to remove halos or fringing using a very special technique and that is using dodge and burn, just using Dodge and Burn. And I know that you guys must be really tired of me making a whole section may be, I guess 15 to 18 tutorials on making a proper selection and masking and refining their selection. But the reason I made such a big section for all of this is because you guys would have a lot of examples in which how you can make a proper selection and then how you can refine those flexion, how to make a proper mask and refine that mask. And I think all of this is pretty much very important if you want to go advanced on the whole Photoshop thing. So I have this image over here. And here is the before. This was the original image and here is the after. And you can see that fleshiness very proper. And I'm going to show you how you can move the fringes using dodge and burn. Why are we learning so main techniques? Because all the techniques which I am teaching you, they might not work for every image. So you need to learn all the techniques or diet you can hit and try on the image which you have, which you want to make a selection on Moscow. So let me delete all of this and let's make the selection and the mask from the start. Okay, so I have this image over here, and I don't think it is very difficult to select because there is a lot of contrast in the image. So you can simply select the Magic Wand Tool, click anywhere. And we are pretty much done with the selection. So what you can do is simply come down over here, click on the Mask. Let's invert the mask by pressing Control or Command I. While we're here, I think this is not the most effective and fast way to do things. Let me delete this. Click over here again. And we always invert the mask. How about we come over here and while making them are asked, we press Alt or Option, how this works. So the wavy make a negative mask. You can also make a negative mass with the selection. So if you want to make a negative mask of the selection, simply press Alt or Option and then make a mask. So yeah, this was new for me as well. So let's create a solid color adjustment layer below it. Let's make it black and bringing down. So yeah, the selection seems fine, but you can see that there are some fringes over here. And obviously the hair, the hair always messes up. But let's zoom out a little and select this. Select any selection tool, click on Select and Mask. Let's zoom in a little. And alerts apply Saudi naught and this lettering press Control or Command Z. We have to use the Refine Edge. So alerts apply a refined edge over here. And this seemed on right. And similarly over here, I know there are some white areas over here. We're going to fix those. So this seems alright. And hit Okay. Okay, So how about, what about the, these extra fringes? Like over here and over here? How can we remove these? So there can press Control or Command 0. So make sure that you have selected the mask, not the image. Click on the mask. And over here you can see what this discipline, you have, the Deutsch and the burn tool. So later on we're also going to learn how you can define your images using the dodge and burn. How you can remove. How do we see it? Dark circles using Dodge and Burn. But for now we are just using this for making our selection better. But the finding, the selection, the mask, and moving the fringes. So we will select the burn tool over here and set this to shadows measured their decision to share those. So let me zoom in over here. Sorry. Let me zoom in over here. So there are some fringes over here. Let me select the burn tool again. And if I try drawing with the burned on over here, let's see what happens. You can see that it is only affecting the white areas. We're thereafter oranges. So if you turn on the click over here by pressing Alt or option, turned on this mode, you can see that this is only affecting the right areas. And you have guessed it, since Bernoulli doing this, the doth tune will do the opposite. So we are basically using the overlay again. But you can see that this is another way of refining, just like overlay, like this tool press Alt or Option. So we can click on these areas over here. And similarly over here. You can see that these areas are ongoing in. How cool is this? Let me zoom out and let's try over here as well. And let me tell you about the Dodge tool. Since we are using Burn tool, we have shadows over here to burn tool applies on black areas shadows. But what about the Dodge Tool? If we stack the Dodge Tool, we will have to change this to highlights. Now let's zoom in. Zoom in, select the Saudi, the Dodge Tool. And now if we turn on this more, you can see that we can draw back the white areas for it is basically the opposite. So let's turn it off so we can draw back the white areas if we mess up anywhere. So I guess burn is all right because we don't have to add to our image or flexion. So let's apply it all over this area. Let me do a quick rough job. I'm not trying to make this perfect. I'm just trying to show you how this looks. So let's zoom out like the videos. I should have copied the layer so that I could show you the before and after Humboldt, I forgot. No problem. So this seems all right. So the last thing is we have to make sure that these extra areas are gone. So there select, Select and Mask, and we can use color decontaminate on the hair. Simply hit, okay, So extra areas are gone. So let's delete this layer. Let's copy this layer so that we could see before and after, and there's bring it down and delete this. And let's see. And make a selection on this again. And let me tell you why. Make a selection on this again so that we could see the before and after at least properly. So here it is. Let me zoom in. So here is the before and here's the after, before, after, before, after. I know there's not a lot of change because this was a pretty much a simple image. And when your image is simple, Photoshop plans to make a very good selection. But yeah, even if there were some fringes, they are gone. So before and after. So this was the last technique on how to make a proper selection and how to make a proper mask in order sharp novae have at least 15 to 18 videos on the topic of selecting and mastering and everything. So I guess I hope that you guys really enjoyed the whole section. And you will be doing all the tasks. And I will see you guys in the next class. 27. How To Share Your Projects With Me: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great and I really hope that you guys are enjoying the course. So you are on video number 25 now. So this was number 24. And I just wanted to add this extra video into the course to tell you how you can submit your projects too. So you can see that there is this button over here called Create Project. I know I have discussed this in the previous one or the previous videos as well. I just want to make sure that you guys are doing all the projects. I emphasize this on this a lot because if you are not doing the projects, you are eventually going to forget everything which you are watching. So make sure that you complete the project and you submit them over here. So for example, if you come down over here, you can see that there is a project over here, another one over here. This course has like 15 to 20 projects, I guess. And if you complete the projects, they are going to really help you. So how can you submit your projects to mean all you have to do is simply come to Skillshare over here, click on Create Project. And you can put a title over here of the project name and then click on an image and upload your design and simply click on Publish. And that way I will be able to assess your projects and give feedback accordingly because it is important they are to submit your projects and I give my feedback on them as well. This way you will learn a lot. So yeah, I hope you guys are loving the course. Don't forget to give you a feedback and also don't forget to submit your projects. So see you guys in the next class. 28. Section 2 - Crop: Hey guys, I hope you are enjoying the course. Welcome to Section 2. And this section is all about cropping, basically advanced cropping. So you are going to learn some very nice advanced cropping tools and tricks. You are also going to learn how to state and images in Photoshop. Then you're going to learn how to make old documents or book pages readable. You're also going to learn how to make your old pictures. Basically crop them and rotate them automatically so that you won't have to do them manually. And you are also going to learn how to use content aware scale to make more of something. So yeah, basically we have this patch of grass over here and we are going to make more of it. And there are a lot of other tutorials as well. So yeah, I can't wait to see you guys in the section and I hope you guys really enjoy it. 29. Advance Cropping Tricks: Hey guys. So today we are going to learn some advanced cropping techniques and tips. Okay, So I wouldn't call them advanced or anything like that because they are not very difficult. But when it comes to proper workflow in Photoshop, there are a lot of things which a lot of people don't know about. So I have two images over here. One is this one of a very beautiful mountain, and the second one is over here. Okay, so let's get into the crop tool. If I come over here and the tools, you can see that this is the crop tool and the short keep audit is C. Always remember to always start learning short keys because they always come in handy. So you can see that there are some options over here. Let's start with the ratio one. So if you want to change the ratio of your size of your image, you don't have to eyeball it every time. For example, if I am making a borscht for Instagram, I don't have to, for example, this image is not a square, so I don't have to eyeball it to make it, to make it into a square. Instead, what I will do is I will simply look to the modulator. What I will do is I will simply go to the Crop tool. And in the ratio I will select square. And just like debt, I have a square and I can even move it left or right, depending upon the image, the burning of one, what I want inside the image. So let's just say this is alright. Simply hit Enter and we have a square image of what here. Simple, very easy. So yeah, there are a lot of options you can crop according to size is not just the ratios, both 0, but also DPI and PBA. And also you can create your own crop research as well. So yeah, I guess this is it. Let me press Control or Command Z. And let me show you some more things. So you can see that I have this image over here. And even though this is cropped, I can still see more of it to wise debt. Let me go to the Crop tool and let's try extending it. Why is your garden letting next 100 properly? Why is my keyboard nor working? Sorry. Okay. There it is. Covert here again. Okay. So yeah, the reason why it isn't ordering me extended because I have selected a square over here. And it will always stay in this position, in this ratio when resizing it. So I can make it smaller or bigger. It will always stay in one ratio one. So I will have to change it to width and height. So now what I can do is I can go to the crop tool and I can extend it. So this was the original image, plus enter. Okay, So this is the original image we have. And let's just say I want to crop it. Let me delete this because I don't want to disturb was. So if I go to the Crop tool and you can see that there are options or delete cropped pixels. So if you want the pixels to be cropped after deleted, after cropping, all you have to do is simply check it. And now and you will crop the image. It should remove those extra areas. But it is not going to do so. Reason or English is a smart object. So if I right-click on it and go to Rasterize Layer. And now if I come over here, deleted crop pixels is checked. And now if I decrease the size from the sides and enter, so all those pixels are permanently deleted, know? So there are times when you might want to delete the pixels because you want a cleaner workflow. But most of the times I would recommend there to keep your layers as smart objects over there. They wouldn't get cut off and do good. Reuse the extra areas later on. So I will press Control or Command Z. Let's come over here to this image. Go to the crop. And you can see that there is also Content Aware. Let me zoom out a little. So let's just say that you want to extend this image, for example, like this. But instead of extending it edition in the background, we press Control or Command Z. And let's go back and we'll make a layer below it. So there we wouldn't be shown are random, they're grown from more here. So if I click on the crop tool and if I want, if I want to extend this area, what I will do is I would click on Content Aware over here. Yes, there is a content we're in inside crop tool as well. And I will simply increase the size of this. Press Enter. And it is filling the area into Photoshop is analyzing the area. And I guess in a couple of seconds, Yes, it's done. So you can see that it created some of the areas which you weren't even there. So if I press Control or Command Z, and this was the original image, and this is all the area which photoshop has created itself. So how amazing is this? So yeah, this was some advanced level cropping tips and techniques because I don't think some of you guys would know about it. But if you are working in Photoshop for a while, you might know about them. So yeah, this is pretty much it. I hope you guys like this. See you guys in the next class. 30. How To Straighten Images: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to straighten images in Photoshop. Let me zoom out a little so you can see that I have this image over here and it is somewhat crooked, tilted. And similarly over here I have another one and it is also tilted. And let's just say I want to straighten them. So the one way in which we can do is I can go to the Crop tool and then try to adjust it. And if you have just one image, I don't think it would be much of a problem. We have adjusted the straightness just like dead. But if you have like a lot of images, it is going to take for ever, and it is not very practical. So let me press Control or Command Z. So if I go to the Crop tool over here, there is an option for straight on over here. So I will simply click on this over here. And what I can do is I can simply draw a line over here telling Photoshop debt word is the horizontal straight line. So what I will do is I will click over here and here. And I will draw in this tilted area so that Photoshop would know that this line should be straight. So I guess this is all right. Go and you can see that Photoshop has automatically tilted it according to the straightness. Simply press Enter and also cropped the extra areas. And or a magistrate. So here was the before and here is the after. Easy-peasy. There is another way to do it. Let's try doing and the other image width and dad way. So the first option, which we learned was through the crop tool and coming over here using the straighten. The other option is if you go to the eyedropper tool over here and right-click on it, you will see the ruler tool. So simply click on it. And just like the straighten tool, but you can do is you can draw a line with it and it will straighten the image. But there is something extra in this. I will click over here and draw a line like this telling Photoshop that this should be straight. And simply press Enter. Okay, I have to click on straightened layer over here. So straighten Lear budget not working. Okay. It's analyzing now. So it has made the image straight. But the only difference between this and this method is dead. The straighten tool actually crops in all of the ideas. Basically you lose some of the areas around it. But the ruler tool actually crops out. So you get extra ideas like this. But you can do is, let's try something crazy. So what you can do is you can select this and click on it while pressing Control or Command to make a selection. And go to select, modify, and expand. And let's expand it by 30 pixels and hit, Okay. Okay, so this is not going to work properly because it is very little area. So let's press Control or Command D to de-select. Instead, we can select it again by pressing Control or Command, left-click, and then invert the selection that we, we will have everything selected apart from the image. So I will press Control Shift I. So you can see that everything else is selected but not the image. And let's try Content Aware on this. So what we can do is we can go to any selection tool or right-click on this fill and content aware and simply hit Okay. So now it is applying content aware fill on this. And it will try to recreate all these areas. Not recreate, but actually created from the scratch. I guess we are done. Let's press Control or Command D. And I think it did a pretty good job. But the only problem is that there are some lines over here, little press Control or Command Z to go back. And after inverting this lecture, what we can do is go to Select again, modify, and expand. We want it to expand a little more than this area so that we won't get debt. Those hard, harsh lines. Sorry, I don't know why a mumbling. Let's expand it by 50 pixels and hit, Okay. You can see that it is more than this area. So now simply select any selection tool, right-click over here and fill and simply hit, Okay. Make sure that it is set to content aware. And now it is city creating all the areas, filling in those areas. And let's press Control or Command D. And I guess it did a pretty decent job better than before. So there are still some areas. So what you can do is you can simply select the crop tool and maybe crop these areas because there are some areas over here. And if you want to delete them, yes, just simply delete cropped pixels selected. And when we will hit Enter, you will see that all those pixels are gone. So yeah, this was, I guess pretty much it. I hope you guys like this. Basically, this is how you can straighten images in Photoshop. And I will see you guys in the next class. 31. Make Scanned Documents Readable - Perspective Crop: Hey guys, welcome back. So I have a very fun little tutorial for you guys now, and that is how you can make scanned document readable. So I couldn't find any images of documents for this tutorial, but we're going to take it these books as an example. So this technique would work on any scanned document as well. So yeah, let's get started. So I have couple of images over here, and there are pages over here. For example, this one, this one, this one, and these, and I don't think there are very readable, but I want to make them readable. So the one thing which we can do is simply select the crop tool and try cropping in all of these areas. And this is going to take a lot of time. Let me tell you a better way to do this. So what you have to do is simply go to the Crop tool over here and click on Perspective Crop tool. And what this lets you do with it led to select an area and convert it into your own perspective. Let me show you how. So I will click over here. Okay, Why is it not working? So basically it only works on rasterized layers. So whatever Louis, I will right-click on this and convert it into rasterized layer. So now I will click over here. Then over here, make sure you select it like a proper page. And over here, keeping it straight. And then simply hit Enter. Let's zoom in over here. Even though the textbook quite blurry, it is still bloody. But at least you can read it now. Again, still blurry. But I can see it's written over here, how have you fallen from heaven? So yeah, it is yet available. Similarly, you can go to this image, and even if you have an image which is very tilted and it is in different perspective, you can still use the Perspective Crop on it. So let's try over here. And let's just say I want this page to be readable. So I will click over here. Then over the hair. Doesn't matter if blanket is coming in, I want this to be straight. And similarly over here, Let's try to make it straight and simply press Enter or you can check in this checkmark over here. And let's zoom in. So yeah, quite readable and you can read everything, everything which is written over here. And lastly, let's try on this image. Restrictive. Grow up. Just click 1234, press Enter. Press Control or Command 0 to zoom in. And now you can read it. So if you have any documents or if you have any school or university work and and the person who took the pictures, I took them very took them in a way that they are not very readable in different angles, then all you can do is you can simply bring them into Photoshop and use the Perspective Crop 1 them. And that way you will have at least somewhat readable text. So yeah, this was pretty much it. This was a simple little trick for you guys. I hope you guys like this. So see you guys in the next class. 32. Project 5 - Make A Document Readable: Hi guys. So I have another task for you guys now and that is that you have to make this image readable. So in the previous class, we learned how can we use Perspective Crop tool to make documents or webpages readable? So all you have to do is simply use the Perspective Crop on this image and make this readable. And that is your task. Don't forget to do the task. Then also don't forget to share it with me so that I could give you proper feedback on your toss. So see you guys in the next class. 33. Trim Away Extra Areas Of An Image: Hey guys, I hope you are well and I hope you are enjoying the course. So now I have a very, somewhat gimmicky kind of technique, you guys for cropping images. So I have this image over here. And it is another one, which is this one. And let us just say that I want to crop the image to the size of our subject. So in this case our subject is this ball and over here this woman. So the reason I'm calling it pinky is because sometimes it doesn't work. So let's try it on this image. So I have this image over here, and let's go to image over here. And over here you have this option of dream. So let's click on this. And there are some other options there as well. So if you have a transparent image, you can click on this. And if you have image like this which has a background, you can click on this. So let me tell you why I was calling it pinky. If I click on Okay over here. So it didn't do anything. You're going to press Control or Command Z even though I didn't do anything. So let's try making a selection over here. I will make a rough selection using the Magic Wand Tool. Or I can simply select subject over here. So you have, we are not trying to make things perfect over here. So I will click on Select and Mask and click on slips object. This is the automatic way of doing things. We have already learned everything in the previous section about flexion and masking. And let's simply hit Okay, so now we have a selection and an a mask grid. So let's just say that I want to limit everything to the size of the image of the subject. So I will select this object. I hope this works. And what I will do is I will go to image over here and then click on trim. And what he said, I will click on transparent pixels and hit Okay, Amazing. So you can see debt, it cropped the image to the size of the subject. Perfect. So this is basically, this is how you can remove extra ADRs. Let's try the same thing on this image. So I will go to, I don't think this should affect because it is locked, but let's try. So if I go to image over here and then click on trim. This time it is not retaining is like the transparent pixels option because there is no transparency over here. So I can select top-left pixel color. It will actually take a color from the top left and apply it on all the ideas and then drop it. So I can click Okay over here. And you had the log didn't change anything. So basically it cropped the oil lecture areas which are not covering the subject, which are not covered by the subject. So let me press Control or Command Z. So heroes the before, and here is the after. So yeah, this was a very nifty little technique and it might come in handy for you guys in some point. So see you guys in the next class. 34. Generate Assets - Save Individual Layers: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great and now we are going to learn how to generate a certain Photoshop. So basically anything would be an asset. For example, the shoe over here. This is an asset of this whole document. And I want to be able to generate it as in, I want to save it. And similarly all these other elements. But if I want to do so, I will have to create a new file and put the image in it and then save it. Let me tell you what I mean by that. So let's just say I want to save this shoe as a separate image. So what I will have to do is I will click on File New. I will create a new file over here. Then I will click on the shoe. I will drag and drop it over here. I will have to resize it as well. And then I will have to crop in all of the areas I can use the crop tool or like in the previous tutorial, Redfield learned about the dream. So I can go to Image and then click on trim and hit Okay. And the area stream now than ever click on File, Save As, and then I will save as a JPEG. You get the idea, this is a must and it is going to take forever, especially if you have a lot of things to save. It seemed like this. So let me cancel this and let me tell you the provi or doing this. So the way this is the design which I downloaded from Envato, I didn't make it myself because I just wanted to make a tutorial on this. So over here you can see that I have this image of the shoe over here, right? And I simply want to save the shoe and nothing else. So what we can do is first we will come over here and click on File. And over here there is an option for Generate and then we will click on image assets. So now if I click over here and if I rename this layer, so since it is already transparent, so I will call it shoe dot PNG, simply hit Enter. And now if I go back and in my layers you can see that the design file asserts your filename and then dash and then asserts. And if I double-click on this, okay, What happened? It is showing you an error. Okay, I wrote BMG. So let's delete this and I will rename it. Not P&G. P&g, sorry guys. So PNG, Let's go back and design file assert. You can see that I have this shoe over here. How amazing is this? And I didn't even cut it out or anything like this. Let's try it on something else. So we have this image of text over here. And sorry, a group of text and shapes. Let's try saving these shapes. And let's just say I want to save just this inner one. So let's open up shapes. Let's click on this one. Let me move this to the side. So this is the one which I want to save and also this one. So these three combined make up this group. And I can move all of this, okay, perfect. So what I can do is I can press Control or Command E on them or simply convert them into a smart object. So this is the whole group. And let's save this as a PNG to abstract ellipse dot PEN G. Let's go back over here and you can see that it is saved. How amazing is this? Let me cancel this. And you don't have to convert things into a smart object. I were just trying to show you how it works. You can even safe all groups as PNGs and JPEGs. So let me show you how. So over here on the text. One, what we can do is we can simply rename it to dot PNG, next door, PNG, basically the whole group. And if I go back over here, you can see the whole text, everything with the letter then the small and the big ones, everything is saved as a PNG. I can also save things as JPEG. Let me find something which is Japan would be. So let's, let's see if this algebra again illustrate a PNG. If I click on this and I changed it to JPEG, if I go back over here. So now it is converted into a JPEG. Know, you cannot see the transparency anymore. So you can see if complete asserts using this technique. And there is one more thing you can do. Let's just say, I want to save this shoe and this area as one, disassembly these, these things and not anything else. So what I can do is I can select this and it is the shoe. Let me increase the size of this and we find the shoe. I have said both of these, press Control or Command G to group them. So let's rename, rename it to shoe loss circle. There is a plus x2 plus circle. And let's rename it to dot PNG. So now if I go back over here, you can see circled. And we have this asset. So if you have a bigger file and if you want to extract out a single elements, single assets from it, this is the best way to do so. So I hope this will, I don't hope I know the silicon in handy for you guys because if you are into making posters and flyers and all that stuff, this will definitely come in handy for you guys. So yeah, see you guys in the next class. 35. Align Images Properly: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. And I have another very useful tutorial for you guys. So I have two images over here and basically I want to align them. What do I mean by that? Let me show you. So I have two images. One of them is this one and the other one is this one. So you can see that I took this image because I wanted to take a picture of my system, but the picture turned out horrible as that for the screen. But in the other image, you can see that the picture looks great, but the screen looks horrible because it is too blue node. So how can I use both of these images to make one composition? Let me show you how. So I will turn this on. And the first thing which we have to do is we have to convert them into, we have to rasterize them, not smart object. So because this only works for yesterday's images, I will select both of these. Then I will go to edit over here. And over here, I will click on Auto align layers. Make sure that it is set to auto and simply hit, Okay. So you can see that images got aligned properly. It is the top and the bottom one. I know some of the areas go out cropped and a district properly accordingly, but at least our screens are aligned. So what I can do is I can click this layer, select the polygon lasso tool over here, zoom in over here, and basically select it and make a selection over here. Basically, I'm making a selection, but this area, similarly over here and over here. So we have our selection and now I can make a mask on it. And just like that, you can see that all the other areas are gone since our screens are aligned. So I can turn it on and off. And it looks great. So I can crop in some of the areas like this so that the image would look good and we are done. So here is the before and because this was completely blown out and here it is The often. So basically this is how you can align layers in Photoshop in case you have different images and you want to use them altogether. There is another example which you can do this for. For example, if you take multiple pictures of a group and you, and the camera got shaken a little. So what you can do is you can add in some images, some people have opened eyes and some don't. So you can combine all of these images. You can simply import all the images over here, align them, and then you can mask or the areas with look good or not. So yes, this is pretty much it. This is how you align layers in Photoshop. And I will see you guys in the next class. 36. Automatically Crop & Rotate Old Scanner Pictures: Hey guys. So now I have a very interesting and extremely useful tutorial for you guys, and that is how you can crop and rotate all pictures in Photoshop. So there is always some family member who has pictures like these or pictures and then they scan it and you end up with something like this. And similarly, my father scanned all the pictures and we have this over here. So this is baby tell her this isn't me. And also over here and over here, I know I was extremely cute baby, you don't have to tell me the area. And here is my brother. So yeah. These are all family pictures. But as you can see that there are they are crooked hand tilted and I will have to crop them. So in Photoshop, there is actually a feature for this. So you don't have to do this manually because if you tried to do this manually, it is going to take you ages. So I have this image over here. What I will do is I will come over here, click on File, come down over here, and it is an option for Automate. And then over here it says crop and straighten photos. So simply click on this. And Photoshop is already analyzing the image. And boom, it's done. This was the original image. And it has automatically crop these images and then rotated them to be straight. So here it is, this one, this one, this one, and this one. But there is a little problem in them and that is that there are some bike lanes over here. Let me zoom them all in. So there are some white lines over here. Similarly over here and over here. So what you can do is, and if you are okay with this, you simply have to make the image a little bigger than the Canvas. Let me show you how. So what I will do is simply press Control or Command P on the keyboard before tiger. And what I will do is I will simply make the image bigger. But there is a problem. It is only getting bigger form this area. So if you want to make the image bigger from the center, so what you will ever do is simply press Alt or Option while making it bigger and direct way it will make it bigger from the center and all the white lines are gone. Similarly over here, let me zoom alternative press Control or Command T. And while making it, making it bigger, press Alt or Option Shift on a little bigger so that the white lines will be gone and do the same for the rest of the images as well. So last one, alter option and make it bigger. And then you can save these images. And this is pretty much it. So, yeah, I hope that you guys will find this extremely useful and see you guys in the next class. 37. Project 6 - Crop & Rotate Old Images: Hey guys, So who is ready for another task? So, yeah, in the previous tutorial, we learned that how can you convert your old pictures in to make them like this? Basically crop them and rotate them and straighten them. And now you basically have to do the same. I didn't provide you with any image over here because you are supposed to do this for your own old pictures. So go on and find their family member who were scanned all the pictures of the family and maybe get one of the images like these. Because whenever they scan pictures there are like hundreds of them. They just take one. Or if you want to do more, if you want to crop and straighten all the images and then CF them nicely in a proper format and a proper folder. Everyone would love you for this silver you can do is simply take an image. This is a task and straighten them all like this and save them. And if they are not very person and you would like to share them with me, I would love to see them. So yeah, this is pretty much it. And I will see you guys in the next class. 38. Content Aware Scale: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. So now we are going to learn about content aware scale in Photoshop. So it is pretty much similar to the content of air in crop tool. So if you have the ground pull over here and if you scale this, it will automatically generate all the areas over here. So it, it is somewhat similar to it, but a little different. Let me show you how. So first of all, for this to work, your layer should be rasterize. It wouldn't work on smart objects. So I have this image here as well. Let me zoom out a little and let's create a layer below it. Similarly over here, we have a layer below this. So I have this image over here. And let's just say I want to extend this. So let me zoom out a little and let's make it bigger first. Let's increase this area. Press Enter. So it has automatically created a red areas because all background color was red, written press Control or Command Z. Let's create a new layer below it and delete this one. Now let's try to do this. So I will make this bigger like this. Enter, then select this layer. And what I will do is I will come over here and click on Edit. And I have this option, water content aware scale and the short before it is or Shift Control C. You can convert this into Mac if you want. For the Mac it would be Command Option Shift C. So click on this. And now what you can do is you can make your image bigger in real name. So this is different than the graph on is because it will do the things in real time. So I am making this bigger. And as you can see, that it is automatically creating extra videos. Press enter, and we are done. So if I press Control or Command Z, here was the before and here is the after. So depending on the image, it automatically creates the ADR. Let's come over here and let's increase the size. Over here. Press Enter. Let's select this layer and go to Image, sorry not image. Go to Edit, and then go to content aware scale. And as we are making it bigger, you can see that it is creating extra areas and making sure work that the main thing over here is not being affected. Press Enter. So let's press Control or Command U to see the before and after. It did stretch it a little, I know, but it is not very noticeable in the next coming, in the coming to the audience. I will also teach you how you can preserve the ideas, but you don't want to scale. So the scale, we'll look proper and realistic. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to use content aware scale to make your images bigger. I hope you guys liked this. See you guys in the next class. 39. Content Aware Extend: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to make more of something using Content Aware extend in Photoshop. So you might have learned about the Content Aware Move tool in the Beginners Course or Photoshop. And let me give you a little recap for it. So I have this image over here and over here in the Spot Healing Brush section. In the patch tool, there is also Content Aware Move tool. So let's click on this. And if I make a selection using it like this, just sort of selection, I can simply select a specific area of an image. This is very simple image and just for demonstration. And it can work on difficult images as well. And if I move something like this and press Enter, photo shopper, analyze this image, and this might take some time and worked for pushover Louis simply not only simply move the image from its original position, it is actually not copying it. It is also removing it. So as you can see that it is making sure that it is moved over here and at the same time it is to remove from this area. So let's see why is it taking so much time? Okay, So it done Ingress Controller Command B. So here was the before and here is the after. So using Content Aware move, you can simply move areas. And over here, you can see there is a word for it. But you can also see that there is an option for extended over here and it is a very useful tool. So let me come over here. And let's just say I want to extend this batch of glass. So what I can do is I can, Let's get our layer below this first. I can extend this areolar. Let's just say I want to make a double. So let's try using the technique which we learned in the previous class. And that is choosing the Content Aware Scale. And this is not actually going to work properly. And let me select the right layer. So I will go to edit content aware scale. And let's try scaling it. So you can see that it is scaling it quite well. But no a disc cutting, very disruptive. And it actually extended the image instead of creating ideas. And this looks really weird. Let me press Control or Command Z. So you can see that there is a lot of different over here. And in images like these, we cannot use content aware scale, quantum scale. So for this we will use Content Aware extend using the Content Aware Move tool. Let me select this first. And if I come over here in the movie area, I can actually create more of this using the Content Aware extend. By the way, if I use move over here. Let me select this area. I simply clicked on this area by pressing Control or Command. And if I move it over here like this and press Enter. So vert we learned in the previous, in the previous image was dead. It moves it on. It not just move the image to the other side, but it also tries to remove the other areas. Now since there wasn't a lot of contrast in this area, they totally messed it up and we don't want this. So let me press Control or Command Z. So instead of using move, we will change this to extend. Okay? And now when we will move it over here, make sure that it is overlapping a little like this, overlapping with the previous one. Then simply press Enter. And you can see that it is analyzing press Control or Command D. And boom, we are done. How amazing is this? So you can create even more on this. Let me, was the motivator. And let's just say I increase the size of this because entered and go to Content Aware there, select all of this and make sure that it is set to extend an increase and move it over here, press enter, and we have more grass over here. It is still at analyzing press Control or Command D. And you can see that it tries to remove the glass. I know I'm creating a lot of burden like field over here, but you can always use the Patch Tool to fix these areas. Let's go a little more crazy. Let's increase it even more like this. Select the Content Aware Move. So did the extend and extended like this, simply press Enter. Okay, so it is going to have a hard time because this area was light and this area is dark. Press Control or Command B. And yeah, this doesn't look alright. So let me press Control or Command Z, move back. And let's first invert this. Okay? What we can do is we can make, can be inverted, the selection. What a filmmaker coffee, a copy of it. So do not coffee and press Control or Command J, Command T to inverted like this. And let's try to do the same thing again. Plus this, select this and move it up. Press Enter, press Control or Command D. Okay, so it didn't work because we actually inverted the whole image and it is opposite now. And there was actually some perspective in this. If the short walk from the top, completely top, it wouldn't be a problem. So let's delete this. I guess we are okay with this. So yeah, I was trying to go on a little extra credit. But basically this is how you can duplicate something. And about the pattern like Look, I know a similar and looks like that. We tried to create a pattern from this, and we don't want this. So what we can do is we can select the patch tool over here and we can slip some areas which are being repeated and try to remove them. So like this, there's mootness. Make sure that you select similar areas. Similarly over here, this seems own, right? And over here, so non districts repeated. So electron over here. You get the idea. And you can do the same over here. Vr focusing a lot on this because, and that is why we are seeing so much things in it. So my similarities because the person who would be seeing it for the first time when we will do understand what's going on. So yes, this is pretty much it. From a little piece of the little patch of grass you can make a whole grown doled out of it. So yeah, this is pretty much it. What about this image? We have already used this. So I hope you guys will find this useful and see you guys in the next class. 40. Project 7 - Create More Sand: Hey guys, So who is their default on that project? So I have this image over here. And just like we did in the previous class about the grass and how we can use Content Aware extend to make more glass. You are basically going to use the same tool to make more sand. So you need to learn that these tools don't work on just one thing. These can work on other things as well. So this is your project. Don't forget to do the project and don't forget to submit your projects to me so that I could give you feedback. So yeah, see you guys in the next class. 41. Resize Without Effecting The Subject: Hi guys, welcome back. And now we are going to learn how to extend your images without affecting your subject. So does the object of this image is discard. This is a very beautiful BMW. And we are going to extend the image and make sure that the car doesn't get affected. So let me tell you what will happen if we use content aware scale on this. So let me make this bigger from over here and from over here, press enter. And what we can do is we can go to Edit and click on content aware scale. So let me show you what will happen. So I can scale it like this from the left and from the right. And as you can see, the image totally, the subject basically totally ruined. And we don't want this. So let me press Control or Command Z to bring this back. And we are going to learn how to save your subject as a selection and then use data using content aware scale. So what we will do is we will come over here, select any selection tool. We don't have to make a proper selection, so we can simply click on Select Subject over here. So it made a pretty good selection. And let's extend this lecture on gluten. So I will come over here, click on Select and click on modify, and then click on Expand and alert expanded by like 40 pixels and hit. Okay. So I guess 40 is too much. Let's go to Select again, modify and expand, and let's do it 20. And this seemed alright. So we are going to protect all of this area while extending. So now what I will do is I will go to select again. And over here I will click on Save Selection. So let's name it blue car. I'm naming it blue car because I think I've already saved God. So I will hit OK. Press Control or Command B. Now when you will go to a date and then go to content aware scale before scaling it. But you will have to do is, you will come over here where it says Protect. And you can select the subject over here. So I will click on blue car, and now then I will scale it. You can see that Photoshop is protecting the car. A test, not letting scale it from over here. And it is moving the car fit the scale a little, but not expanding the car. So now you can see that we expanded that ADRs and the guards still remains the same. So that purpose controller Command Z is the before and here is the after. How cool is this? I have another example for you guys. I have this beautiful image. And let's select the subject and just use intellect object. We don't have to go fancy over here. And Photoshop is making their selection. And let's extend the selection by 10 pixels and hit Okay. I guess this was a very big image that is very pixels didn't go out too much, but there it is. All right. Will, we will go to select again and click on modify and click on Expand, expand, Sorry. We will go to select and then click on Save Selection. Okay, So it is not letting us save the selection because I press Control or Command D on it. So let me press Control or Command Z to bring back the selection. Sorry for all the confusion, simply make the selection step 1, step 2, go to Select. Save Selection. I wasn't making it. We're more difficult. And let's call it Woman blue. I don't know why I selected both damages, which are blue and hit. Okay. And now you can deselect by pressing Control or Command B. And let's extend this image for that, I think we will have to turn off the lock. Let's get empty layer below this distinct case. And now what we will do is we even go to Crop. And let's extend this from the side. Like this, press Enter. I have this layer selected. I will go to edit content aware scale. And I will make sure that the woman is protected. So let's try to scale it. And you can see that Photoshop is not letting scale. The woman saw. How amazing is this. So let's see before and after. Here's the before and the after. So photoshop created missing, not recruited, actually created it from scratch, this area. So yeah, this is pretty much it basically vials killing your images. You just have to make sure that if you have a subject in them, you need to see me or save a selection first to make a selection and then save it. So the idea of subject won't get ruined. So I hope you guys will find this tip useful. And I guess VR at the end of the crop section. And we have met so much videos just on the crop. But yeah, you need to learn the advanced things. I'm making sure that you are learning everything about every not every tool, but the application of every tool. And yeah, that is pretty much it. See you guys in the next class. 42. Project 8 - Resize Without Effecting The Subject: Hi guys. So I have another task for you guys and other project. And this is extremely simple. All you have to do is simply select the subject. We are going to extend this. And like we learned in the previous tutorial, there do have to make a selection of your subject first and then save it and then extend that image. So simply apply content aware scale on the image while protecting the subject and our desert. And as always, don't forget to share your projects with me. See you guys in the next class. 43. Section 3 - Type: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great, enjoying the course. So welcome to Section 3. And in this section you are going to learn everything about typography. So basically I have this text Moscow overhead which you are going to learn. You are going to learn what our variable forms and how to use them. How to put text around an image like this. And you are also going to learn how to make this interlaced text effect, then what our glyphs and how to use them specially in logos. And this really cool a portrait text effect. So yeah, you're also going to learn this. And finally, you are going to learn how to make this acrylic texture effects. So if I zoom in over here, you are going to see that this looks so good. So yeah, all of this and a lot more. So yeah, I can't wait to see you guys in the Section 3. 44. Advance Type Options: Hi guys. I hope that you are doing great. And today we are going to learn about type, type as in typography. So as you can see that I have some texture turnover here. And default font is my right Pro. I guess that is what it is called. So I know you guys know a lot about texture and how to use it. But there are some options over here in the character panel in the paragraphs, and some other options, which I think you should know about. Because when you are making something, for example, it will give you a little example. If I select this text and let's just say I want to increase the spaces between it. For example, the gardening. If you don't know what can we are going to learn it. And if I want to increase the spaces between them. So this is a very simple concept, but what a lot of people do is they create new layers and then try to space the characters evenly. And that pretty much takes a lot of time. So everything that you can see over here, which we are going to learn, you can do it manually as well. But that is the concept of this advanced course is dead. I will teach you that how can you do things and also do them effectively? Buffett, fair enough? Okay, So whenever you write some text over here, for example, I have this text automatically everything in your Properties panel will change. So I have this transform character, then the paragraph panel. And you can also open them individually. Let me show you how not all of them, but the character panel and the paragraph panel. So you can simply go to Window over here. And over here you will find the character panel. So this is the collector panel. And automatically the paragraph panel also arrived over here, appeared not arrived. And if we go to Window, and there is also this character styles and then paragraph styles. So we are not going to cover this because I don't think anyone uses them. But let's close them and we will focus on this. So again, you don't need these panels. Whenever you will click on any texture will automatically get these panels over here. So you can see that the character panel, everything which is over here, it is also over here. And similarly the paragraph panel, if I click over here. So the paragraph and analysts over here, let me close this, not lost them, but minimize them, collapse them basically. So let's learn about some of the options over here. So I have written over here, if I click on it and select it, by the way, the short key for texture or Type Tool is t. And we have forms over here. So you can see that there are a lot of forms over here, but you can choose from, by the way, in a couple of videos, we are also willing to learn about a foreign key manager dead, how can you manage forms for Photoshop, Illustrator, or any other program that you use? Because to be honest, this is not the proper way of accessing forms. And I don't really like it at all because you cannot make collections overhead and you cannot select phones for a project. And you might be able to do so, I guess, but I don't think there are a lot of options in the default font manager, and this is basically a fund manager. So let's select a font over here. Any font, which is not crazy. So I guess this is all right. Okay, So Futura, we are going to use future. So this is the form we chose. So like any font, you can select it and you have also options over here for Bolinas. Futura is already a bold font. So let's just say if I want to select a font which I use very often, connect. So you can see that there are a lot of options for this font. So very thin, which is called hairline than 10, then you can select Medium or maybe more basic stuff. Okay, now, let me tell you about kerning, tracking and leading. So let's start with kerning. If you don't know about this, I guess you should. And if you'd know about this, let me tell you how you can do this in Photoshop. Because we're discounting basically the spaces between each letter. That is called kerning. So let's just say if you're making a design and you want to put spaces in between these two characters. And you want some kind of icon over here to basically you would be earning between those two. Oftentimes what people do is. They, for example, if they have text like this, they will cut it off. Then copy this. To be honest, I used to do this and then write that text over here and put the icon over here. This is all right, maybe if you are making logos, but this is not the proper way to do things. So if you want to converting any two characters, this is how you can do this. Click between them. And you can see that there are two options over here. One of them is this one, this is called leading. I will tell you about this later on too. And then over here, sorry, this one this one is called tracking. So let me tell you the difference between tracking and kerning first. So if we click between any two characters, and if you increase this, okay, I guess you will have to select them, select any of them, and then you can increase it. So let's just say I want to increase the gap between these two. So since I am left aligned, I will select this one. Or you can select both of them. And then you can increase the gap between them. So if you increase the gap between just two characters, they're discarding. And if you do the same thing among all the collectors that is tracking. So if we select all of these and then do this thing, now you are tracking this, okay? You are equally increasing the spacing between all of these characters. Let me press Control or Command Z. Okay, So this was kerning between two greater discounting and between a lot of creditors is tracking. There is one more thing and which is leading. So let just say I write okay, type over here. Okay? Less than, decrease this I install that. We won't feel weird about it. So you can see that there is the space between them. And if I select all of this text, you can see that the space between them, the leading between them as 207. By default, it should be set to auto. So whenever you will write some texts, it would be something like this. And this is different for the tracking is different for sodium, the leading is different for every kind of font. So let's just say I want to bring this up or down a little. So I will select all of this. And overhead, you can see that this is down arrow. I can click over here, or sorry, my kicking over here. And you can get this drop-down and click and do the leading from there. Or you can simply click over here and you can increase or decrease the leading. So basically leading is the gap between two words or lines. And gardening is basically occurring, or tracking is basically between two characters. Simple concept. And there are even short keys for these. So let me tell you how do you have to do is let's just say I want to increase the leading between both of these and all of these, both of these lines. So I will select all of this by pressing Control or Command a. Then I will press Control Alt. And if I press up arrow key, and you can see that I am decreasing the leading. And if I press down arrow key, I am increasingly leading. Simple. And let's just say I want to increase the tracking between them. So I will select all of these press Control or Command Option. And I can press left or right arrow key to increase or decrease the tracking. So you need to know about the shortcuts as well because they come in really handy. Simple Control Alt, arrow keys for Windows and Command Option arrow keys for Mac. Simple. So this was about leading and tracking. Then they are options. Mature them to you. So there are some other options here as well. Vertical scale, so you can stretch your texts like this, you should never do this. Then there is horizontal scale and you can stretch it like this as well. There is another option over here and that is set the baseline shift. And that is way too, not too advanced, but that is not related over here. If we were doing course later to a logo design, then I should, I should have taught you this for now. To be honest, you don't need this. I haven't used this for years. Okay. Let me delete all of this. And let me select that text tool over here again. And instead of clicking ones and writing some text, I can even create a text-box. So if I click over here, and if I drag and create a box over here, I will create a textbox. And by default, when we applied all those things on the text, and they are applied over here as well. So what we can do is we can set this to auto, set this to 0. So this is the default text. And since we are doing a paragraph over here, national or make it too bold, I guess medium or light is alright. Okay. So this is a text we have by default, Photoshop automatically write this Lorem Ipsum text. So let's copy all of this and press Control or Command V. And we have some text over here. So we have basically covered the connectors. You can even change the color from over here. And that is pretty basic. So about these, what are these basically? So you might know about these three, and these are left align, middle align, and central line m, right aligned. So let me select all of these. Left aligned, center aligned, and right-aligned. Simple. But you should always use left lane. If you ask me, and there are some guesses you can use right aligned. If you are making some fancy kind of poster with some really big heading, otherwise you should always use left align. Okay, So coming back to the paragraph panel. So there are some options over here. We have already covered these two. What are these? So let me select all of this text and you can see that it is not really even from the right side because it is from the left side. And if you see over here, you can see that it is similar to left aligned, but in this case everything should be leveled up. So if I click over here, you can see that Photoshop is using hyphens, hyphens, and it has adjusted the text in such a way that everything from left and right looks symmetrical. So if you want this kind of look, you can definitely do this using this panel. And you can select all of this. You can click this for the middle one and this for the right. The reason I'm telling you about these is because I know there are a lot of people. What they do is for them, but if they have left align like this, they will try to cut and copy and paste all the characters over here to make this looking good as well. And instead of doing that, you can simply let all of this and click on this option. How simple is this? Then there is also the thing about hyphens. So instead of trying to remove all of them or adjust the size of the characters, you can select all of this and simply remove the hyphens. So it will automatically move the dark part of the word down or above and adjusted accordingly. The problem with this is that you will have a lot of big spaces. I'll give it this kind of text. You can use it. Or if you don't want it, you can turn on the hyphenation and you can left align in like this. At least this looks readable. This looks suitable as well, but it might cause some problems for some people. So again, left, center, right align. And if you click on this option, it will basically justify at all. And this is called Justification, justify all that extra got into the textbox. So it has automatically put up huge spaces of what here. It didn't care what the words are. And this is how it looks. So if you are into this kind of look, Go for it. Okay, So there are some other options over here to be honest, not really important, but let me just go through them really quickly. So if you have a paragraph over here and you want to, because you are in paragraph options and you want to put some space from the textbooks, you can come over here, you can write, let's just say 70. Hit Enter, and everything is 70 pixels to the right symbol. Similarly, if you want do this on this side, you can select all of this text, center line and left align it and then write 90 over here. So everything is pushed to the left, 90 pixels or 90 points. Similarly, there is this option for the first line of every paragraph. So if I have this selected and I said this too, Wait a minute. Let me check it again, sorry. And if I select this option and let's say I write 50 points. So it has only push the first line to the 50 points. And novel every time and I will create a new paragraph. It will write it like this. My name is 30. Okay. So if you are a writing, I don't know if I were to write a book on. Your elbow. But if you are writing text like this and you want to be able to get paragraphs, pieces like this. You can totally do this over here. Let's select all of this 0. And then there is this option for height. Let me tell you what I mean by this, that will delete this. So let's create a new paragraph. Again, reflect on how we're here. So these are two different paragraphs, and if I select all of this and if I increase this number. So basically, this has increased the gap between paragraphs. So if I write something over here, told her is very cool. I had the far right. If I make another paragraph, if I press enter, it will put the same space over there as well. Okay? And similarly, since this is for the top of the paragraph and this is for the bottom of the paragraph. Easy-peasy. I guess we have covered pretty much everything about the paragraph. And there are some very little options over here as well. Let's cover them quickly as well. For register, you want all of the, all of the text to be capitalised. And you're going crazy. So you can simply come over here and you can see there it says DN DI water capital. You can click on this and everything would be capital. Simple. You don't have to go and change every word, every character and make it capital. Similarly, if you have written temperature over here, you can click on this capital and small. So it will make everything like this. So capitals small. Then whenever a new sentence will come up capital and then small. Ed. Then there is this optimized version. If I click on this, it will work like this. Let me show you. So let's just say, let's decrease this first. So let's just say I want to write something with power. So for example, a square plus b square plus z square, for example. Let's just say I want to write a square. Why is it not working over? Okay, so I have selected this overhead. That is why it is not getting the right are smaller. So if I want to write a square to 2 over here, a square plus b square. So this is not all right because I want this to be as a power. So I can select this and click over here. So you can see that this is converted into, Why is it order to misdirected to this term into power. So I guess this is called super prefix. I don't know what it is called. But basically you can put a, put a number up like this, or let's just say, I want to write a and I guess a deceased upper power and this is lower power. So let's just say I want to write lower power as well. So I can write this overhead. So this is a lower power. To, to be honest, I'm not really good at math and i'm, I'm, I'm probably saying everything wrong. But if you want to for some reason, if you want to do math on Photoshop, this is how you can do this. Again, this is not very important. Everything which we learned before, that was pretty much important. You may or may not use all of these. Let me delete these. And so there is an other option for underlining. You can click over here on the line things, or you can select all of this and strike it. Striked and the data. Some other options here it has. Well, again, I'm not going to tell you about these because to be honest, they are not really important. So this was pretty much it about our advanced type options. I wouldn't call them advance to be honest. But a lot of people struggle with these because this, all of this seems daunting to them. And artists, they are not able to make the most out of these panels. So I guess this is pretty much it. I hope you guys learned a lot and I will see you guys in the next class. 45. Editable Text Mask: Hey guys. So today we are going to learn about this editable text mosque. It is also called a knockout. So let's get started. So you can see that I have some text over here. And you might be wondering there, this is destructive because I have rigid our mask over here, but it is not. So I can basically select it like a normal text and I can change it as well. Why is it not changing? Selected and alerts, right? Tell HA, so how cool is this? And you can see that even though I can edit it, I can see, I can still see everything below it. And I can move it up like this as well. And yeah, so we are going to learn how to make this. So let's delete this and let's make it one to start. So I have this image over here, and basically I want to make that kind of texture mask over here. So what I will do is first of all, I will come over here and select the rectangle tool. And let's create a rectangle over here and let me click on the Stroke and cancel it. And let's create our rectangle over here like this. Let's not make it completely, completely black, Saudi and it's like this color. After that, I will click on the Type Tool. And let's start some type electrode here. Let me make this bigger so that we could see properly and export it above this. So let's write to winter over here. Let's make it bigger by pressing Control or Command T. This seems all right. And let's decrease the size of the 10 milliliter so that it would be pretty much same as the text. Okay? So now you will start both of these and press control or command G to group them. And then you can come over here and you will double-click on the text. You can double-click on it to open up Layer Styles, or you can right-click on it and click on blending options. The list ends that open over here now. And do you have to do is over here and there is an option for knockout. So click over here. Instead of non-Jewish select deep and set the fill capacity to 0. Okay, I think I should set it too shallow. Yeah, sorry, not deep or shallow. You don't need to understand the concept behind this. To be honest, neither do i. So there's a bleed. Okay. And we are done. So you have some text over here and you can put it above anything and it will be transparent. So if I write something else, for example, summer. And you have this layer below it, and you can even create a circle, an ellipse over here. Okay, sorry. Go back to the canvas. So yeah, we have a circle over here. Let me put this below this. And I can hide this and let me resize it. So basically everything which will be below this, it will get knocked out. And their meaning of knockout. And yeah, this is pretty much it. So basically this is how you can make this editable, untreatable, sorry, Edit Text mask in Photoshop. So I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 46. Variable Fonts: Welcome back guys. And now we are going to learn about variable forms. So what our variable forms, let's cover this. So this is going to be a very quick kind of tutorial Burton, I guess variable foreign to something that you should know about because I didn't know about them for a very long time. So yeah, I have this one over here. You're going to press T on the keyboard to get the type tool and let me click on it. But let me just show you the normal form first and then we will cover the variable forms. So Ducati that different or delete. So let's use Connect again, which I used in one of the previous tutorials. So let me write connect over here so that you won't get confused. So this one is connected. And this is Commissioner. So if I best D on the keyboard and if I click on it, you will see that these are the only options which I am seeing. And if I want to change the borders of this, I can select all of these by pressing Control or Command a. And I can select from these different kinds of variations of it. So I guess these are like 13, 14 variations. But when it comes to our variable font, you have not unless but almost endless kind of weights because these are called words. Didn't put this up on it. And let's bring this to the middle. Now if I click, press D on the keyboard and select this one. You can see that there are some extra options in the Character panel over here. Let me go back to the Connect. If I select this one, there are those options are not available over here. But if I select commissioner over here, you can see that there are some extra options over here. So basically there are a number on this slider, basically that is a different weight. So since there are 900 weights, this basically means that I have 900 phones because these are 900 weights. So you can increase or decrease this to your liking. And you can also increase or decrease, does land mesoglea tetanus? This is becoming straight now. And this is going to the right. And then there is this flare as well. This basically increase the tracking a little, then there is this volume a little. This also increases basically, you can, if you're making a logo, this is something which logo designers would really appreciate. You always have to make a very small little tweaks. And these sliders really come in handy. But the main thing that you have to remember is this one. You have basically 900 phones. If you have this single font, because there are 900 verts which you can use, so forth, 78. If I can increase it over here, okay, before 78 or 79. So there is such a small little difference that we cannot even see it. So, yeah, this is how the variable forms work. And if you want to download any variable font and you will have to search it, I'm different or such it up on different websites. But the best way to do so is that simply go to the Google and write variable phones list. You will be able to see oil the variable forms which are available for free and paid. And then you can buy them or download them for free accordingly. So this was pretty much it about the variable fonts. And I hope you will find this useful. See you guys in the next class. 47. Write Text Around Things: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to write texts around anything, a person or boil or whatever you want. So you can see that I have this person over here. And I wrote text in such a way that it is kind of molding around the face. So let's learn this. Let me move this up a little and let me delete all of this sorted. You could see everything from the start. Okay? So the first thing which I will do is I will simply create a new layer over here. So I will click over here and click on new layer so that I have simple, basic new layer over here. Then I will select my subject. And I will select all of this area. So you can go over here and select the Magic Wand tool to make a selection. Or you can simply click on Select Subject over here and make a selection. I hope you are using one of the latest versions of Photoshop. Because this is where slips of jet comes in really handy. Because our focus is not reflecting the subject of what our focus is to write the text and wasting so much time on selecting the subject is not very thoughtful. And yeah, it will simply be a short time. So I have selected the subject and what I can do is I can come over here, click on Select, and then kicking the can modify and expand. So let me expand it by like UT pixels and hit Okay. So you can see that it is expanded right now. So what I can do now is I can remove things from the selection. Let me show you how. So I will come over here and select the rectangular marquee tool. So you can see that there are some options over here. If I click on this option, this has changed this to plus, plus, sorry. So if I drag and make any selection, it will add it to this selection. And similarly, if I click on this option, I can minus out idea from the selection. So first of all, what we have to do is basically invert this selection. So I will press control shift I. And you can see that everything is selected apart from or subject in these areas. Then we have to remove this area. So keep it to this. So instead of clicking on these options, but you can do is you can press Alt or Option and then make our rectangle over here. And this area will be removed. Again. Let me press Control or Command Z. If you want to remove from an area, press Alt or Option, and then make a selection. It is a two minus. And if you want to add an area press Control, so do not control plus shift. You can see that this has converted into plus. And you can add this area, easy-peasy. So I have removed or remove all of this area and I want to remove from the top and the bottom as well. So I will press, make sure that you have selected the Rectangular Marquee Tool, press Alt or Option. And let's delete all of this area and similarly, this area, easy. So while having the selection, you can right-click on it and then you can convert it into our work pot. So simply hit, Okay. And if you want to make sure that you save this word part, you can come to parts over here. If you cannot see pot, simply go to Window. And over here you can see the pods. You can see parts over here. Simply click on it and they will appear. So you can click on part over here. I have already shared a similar area like this too. I can double-click on this and I can name it to text part, something like this. Now it is saved. So even if I click away now, I can always come back to this path and click over here. And I will have this easy. So now I will come over here and select the Text tool. And I will click inside this orchestra, there is one thing which I think I didn't do properly, and that is there should be some area to the left as well. So if I click over here, you can see that it is very close to the side. So let me press Control or Command Z. A couple of times we are back to the selection. We will select the Rectangular Marquee Tool. Marquee Tool again, press Alt or Option. And let's remove from this side as well. Is this seems all right. I guess we did a little too much. This is alright. No, I can right-click on it and convert it into our part. Again, I can come over here and save it as well. Let's press Control, Alt Control, press T on the keyboard to get the type tool. And let's click over here. And you can see that it is all automatically morning according to the subject. Simple. So you can add more texture. What Taylor's copy all of this and add more texture and more. And it is automatically adjusting to the size of the face. Let's just say we have a lot of texture. Let me add more texture. So when I will decrease the size, you can see that it is automatically adjusting to the size of the subject. How cool is this? I have another example over here. If I come over here, I have this subject. So let me zoom out and let's create a new layer first. Let me do this very quickly. Then I will select any selection tool, select and mask, so that we can make a proper selections like subject, to be honest, we don't need above a proper selection because we have to expand it anyway. So Photoshop is making a selection. Hit. Okay. Photoshop did a really good job. So, yeah, so basically we created a mask over here. We actually didn't need a mass, we only needed a selection, but no problem. There's press Control or Command J to duplicate it. Let me delete this layer and the mask basically. And I can click on the mass to get the selection which I wanted. So I can click over here by pressing Control or Command to get the selection. And click on Select, Modify, Expand. And let's expand it by maybe 60 pixels and hit Okay. So you can see that since this image was big, 60 pixels wasn't enough. So we can click on Select again, modify and expand. And let's set it to like a 100. And I guess this is all right. So now what we can do with we can select the Marquee Tool. And let's just say we want to remove all of this area. I'm pressing Alt or Option to cut out this area. But first, let's invert this. So I would press Control or Command Shift I. So everything is selected apart from the subject in this area. So let's remove sorry. So alerts remove this area. And yeah, let's remove all of this. And similarly over here. And let's just say we want to write text around her leg this so I can remove some areas from over here as well and over here. So always make sure to save the word path so that you could access it later on too. I will right-click on it, make what part? Press Okay, and go to path over here. And let's call it, call it whatever you want. Because if you don't save it, Let's see if if you don't save it, it ever neck the next time and you will make an Omeka what path it will overwrite it. So we have this saved. Now, Let's come over here, select the type tool, click over here. And now you can write some text over here. And I'm going to add some more text. And if I decrease the size, let me copy all of this and paste it. Similarly, copy all of this and come over here. Click on the path again. As you can see that it automatically added a new work part. So I will click on this one, come over here, and let's paste the text over here as well. And we are done. So basically this is how you can write text around any object or a person in Photoshop. And this comes in really handy when you are making posters and flyers. Because for example, for a magazine, a lot of magazines write text like this and it looks really amazing. So I hope you guys like this and don't forget to make your own projects using this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 48. Interlace Text: Hey guys. So today we are going to learn how to make this interlaced expert on this 3D kind of texture effect. So let me delete this sorted. We can make it from the start. Let's delete this layer as well. We don't need this to be have the background over here, then there is one under layer. I will come back to this in a while. So let me come over here and create a new layer over here. And what I will do is I will select the shape tool over here. So I will select the Ellipse tool and let's create a circle over here like this. If you want to make sure that your circle is being made from the middle, press oiled. And if you want it to be in proper proportion press Shift. So while making this I am pressing Shift and Alt or Shift and option. So I have the circle over here and we are not going to fill it. We are going to use our gradient on it. So I will click over here, and I will click on this gradient option over here. So let me increase the size of this. There are a lot of gradients over here. You might not have all of these because I have saved these, but no problem. Let's create our own gradient. Let's start with this basic. And we can create our own gradient. So I will double-click on this, and let's select purple. Then I will click in the middle like this to add a color. Let's select red, magenta, something, it okay? Then click over here, double-click on this. And that's like orange or maybe yellow. And let's do one more. I will select orange over here, a talker. So I have this gradient over here on this circle. Easy. I didn't use any of the beam in gradients because I want you to learn how to make these. And if we want, we can even change the colors like this. But I guess this was all right. Okay, so let's come back over here too. We have this circle over here. Let me decrease its size. Okay? So a few degree the size of the circle form over here. Let me tell you what will happen if we decrease the size. You will see that all the reagents are getting ruined because they are applied according to their size. They didn't press Control or Command Z. So after making your gradient, but you can do is simply duplicate it by pressing Control or Command J so that you would have this layer saved. Turn it off, then right-click on this and converted into sodium, converted into a raster layer. So I will rasterize it. Now if I decrease the size of this, you can see that it is not changing anything because this is a raster layer. Could enter and put it over here. We are done with this part. Now let's come over here and create a new layer. And we will come to the brushes over here. And instead of using the brush tool, we will use the mixer brush tool. Okay, over here, let's select our very basic. Why is it moving up so much? What's happening? Okay, That was weird. So WHO alert, select this hard round brush. And I will press Alt or Option. Click over here, okay, so I will increase the size of the brush first. So for dad, you will have to press Alt and then right-click and drag. This increases the size. Then come over here, click over here by pressing Alt or Option. And it will copy all of this. So there is one thing which we did wrong and artists sample all layers, water was checked. And because of that, it also copied the gray areas. So I will uncheck this, come over here again and clip over here by pressing Alt or option. Okay, So now it's restricting this empty layer. So we have to come to this layer, sorry, less ordered option and then click Korea so that you would get this over here. Let's decrease the size of the brush a little. Now we will come to this layer and we can even hide this layer. And let's move up a little and let's write something. So, uh, let's just say I want to write hello. So you can see, okay, so the smoothing is on too much. Let's change it to 10. I will tell you about the smoothing later on as well. So let's write hello. So you can see that V0 have this 3D kind of text over here. How cool is this? I know we use a lot of gradients that you can use less if you want or more. Depending upon how you want to make this. Saw in the start of the tutorial. Uh, you saw that I have, I was using a gold gradient, so let's use that. Let me delete this. And we don't these four non, these were just for the explanation. So this was a gradient which I have. And you can use premade gradients what this, or you can create your own gradient. Let me click on this so that you could see, you can simply copy this gradient or I can save it and give it to you. So I guess I can. I will export this gradient and save it in the project files so that you could use it as well. Easy. Okay, So now a legislator, you will have this gradient now and if you want to access it, you will have to simply double-click on the gradient file, which I will give you, and it will show up in your gradients over here. Over here. So, so you will have to make a circle then apply the gradient on this. Then we will duplicate this by pressing Control or Command J. Because if you decrease the size of this gradient, the gradient will get to decrease the size of the circle with the gradient will get ruined. So let me hide this, right-click on this word and convert it into a register. Now, I'll create a new layer over here. Then go to mixer brush and increase the size a little bigger than the circle. And click over here by pressing Alt or Option. Turn this off and alerts. Okay, it didn't work because the UV or selecting this layer increase the Saudi. Turn it on, click on this layer. Now copy this, press Alt or Option and click over here, make sure that it is showing over here. So I will hide this layer. Click on this layer, and let's write some over texture over here. So let's write a login. So you can see this looks awesome. Edge e double. By the way, I am using my mouse to a figure using a tablet like a Wacom tab. And this will look even better. And there is one more thing you can do. Let me delete this. You're going to apply this on part solar press, lift, press P on the keyboard to get the pen tool. And let's click over here and make some part. Maybe like this. And alerts a gesture to little. Basically I'm trying to write the letter L. So I guess this is alright. Store, since I made the mixer brush already, I will have to right-click on this. And okay, so let's create a new layer first. Now right-click on this and Stroke Path and overhear it. By default it will be set to brush or pencil. So click on mixer brush and simply hit. Okay. So you can see that this looks so awesome. We have this letter L over here and Photoshop has written and according to the gradient of email. So the possibilities are endless. You can, if you are a typographer and you can draw your own texture or draw your own letters. You can basically make amazing kind of topography using this effect. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 49. How To Use Glyphs: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn about glyphs in Photoshop. Okay, so I have made this icon and basically this logo for my wife's upcoming brand. And by the way, I didn't make this all of this in Photoshop. You should never make logos in Photoshop. This is just to show you how glyphs work. I actually made this in Illustrator. So if you want to learn illustrator, you can check out my illustrator course as well. So that is an icon and data some texture over here. So I really like this corner over here, but this was not the original letters. Let me show you how. So let's just say, let me click over here and select all of this. And you can see that this m looks pretty different than the other letters. Why is there? So before I tell you about the glyphs, let me tell you how to access the glyphs panel store, go to Window. And over here you can select glyphs. Okay? So whenever you select a form, you write with a font, the glyphs panel automatically updates with the alternative letters for that font. You're not, you know, you cannot make these letters yourself. You can. But whenever someone pleases are formed. Oftentimes did the lease also the glyphs with it? So for this font, let me decrease the size a little. Move this to the side. Okay, so now you can see you. So we have the respondent over here. And you can see that there is ABCDEFG and oil. But over here you can see some extra font, some extra letters over here, and some extra variations of these letters. So let's just say, let me click on M over here, like this, come over here. And if I click on this m, This was the original of this font. I know it looks good as well. But when I checked out the glyphs for this font, I realized that there are the M, the other curly kind of m looks really awesome. So if I click over here, you can see that it is changed to this. And how cool is this? Let me copy this. Let's change the color of distorted. You could see things properly. Okay, why didn't it change the color and the color is changed? So you can see that, for example, if I want to change the K, I overslept K, come to the glyphs, and I can click on this. And this is one fancy little k. So Jeff, basically, not every font, but a lot of the forms have these glyphs. So let me copy all of this by dividend. This is the name of my wife, my beautiful wife. And yeah, let's check them on the formed. It may not work for every font, especially the, I guess it may work for some of the joining coercive forms as well. So let's select all of this and select a font from over here. Okay, this one are exchanged, this m, small m. And let's see if this font has glyphs. So I will come over here. And I guess I have, I will have to select all of this. Why is it not updating the glyphs? I don't know why. So it's called playboy, a playable. So I guess I would have to come over here and select payable and never had this problem before. So if I click on this, it will show me glyphs from this form. To be honest, it should automatically update the glyphs for the foreign to you are using. It, updated it anyhow. So you can see that these are all the glyphs for the capital letters and small letters, and there are some extra letters over here as well. So let's just say, I want to use some fancy letter from over here. I am not sure that this font has a lot of glyphs, pretty good ones. So let's try something else. Let me scroll down a little. Let's try this one. Okay. So let me select it. Go to glyphs. Again, if there's not updating indices. Okay, I didn't know. So I guess if you want to update this, simply select the font and click on entire font over here and it will update it. So you can see that there are some variations of some of these. So let's just say I want this all, update this over here. So we'll come over here. And according to sorry, entrenched, there are accents. So this is some letters from French and German. So let's just say I want to update it and make it like this. So I have this fancy little over here. So this was everything about glyphs. And I don't think I did a very good job because I didn't search before about the forms which had good glyphs. But if you want to see different variations of phone, you have, all you have to do is simply select that font, go to Window, then open the glyphs panel and click on entire font over here so that this list would be updated. And then you can select a letter, maybe this l over here, come over here. And simply with art versus L 2 icon, double-click on this and it is updated over here. So I know this is a little too much and that is why I ended up with this for the logo. But yeah, you get the idea. So whenever you are using a font and if you want to try around different things for the font, always open the glyphs first and see what are the options you have available. And then you can play around with the formed and edited according to your need. So I hope you guys will find this useful and I will see you guys in the next class. 50. How To Use Adobe Fonts: Welcome back guys. And today we are going to learn about Adobe fonts. So whenever you select are formed and you can see the properties over here. So if I click over here, you can see all the fonts over here. But these are not just, there are so much, so many other forms in Adobe. And if you have a Creative Cloud subscription, you can access all of them from over here. So over here, if I click over, if you click on this, it says browse Adobe fonts. So if we click on this, this will open up Typekit. So it was previously called Typekit, but now it is called Adobe fonts. I don't know why is it asking me to login? Let me login. Okay. Her toy automatically logged me in and it made okay over here. And let me show you the fonts. So this is Adobe fonts. It was previously called Adobe Typekit. But they're not, they're just calling you to do before. And so I guess so there are a lot of forms over here. And you can even search them up according to classification. For example, san-serif, state of slab set of. If you don't know about all of these, I think I should make a course on or on typography. Well, let's see if it ever came out. I will update this video. And you can see that if you want for, let's just say, a handwritten font. So you can click on this. And you have all the forms which are, which, which look like they are handwritten. Easy. Let me turn this off and you can also select forms based on their width, height, x-height contrast to wait. So let's click on this one. And I just saw this data is another slider over here, which certain number of faults in family? This one. So I can increase it and see, I guess if the number of faults in the family increase that went to hide this. Now can I increase this? Okay, So let's just say I want a font with at least 10 members in the family. So now it's showing me all those phones, whichever at least 10, 10 foreigners in them. So this is awesome, to be honest, not that awesome. I like it to be formed, but not as much as I like this program over here. Where is it a score form base? So I guess I will make the next class and extraoral on this one. I will tell you how I manage all my forms and how AI and May collections and how I may collection for a project and all that good stuff. Overhead you can also select depending upon the tags. So if you click on glean, you can see all the clean type of forms over here, visor showing just one year. So yeah, clean, rounded, luxury. Depending upon the need, you can select different kinds of fonts. So yeah, this was pretty much it. Yeah. How how can you use the phone? I didn't tell you about it. So let's select some point. Let's just say I won't look like this. Select or handwritten font. Let's use this. Miliangos Rita, whatever discord, let's click on View family. And since this is a whole family, I will get access to all the forms. And over here you will simply have to click on activate phone. So when you click on this, simply hit Okay. So since it is attached, it is updated in nuclear different load. So now you can use it in every Adobe program which you have in your subscription. So if I come over here, what was the name of the font, weight or whatever it is? There's come over here. And let's use the phone overhead. So it was Ming. Okay. Not the dispelling. Um, oh, and sorry about this guys. I'm i o, okay, so we have milling wheat. So this is the form we have. And I add kinda looks good. A few are making some vintage kind of document or something like that. So it is written over here. And let's see if this font has glyphs. So let me click over here. Go to Window and we're not the glyphs, glyphs. And let's reload written and do the capital letter G at the small ones. So yeah, this actually has a lot of glyphs. If I click on the a over here. So I have this a, this is mostly the accent, the David accents, and nothing too fancy. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how you can use Adobe Fonts. And in the next class I'm going to blow your mind away. With this tool. It's called foreign base lot, actually sponsored by these, but I really loved this program and I would like to use, I would like you to use it as well because it is an amazing program for Phone Management. So this was pretty much it. And I will see you guys in the next class. 51. How To Manage Your Fonts Using Font Base: Hey guys, I hope you are ready to get your mind blown away by using this program called foreign-based. So basically this is the phone manager which I use for managing all of my fonts and Latin for showed you how you can download it. So let me open Chrome overhead and you can simply write formed base. And you will come to their website. Click on this first link. And I guess it is available for Mac and Windows as well. So it is available for both. Simply click on this downloaded. And now it is downloading. So I don't need to download this because I already have this. So let me close this. So let me show you the power of foreign-based. Let me open this over here. So this is the interface of the form bys over here. And as you can see that it is written over here because for my wife's upcoming clothing brand, I was finding fonts to write the word mark. And what I did was I simply came over here in the settings and I wrote her name and it was showing Kamel. Similarly a file. Let's just say I want to make a brand on something. Let's just say I call it GZ bytes, not bits bytes. And if I come back over here by as you're not updating, okay. It's updated now. So any form which I have a look at will, it will look over g, z by x will be written over here in that form. Then I can choose the font. And the thing about this form manager specifically is dead. The whole loading feature I will come back do later on. But let me show this to you so you can increase or decrease the size of the font and to see how good it looks. Because if you're just too close, maybe you won't be able to see things. So I guess this size, It's all right. And you can left or right align these. Okay? So basically this is the viewing panel. And the best thing about this is that no matter how many forms you have on your system, it will show the forms you have and it will tell you how many are active and harmony are inactive. So basically you don't have to install any phones. And by default it also comes with all the Google phones. So you do, I basically have none of the forums installed, maybe a couple of them, and store it in my system. Because I know we, as designers tend to hold a lot of forms. I, I have like 4000 over here, but I used to have like 9 thousand forms. And the truth is that we don't use them very often. And since these reforms are installed in your system, but they tend to slow it down a little. So you can see that I have good forms over here. And then I have these other collections over here which I have made over the years. So for example, I wrote cheesy Bio 21 here, and I want to see forms which are littered to food. So I have made this collection overhead and if I click over it, you can see that I have, let me make this bigger. So I guess this would look really nice if I'm making a logo. Let you do cheesy bytes, similarly over here. So yeah, I have made a lot of collections if I want something related to fashion. So you can see that this is some fashioning kind of font. And then there is luxury, stylish. And if I want cursive, let me assure you, of course if I call you joining. So you can see that there are cursive fonts over here. And you can see that there are some dots along with these. Okay, so what is the meaning of these doors? So this is the name of my blend PI loop. So a 51 to use any of the forms from our collection. For example, I have stylish foreign collection. I named it childish because all that childish kind of forms or over here, as you can see, let's see something professional. Let's come to this fashion audio. So if I want to load any font into the system, either I can come to the font and click on this dot and it will deactivate or activated. So since this is deactivated, it is removed from the system memory. And if I want to use it, I can simply click on it. And it is equal into installing a fond, how cool is this? So instead of installing it, clicking, installing each form, you can simply click on it. And you can even deactivator, activator, whole families. So I clicked on this, the whole family, the whole collection has been deactivated. So vertex meant by this green door which is not filled. This basically means is that some of the forms in this collection are active. So this font is active. That is why it is showing me this green unfilled dot. I can click on it. Lord, all of these forms. And I can click on it again to deactivate all of these phones. So let's just say, let's use this as an example. So I have this collection over here which I called straightforward and all the professional forums out over here. So you can see that all the professional forums for, let's just say if I turn it off and there is this font which I use very often, which is called burial. Okay, So why it is not working? Sometimes this happens. So there are so many forms active over here. So I guess it is taking some time. No problem. Let's use the More than one over here. Let's just say I won't do use this Dodger condensed font. If you're not already installed. If it is installed in your system and you feed a booklet on it and installed it, it will still show up. So let's see. I have this over here and I will select the Type tool. So it was called B or D GR. So as you can see that it is not showing up over here, DOD GR and those other spellings. So let's just see if I want to use it. I can click on this or I can click on the whole collection. What Campbell Morgan. And now when I will come to Photoshop, okay, this might take some time to load, but it is loaded. Now. There is another reason which I use mon basis because there are, I have used some for managers in the past as well. And they take like forever to load. Foreign-based also takes some seconds, maybe one to three seconds at max, but not more than that. So let's see if we have Dodger over here DOD. Okay, so we have the whole family over here. So now I can use all of these forms. So this kind of looks like a fun formed. Don't you think so far, right? One over here. So yeah, kind of looks like a fun. So this is the font which I have over here. No. So again, this is an extremely handy tool if you want to make a project. Let's just say if you want to manage your forms, Let's just say that you are working on a project. So whenever I'm working on a project, I click over here, add and I create a new collection and add points to it. And let's just say if I'm working for a company and they're telling me to use specific forms. I don't have to find the fonts all over again. I will simply come over here, click on the Collection, and I will have the collection for that company and I can use it. So yeah, this is pretty much it. You can check around the options over here and you can select any tech sample if you want. You can. Yeah, about adding fonts to Joe collection. So you can come over here and then add a collection. You can click over here and create a folder and then add a collection. And if you come over here into Google Fonts, I guess, or any phone, there was an option for accessing your phone collection. Let me see if I can find it. So Auto a neighbor folder yet. So if you right-click on folders, it will show you the option for open root folder. So what you can do is this is an option but it is not available in Moscow. The phone managers, you can open this. And if you already have a collection, if you are, if you all have already been making collections, you can simply copy all of those collections. And two, I have this fourth base folder in my SSD over here. So I can come over here and I can copy and paste whole folders over here. So I have this folder for many forms. There is only one. So I have this folder for coliforms. So I simply copied and pasted the whole foreign collection or here whole folder. And now, when I will come over here, you can see that in college forms. It is also showing me the two folders. These folders. Where is it? So these two folders and then the rest of the forms. So yeah, this is pretty much it. You can access all the forms using this foreign key manager. You can turn it on and off, deactivate them, activate them, make them bigger or smaller, and basically make your life much easier if you have a lot of orange like I do. So this was pretty much it on foreign base, the foreign manager. And I hope you guys will find this useful. See you guys in the next class. 52. How To Match Fonts Inside Photoshop: Hey guys, So I have a very useful and short tutorial for you guys. And there it is littered to matching fonts in Photoshop. So I have this poster for assessing Creed over here, just for education purposes. It is not mine. And let's just say you want to know vert formed they are using in their posters. So let me zoom out a little so that you can do is in Photoshop, you can select the Marquee Tool over here, Rectangular Marquee. Let me zoom in over here and you can make a selection around the text which you want to detect. So I have made a selection around this. And now what I can do is I can go on to type over here. And over here I will click on Match Font. So Photoshop is automatically, not Photoshopped but Adobe. So Adobe is automatically detecting the font in this. And it is telling me the forms which are similar to this and available on Adobe Creative Cloud. Adobe forms basically. So according to Photoshop, these are the fonts which are available. So I can select just this form. I can click on the Start over here and hit, Okay. Now I can press Control or Command 0 to zoom out and deselect this, Let's create a new layer. Let's let the type tool. So it is already loaded over here. And I can write text over here. And it is exactly not the same, but pretty much similar to this. So you can see that they have done some tracking over here. So this is a good time to practice our tracking. So select all of the texts, press Control Alt or the command option, and then left and right arrow keys. So I am pressing the right arrow key. And let's make it smaller. And V are done. So basically, leading and tackling it is really important and it also comes in handy for professional work. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to match forms, find fonts in Photoshop. And yeah, I will see you in the next class. 53. Text Portrait: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to make this text portrait in Photoshop. So this is very simple to make if you know how you can use a clipping mask. So yes, we are going to learn about clipping mask as well. It is a very simple concept and a lot of people don't know about it. I guess we have already used it in some of the previous tutorials, but still I'm going to revise it for you guys. Okay, so you can see that I had this image of a woman and data, some text over here, which is around one side, and this looks pretty dope. So let's recreated. Let me turn on this image and I will delete everything so that we could make it from the start. Let's delete this as well. Okay? So first of all, what you have to do is basically create a selection of the subject. You can select through any method which we have learned so far. I guess we have learned so many meters up till now. And for simple images like these, you don't have to get really fancy, especially when you are making a tutorial like this. So what I will do is I would simply come over here, click on the Quick Select tool, quick selection tool, click on Select and Mask over here to basically go to Select and Mask, click on Select Subject. And for this tutorial, I don't even have to refine the here. So you don't have to use defined here over here or use the Refine Edge to find it. Simply hit, Okay, So there you would have that object on a separate layer. Let's duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J and removed the mass from this layer because we would have the original image as well. We will simply turn it off. Then what we will do is we will simply convert it into a smart object. So I will right-click on it and convert it into a smart object so that the mask and the subject would become one symbol. After that, what I will do is I will select the Rectangular Marquee Tool over here. And you can bring in scale if you want. Let's bring in the scale. So if you want to open scaling Photoshop, simply press Control or Command R. R for Rhino. I know my accent is pretty different than all of you Open in an American guys out there. And that is why every time when I see a letter, I also say like default donkey or gave 14. So yeah, Control or Command R. And bring this in. So I know my accent is a little different than the rest of you guys. So that is why I think it is important for me to mention this. So Control or Command R, This will bring in the scale and you can basically bring in different scales from the side and similarly from the top. So we don't need this right now. Let me bring this back. So the importance of this scale is dad, first of all, it gives you a straight line and also it automatically gets snapped in the middle. You can see that it is getting snapped. So it is getting snapped in the middle, and that is what I want. So I will select the Rectangular Marquee Tool over here and simply make a selection. And you can see that the selection automatically got snapped overhead as well. So I'm making this selection and just like that it got snapped. So now I can mask out this side of the subject. So I will come over here and simply click on the mask. And since I selected this side, the other side and God removed obviously. So if I want to hide this scale, but I can do is I can simply press Control or Command H, and it will hide the scale, height, the line basically. And if I want to hide the scale, I will press Control or Command are easy. So let's duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J, and we will invert it. So I will come over here and click on the mask and I will press Control or Command I. So you can see that this is inverted, no, easy. So let's call this one, all right. Our GHD, right? Because this is the right side. And let's call this left. And let's put left on the top because we are going to write some texts over here. And we can hide this ordinal. So what I will do is I will come over here and select, sorry, I will select the Text tool, type tool. Okay, Why is it taking so long to load? What's going on? Weird. Okay. So while it loads, let me tell you that we are going to use a phone named Suma. Ok. Ok, it's loaded. Now let's click over here and let's write something. So let me, let foreign first, it's called Suma. I think it's a free font. You can simply Google it and you might be able to find it. Okay, so let's select this one and let's make it bigger like this. So I'm going to write some text over here and let's write what goes around, comes around. Okay, so the SPSS you see in this text are not the way they are seemed to be over here because I did some kerning and tracking and leading in this. So let me set this to default. Soda. You will know how to do how I did tracking or leading in this. So I want this to be over here like this. We'll press Control or Command D. And this is how it should look like if I don't do any tracking or leading in this. So this seems all right. But as you can see that there are a lot of spaces. Nobody's, we are going to fix this. Let's first bring our subject on top of this. And what I will do is I will press Alt or Option and basically make a clipping mask over here. So I will click over here. And all of this automatically got clipped to this. So if I make any changes in this, it will automatically make changes in this as well. So this layer depends upon this layer. So if I write something else over here, for example, how? So you can see that it is written over here as well. And it is only limited to this area. And anything beyond this area. Or would it wouldn't affect because it is outside this layer. Easy silicon press Control or Command Z. So yeah, I was telling you that there should be some leading in this, but before that, let me turn on this layer. Okay, so this is bringing the background. So I basically want the color of this layer. So what I will do is I would click over here, click on. Let's select this color first. I will press I on the keyboard, I for ink and simply click over here. So I have that I have discovered over here. Then I will come down over here, click on Adjustment Layers and click on Solid Color. So basically I have discovered over here available now to, I will hide this and I have this color. Simple. Okay, so about the texture over here, I will select the text. Yes, I can still edit it because it is because the upper layer is clipped to this one, but I can still edit this one. So I will select all of these texts by pressing Control or Command a. And we have learned this before. If you want to edit the leading, leading is basically the lines between the line gap between the words. So I can come over here and I can, sorry, not this one. This one. So I can increase or decrease the leading. Or I can press Control alt and a rookie or Command Option key on Mac. And move this up a little. This is too much. I guess this is all right. I guess that was alright. So the text is close to each other. The, all the words are close to each other. Now I will press Control or Command D. And now when I will make this bigger, let me make this a line from the top as well. And you can see how amazing this looks. And this effect is so easy to make, yet it is, so it looks so good. And this is pretty much it. So let's do a little recap. If you bought a distracted a little, simply cut out your subject from the background. Then make a converted into a Smart Object and divide it into two parts, left and right. You can do this on right as well. Then simply write some text and clip one of these left or right on the text and you are done. Okay, So this is by the way, right aligned. So what if I want to change this effect in opposite way? So I will click on this layer and press Alt or Option, and click between these lines to unclip it. Okay. Let me bring the text below right, then I will click on Alt or Option, and click over here between these two lines. And now I will simply drag and move this text over here. Let me press Control or Command T, select all of this and simply come over here. The control panel is also up overhead, the Properties panel. And simply click on left align. Easy. Then I will bring all that extra word here. And we basically have the same effect. But on the right. So how symbol was this? So this is pretty much it. And I hope that you guys will enjoy making this one. And I will see you guys in the next class. 54. Project 9 - Text Portrait: Hey guys, So who is ready for another project? So I know a lot of projects in this course, but again, it is important for you to do the project so they're due would be able to implement everything and learn everything. Okay, So in the previous class, we learned about this text portrait effect. And you are basically going to do the same on this subject. It is very easy to cut out the subject in this image and you have to basically replicate it. You can use different kind of colors if you want. For example, in this image, I used the text color similar to her here. So you can use our text color from the background on maybe from over here. So yeah, I totally up to you can wait to see what you guys make and T you guys in the next class. 55. Acrylic Text Effect: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to make this acrylic text effect. So you can see this looks so good and we are going to make it. So let me select this layer and deleted, and let's make it from the start. Okay, So for this effect to make, first of all, you need to have our background image. So I have already given the image in the image file and simply import the image over here. After that, you need to have some text. So I will turn on this layer and this is, let me check the font. Let me take the form for you guys. So basically this forum discord, bar less script, Personal, Interpersonal basically means that I don't have professional right to use this font. So yeah, we are only using this for educational purposes. So no problem. But if you want to use this font in professional project, you will have to buy this. So, yeah, what was the name of the font again? Let me check again. Barlett script. Okay. So I really like the S in this or that if I ever decide you to use this, so you can place it anywhere you want, but make sure that you are covering a lot of colors. I selected this image on purpose because there were some purple over here, and then blue over here and some red. So this is going to look really good. Let me bring it over here. So the first thing that you will do is simply come over here and create a new layer between these two. Okay? After that, you will select this layer, the image layer. Click on the S or whatever letter you want by pressing Control or Command and click on the thumbnail of this letter. And this way it will select everything apart from everything which is the letter. But now we can hide the letter from over here. And I will come to this layer because we want to work on this layer. I don't know why I'm having some Cough. Anyhow. So over here we will select the mixer brush, not the Brush tool, but the mixer brush tool. And let's come down over here into the brushes. Let me close all of these. And by default you might not be seeing these legacy brushes. If you want to see these brushes. You can come over here. In the brushes, you can come over here, click on this gear icon, and click on Legacy Brushes. And this will bring all the legacy old brushes or Photoshop. So basically, I'm not introducing something new brush we are going to use already exists. So I will click on this. And you can try finding the brush yourself or you can go to the search bar. If you are using Photoshop 2021, you will have a search bar. And let's ride be RISD. So yeah, we have these Bristol brushes over here and we are going to use which one? I guess, rough round Bristol. You don't have to use the smooth one. The roughened looks good. So you can see this is what it will look like. Let me show this to you. So this is the brush. Easy. So let me make it smaller. And you have to make sure dare to click on sample all layers from over here. And let me hide this. By the way, I have a background layer over here, a solid color adjustment layer, which is black. So I will hide this for now. So I will click on sample all layers that way. Even working on this layer, I will be able to take samples from the layer below it. Everything is a 100 percent and you can set it to anything you like. But I guess custom is alright. So basically wetness is 50 percent load 106, one hundred, one hundred easy. And also the smoothness, this is actually some goodness. This is 10 percent. I will tell you later on how we are going to use this. So let's make it to the size of this letter S and simply draw with it. You can see, let me zoom in a little. So you can see that I am drawing some strokes over here like this. Let me make this bigger. So you can see basically I have checked sample all layers over here and that is why it is letting me sample from the layer below. So let's draw over here as well. Let me zoom out a little. So you can see that this looks quite amazing. So yeah, make sure that everything is appropriately called because you don't want areas like this one over here. And over here, you will have to be really careful. Soledad, this goes above this. So let me draw like this and then this. And just make sure that it is properly according to the flow of the letter. So let me draw over here. And I guess this is all right. Let me make it bigger. So you can take your time and perfect is perfect. It as much as you want. Totally up to you. And I guess this is all right. A little bit over here. Easy. So I will, I can now press Control or Command D to de-select it. And if I hide this layer, I will end up with this. So the reason I selected the brush, the reason I made a solid color adjustment layer was it looks really go to black. Okay, so as you can see that there is some area which we didn't do properly. So you can turn on this layer again. You can click on this layer by pressing Control or Command. Left-click. And let's adjust this area as well. Easy. And press Control or Command D, hide this layer and we are good to go. Okay, So the initial design, which I sure do, there were some brushstrokes over here. So let me tell you how you can do them over here as well. So this time we will have this turned on because we need sample from the black layer and simply draw our brush stroke like this. You can take multiple goals on this. Or let's try turning this off and then try and click over here. And not too much. And I guess this is all right. Similarly over here. Make sure that it is natural. It doesn't look forced. Well, I guess I will have to make the brush a little bigger. It takes it takes some time. So I guess this is all right. And over here, Let's try over here. And I guess this flips. All right, So let's turn it on and yeah, this looks really good. So let me zoom out and this looks really nice. And there's one more thing which we can do is, and that is create an oil paint effect on it. Basically use an oil paint filter on it. So I will convert this layer into a smart object. I will right-click on it and convert it into a Smart Object. So now we can go to Filter over here and click on Filter Gallery. So we have Filter Gallery opened over here and let me make it smaller. And let's bring our subject to the middle. And let me go. How can I resize it? Okay. Recommend left to zoom out and share. Okay, So this is All right. So over here there are a lot of textures and stylize. Okay, So I guess the one which I have on this not in tight filter gallery, let's hit Cancel. But instead we will go to Filter again. And over here, I guess in other, I guess I would have to find it. Distort noise, pixelate, renders delays. Yeah. So in style, inside stylized data is this oil paint. Click on this. And you can see that there is some really good effect over here. Let me zoom out editor. Let's zoom in a little. So I think I have already adjusted this. You can adjust this. Adjust this according to your need. You don't have to follow everything which I have done over here. So you can increase or decrease the scale. You can see that this looks, the edges look a little more sharp. So let me decrease this and simply hit Okay. So here is a before oil paint and here it is after it. So now you have this really cool kind of acrylic text effect. And you can make it on multiple letters or a single letter totally up to you. So yeah, this was pretty much it. I hope you guys enjoyed this tutorial and I will see you guys in the next class. 56. Section 4 - Blend If: Hey guys, welcome to Section 4. And this section is going to be all about blend. If so, if you don't know what Blend If is, it is an extremely powerful tool and I'm going to teach you everything about it. So for example, over here you can see the made this dramatic sky. All of this is using Blend. If you are also going to learn how to put pattern on an image. This is also using Fn, couple of blending modes. Then you are going to learn how to port logo, logos on a piece of clothing like hoodies or shirts. Then we are going to learn how to add basically dimension to an image like this over here. You're also going to learn how to make lips glossy, for example, over here. So if I zoom in over here, you can see that the lips are glossing over a year. Then let's move forward and finally, we are going to learn how to put a tattoo on a person. So yeah, all this good stuff you are going to learn. And I can't wait to see you guys in section number four. 57. Make Dramatic Sky: Hey guys. So in this class we are going to learn how to make dramatic sky in Photoshop. So as you can see that I have this image over here and this guy looks quite dramatic. Dramatic basically means that whenever there is a tender, strong wing on, whenever there is a storm or rain, the sky looks something like this. This was the original image. And after making the effect, or you can say I'm just making it dramatic. It looks like this. So let's delete all of this and we will make this from the start. Okay, So in one of the previous images, sorry, in the previous tutorials, we have already learned how to remove sky in Photoshop. But this image is quite simple, so we're not actually going to use that mattered. We are simply going to use the Quick Selection Tool. So I will come over here and select the Quick Selection Tool. And if your image is quite difficult, then you can use that method. Otherwise, if it is simple and there is a lot of contrasts with the mountain and the sky. You can simply use the Quick Selection Tool over here. And to be honest, the selection for this kind of tutorial doesn't have to be perfect either. So I guess this is all right. Good. Okay. So now what I will do is I will come over here and I will create a mask on this layer. So I right-click Add Layer Mask. So the selection was obviously opposite. So I will press Control or Command I. So I have the image over here and the sky has been removed. So let me press Control or Command J to make a new layer so that we would have the original layered with us as well. Easy-peasy. Okay, so now what I will do is I will create a solid color adjustment layer over here. But before that I will copy a pellet from this guy. So I will come over here and click on the eyedropper tool or press I on the keyboard, and select the darkest color of the sky which you can find. So I guess this is pretty much the darkest. And now what you will do is you will click on the adjustment layers over here and create a solid color adjustment layer. And whatever color you selected make it extremely dark, like very darker. I guess this is all right and simply hit Okay. And then I will clip this to the bottom layer. So I will press Alt or Option and clip it down. Okay, So the mass we made was all right, and we accidentally inverted it. So make sure that your color is on the sky, not the mountains. So I will select this and I will press Control or Command I to invert it. Easy. So basically this whole section is about blend F, and we are going to make the sky dramatic using blend. If so, if you want to access Blend, If you will have to double-click on this layer or right-click on it and go to blend options. So we have Layer Styles open over here. Let me zoom out genitals or adequate see everything properly. So this is our image. So you can see that in Blend If there are a lot of options. And, but we are going to do is we are going to remove the, bring up the ideas from the underlying layer. Let me show you how. So what I will do is I will move the slider to the left, like this. And the part where I start seeing the white areas, I will break this by pressing Alt or Option. And I will move this to the left. And I will keep on moving it until I see the clouds. Just the clouds. And I guess this is all right. I can move it up a little maybe. But I guess this is pretty much it. So you can see it brought up the white areas and the black areas. The dark areas are still over there too. I can click, Okay, let me press Control or Command 0 to zoom into the canvas. So here is the before and here's the after. Such a big difference. So yeah, the Cloud, we're already there. All we did was we added a darker color to the sky and then brought up the clouds. And that way we have this dramatic kind of sky. How cool is this? So yeah, this was pretty much it in there are a lot of other tutorials coming up regarding blend. If so, yeah, I will see you guys in them. 58. Apply Prints To Clothes: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great and I have a very interesting and useful tutorial for you guys today. And that is how can you apply prints on any clothes? So basically, let me turn this layer off and you can see that the original color was white of this object, the dress of the subject. And if I turn this on, you can see that we apply it, this beautiful print on her. So yeah, we are going to learn this. So let me delete this layer and let's make this from the start. So the first thing which I'm going to do is I will bring in a sprint. So in the images file I have two pens over here. Let me bring both of these prints and bring them over here. Press enter and enter. And alerts, group them by pressing Control or Command G and hide them for now, we don't need them at the moment. So the first thing that you have to do is not the first thing. The first thing was bringing in the brain. The second thing which you have to do is you have to select that dress of the subject. So we have already learned how to make selections. I have already created a path, a channel in which I have made the selection of the dress. I can press Control or Command and click on this to get my selection. But for you guys, I'm going to do this all over again. So data you would get the idea that in practical images, it is not as easy as the examples which I showed you. You can see that in this image there is hair over here and then this chain over here. So yeah, we are going to use the color range to select the dress. So because if we try selecting this area using the magic wand tool or Quick Selection, this is not going to work properly. So I will come over here. I will click on Select and click on Color Range. Let me bring this to the side. Let's zoom in a little and left-click anywhere on the dress, you can see that the most of this area has been selected. So I will click on the plus, plus over here. And let's try adding areas to the address. Make sure not to click on the chain or the hands or the purse. So there you would only select the dress. Let's zoom in a lot. And let's let all of these areas. This seems all right. Let's zoom out a little. Click over here and over here than over here. And I guess this is all right. So what I will do is I will simply click, okay. And I think we made a pretty good selection apart from this area, we don't want to flip the ring. So I will deselect it. And I guess this is pretty much all right. And some of this area is something which we don't need either. So I will come over here and click on the Layer Mask to create a mask. And we have our separate selection of the dress. So I will press Control or Command J to duplicate this. And let's delete the amassed from this area. This led basically sorta add. Our dress would be on the separate layer and our subject itself is on a separate layer. So let's click over here and bring in one of the print. So we have two prints over here. So let's bring in this print. I'm putting it outside the layer, altered the group so that it will be visible. So we have this one, and let's turn off this one as well. And we also have this one. So let's bring both of these out. Let me delete the group, and let's try adding both of these to the subject. So I have this turned on for now. But I will Louis, I haven't make sure that it is the size of the dress, so let's make it bigger and simply press Enter. Then you will do what you will do is you will click on Alt or Option and clip it to the bottom. So basically it will get limited to this layer. Already looks so good. But obviously you can see that this looks really blame and we don't want this. There should be the actual texture of the dress should be visible. So but we will do is we will click on the blending options and over here we will click on Multiply. So you can see that this already looks so good. And to make it more realistic, what we will do is we will click on this layer, double-click on it. Make sure to, make sure not to double-click on the text because if you double-click on that text, it will make you rename it. So double-click anywhere else or right-click to open up blending options. You will have layer styles over here. Let's zoom out a little. Bring this to the side. And simply click over here and move the slider to the left. If you bring it to the left a lot, you will see that the image is starting to disappear. The pattern is starting to disappear. So move this to the left and return until you see that some of the areas are disappearing. Let me zoom in a little over here. Then break the slider by pressing Alt or option, and move the slide to the left and return. Move this to the right a little. Not too much, and I guess does this. All right. And now this looks really realistic. Let me press Control or Command 0. And if we zoom into the image, you can see that even these stitches, these stitching looks so realistic over here. We have applied the pattern on this and this. All of this looks so good. How amazing is this? Let me zoom out. So let's try doing the same using the other texture. I will hide this, move this up, and let's apply this texture on the layer. I will press Alt or Option and clip it down. Okay, first I need to turn it on, sorry. So I will turn this on. Let's resize it to the size of the subject. And this is all right. And then clip it down. And even after clipping it down and you can move it like this. So a few thing that this area would look better. So you can move this. Then you will do the same. You will come over here, click on the blending modes, and you will click on Multiply. Ticker to multiply is basically making it more realistic. Multiply basically height all the black areas and keep the white areas. So now what we can do is we can double-click on this. And let's bring this slider to the left a little. Not too much. Then break-it. And I guess this looks all right. You can see the shame because there are some ADRs that the areas which are actually curved, they are automatically a little more shiny. So let me bring this to the side and this to the left hand written. And I guess this is alright. Simply hit. Okay. So before and after, Let me zoom in a little. And you can see that this looks so good. So there is one more thing which we can do because this original image was somewhat kind of a little blue bird. And then we applied multiply on it all the color guard fugitive detail. So what you can do is you can come over here and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer on top of it and clip it down as well. And you can simply increase the saturation a little. And wallah, not too much. But I guess this is all right. Maybe this 53, if it was alright. So here is the before hue and saturation and here is after. The colors look, look amazing. So yeah, this is pretty much it. Let's do a simple before and after. So here's the before and here is the after. How amazing is this? So they're coming tutorials. We are going to learn more about blend deaf and Blend If is an extremely important and useful thing in Photoshop. So I will see you guys in one of those tutorials. 59. Project 10 - Apply Print To Clothes: Hi guys. So yes, you have guessed it we are going to do another task. So I have given you the image over here. This is the image of the model which we are going to use. And basically what you have to do is you have to apply these prints. And these are the same parents which I used in the previous tutorial. And you have to make a selection of your subject, not the subject, of the dress of the subject, and basically applied these prints on her. So, yeah, this is a very simple fun task for you guys. And I can't wait to see your results and extra points for anyone who creates their own pattern or downloads up pattern from anywhere else and apply it on the subject. So yeah, I can't wait to see your projects and I will see you guys in the next class. 60. How To Put A Logo On Clothes: Hey guys. So now we're going to learn how to put a logo on a hoodie or a t-shirt or any piece of clothing. Let me zoom in over here and you can see that I have this logo off Under Armour over here. And don't ever use logos of any other company. And I'm just using this for education educational purposes. So let me zoom out. And this was not actually on the hoodie. I added it to the hoodie. So yeah, this is before and after. Let's delete this and let's make it from the start. So let me minimize this. And you can see that in debt in the project files. You can see that I have bought the images over here. So let me bring the image and the logo of Under Armour over here and press Enter. Again. Don't ever use logos from another company. Just use them for education purposes if you want. But if you use it on your own piece of clothing or your own work, you are going to get not just a copyright, but you can even get arrested for this. Yeah. Let's put this on the subject. So let's make it smaller. First, I will press Control or Command T and make it smaller and put it on the image like this. Okay, So perspective has a lot to do. Constructivist, really important when making something like this. So let me press Enter and let's zoom in over here. So you can see that this person is standing to the side, and obviously this area would be bigger than this area. So this is the perspective we have. So what we will do is we will press Control or Command D and also make sure that this is a guidance lane that are under Armour line. This decline should be aligned with this. So let's press Control or Command T. And I will press Control O on the keyboard to get this. Or you can right-click on this and click on WAP. So I guess we know we're not supposed to use water because this will completely ruin everything. But instead. And press Control or Command D again, right-click. And you should use distort. Okay? So now you can move this up a little. Move this donor letter, move these in a little bit. Basically you are distorting it and make sure that this is according to this. So I guess this is all right. And return bit more. Let's bring this integrator and simply hit Enter. So at least our logo is according to the perspective. We'll just make it a little smaller. And hit Enter. Let's zoom out a little and let's make it look a little more realistic. So what I will do is I will double-click on this. By the way, if you try and multiply on this, it will completely get to ruined, not ruined, disappear because multiply basically highlights everything which is completely white. So I will double-click on this and moved it to the side. Let's move this overhead and a little bit, not too much. Bring this over here. So in the underlying slider, but you can do is you can move this to the side a little and move it to the side until you see the logo starts disappearing. So this is the point where lower starts disappearing. Press Alt or Option, and then move it to the side there to move, move it to the right and ETL, and move this to the left editor. And you can see that the image below, the logo is starting to appear a little. So I guess this is all right. And simply hit Okay. Then you will duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command D. Double-click on this again, and this time you will do the opposite. Let me put this to the right. And I will bring this slider to the right until the image starts to disappear. Or over here, plus order option. And move this to the side. So I guess this, this. All right, Let's try adjusting this a little more. Double-click on this and move this to the left. And I guess this is alright. Simply hit. Okay, Let's zoom out. And our logo has been applied. You can group all of this by pressing Control or Command G. And now, even if you move it like this, you can see that the logo looks quite realistic. So here is the before and here is the after. And if I zoom in over here, you can see that it is not only applied to the shirt that do the hoodie, but it is also showing me the curve over here and some of the hoodie below it. And it is also showing the shiny area from over here. So this was pretty much it on how to apply a logo on a hoodie or any piece of clothing. And yeah, I will see you guys in the next class. 61. How To Add Dimension To Images: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to add dimension to images in Photoshop, basically portrait. So I have this image over here and this was the before, quite plain and here is the after. So basically adding dimension basically means making cheekbones and everything else a little more prominent. Basically, when, when you are editing models, this is something which will really come in handy for you guys. So yeah, you can see that the collarbones, the neck bones, the nose, the G1, everything else. We're more prominent in the afternoon. So let's delete this and let's make it from the start. So first of all, and we will come down over here and click on Curves. We are going to apply a curve over here. And let me bring this to the side a little sorted. You could see what I am doing. Let me move this to the side. And I guess this is all right. So basically, you need to bring this up alittle to make the image brighter. Don't make it too bright. Just enough. They're due would be able to see everything. And I guess this is all right, not too much. This seems alright. And then what you will do this, you will double-click on this layer. By the way, liabilities are opened over here and we are going to learn about them as well. And that is going to be one interesting tutorial. Okay, So coming back to the curves, double-click on this. Let's move this to the side. And you are basically going to bring the underlying slider to the right. So you would click on this and bring the black underlying slider to the right until you start seeing something weird. So yeah, something like this. So when you're starting something like this, let it go. At verite starts like this. Then break the slider and by pressing Alt or Option and make the transition smoother. Like this easy, then simply hit Okay. After that we are going to create a new curves adjustment layer by clicking over here. And this time we will make it darker. So I would look over here and make a darker, not too dark like this, but our little darker like this. Then double-click on this as well. To open up Layer Styles. And this time we are going to do the opposite. So I will click over here, bring this to the left, and bring it, bring it to the left until you see things going weird. So yeah, I guess this is where it starts to look weird here. So I will break the slided and make the transition a little more smoother. You can even make another curves adjustment layer and try to play around with the midtones. So basically we, we were playing around with the shared within the highlight. But that will be honest, I think this looks good enough. So I will group all of these and press Control or Command G. And you can see here's the before and the after. But there is another problem in this image. And also our web background is white, FR background was some other color. We will have to mask out those areas as well. So the problem which we are facing overhead is debt that these effects have been applied to every year. We only want them on the face and the skin. So what we can do is we have learned this in the previous classes. You can even create our mask on the whole group. So we have grouped both of these and we will create a mask on both of them by clicking over here. Let's select black as the color. Okay, so we automatically have the bristle brush from the one of the previous tutorials, and we also have the mixer brush selector. So make sure that the mixer brush is not elected like the normal brush. And we have this soft round brush over here. So I guess this is all right. Let's make it bigger and make it less harder. And you can simply draw on these areas to remove the effect because we don't want this to apply on here. So let's apply over here, over here. And yeah, I guess this seems all right. Similarly over here you can zoom in if you want. And I guess this is alright. You don't have to be perfect with this to be honest. Because even though the effect is applied on this, it is not very harsh. So where does the before and here's the after. But even after applying this, you think that it is too much. You can simply donor, donor letters. You can click on opacity over here. Opacity. And you can bring it down at it and maybe 90 percent or maybe 50 percent. But I guess AT portion would be all right. So here's the before and after. So basically this is how you can apply dimension two images in Photoshop. And if you are a photographer and if you are a freelancer who edits photography, photographs, photographs, basically, this is going to come in really handy for you guys. So, yeah, this was pretty much it. And I will see you guys in the next class. 62. Project 11 - Add Dimension To The Image: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great and we are going to do another project. So in OneNote, the previous classes in the previous slide, basically we learn how to add dimension to images. And basically you have to do the same. I have this model over here for you guys and you have to make sure that you are her cheekbones and collarbone, then everything else is more prominent. So you need to just simply add dimension like this image on this woman. So this is your project for this section. And yeah, I will see you guys in the next class. 63. Create Glossy Lips: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And now we are going to learn how to make lips glossy in Photoshop. So yes, blend if this amazing. So, uh, let me zoom in to the image and you can see that this was before, and this is after. Amazing, bright and dare to using just one simple layer. So let's zoom out and let's delete this layer. So this is our model and the lifting on her looks really nice, but it is mad. So if you want it to look glossy, you can do it. Let me zoom out. And let's let the brush tool first and make a new layer on top of this layer and make it smaller. And make sure that the hardness is very low. Let's zoom into the left like this. And what you will do is you will simply dab over here on the areas which you think should be bright with shooting should have gloss. So on the lips, all of these areas are usually glossy. And at the edges it is not very glossy at all. You can do is or you can already see that there is some shine over here. So make it very less hard. Loop decrease the hardness and simply dab over here on some of the areas. So make sure that you're not clicking in between. Make sure that you're only clicking on the lips. And I guess this is on right. Don't apply. Don't draw on the side is just a number that would be all right. Similarly over here in this area should be really glossy. So I'm applying a lot of white over here. And I guess this is all right. So let me do a moderator because if you're zoomed in a lot, you may do it a little too much. So this seems alright. Don't zoom in like this and then make it, let's zoom out to this point. And let's call it gloss. Either double-click on this layer or I can right-click on this and open up Blending Options from over here. So their new options are open. So, so vertices are ball over here. Basically, we want to bring out the areas which are below, right? So what we've Lewis, we will play around with the black on the length slider and move it to the right a little bit to the right until you start to see the lipstick going weird. So I guess at this point, this is all right. I guess you guys are seeing this on video, so we have to zoom in a little soda, you could see two. So at this point, the lifting is starting to disappear. So we will leave this over here, then break the slider and move it to the right. Don't do it too much. Otherwise, it would disappear on, don't let it plague. And it would be like this. The device, it will look weird. Find some common ground, like over here. And again, if you're zoomed in too much over here, when you zoom out, you might think that you have done a bad job. So make sure that you are zoomed out like this far and then play around with it. So this is all right. And this seems all right. And I guess this is okay. So a little note. So here is the before and here's the after. And if you think, if you tilt, still think this is too much, we're going to double-click on this anytime you want. And you can bring this out a little and simply hit, Okay, so here is the before and here's the after. So basically this is how you can make not just lips, you can basically make anything glossy using this technique. So you can apply it on other things as well. So, yeah, this was pretty much it. And I will see you guys in the next class. 64. Put Tattoo On A Person: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to apply a tattoo on a person. So basically a factor of two. So here's the before and here's the after. So let's delete this and let's make it from the start. By the way, this is going to be the last video in the blend if section. So so yeah, I guess you have pretty much learned everything about blend F. And this is like the last thing which you can do for. Let's hit Enter. So I have this image over here. And you can already see that there are some darker areas over here which are going to make things difficult for us. So before even applying this on the image, but we can do is we can click on Select Subject over here, sorry, narcolepsy object, click on Color Range. And let's try selecting all the areas of this image like this. Select these areas. So dat or job wouldn't be so much difficult. This is a very low-resolution image which I picked up from the Internet. When you are applying something, make sure that it is more visible. So this seems alright. And I can increase or decrease the fuzziness a little. But I guess this is alright and simply hit, Okay. Now what I can do is I can select the brush tool. So it is not letting me apply the brush on this because this is a smart object, so I will right-click on it and rasterize it. And now what I can do is I can draw with the bite on this too. I will simply draw with it because we have already made the selection. And this is on right? Easy. So let's decrease the size of this to the size of this. We are basically going to apply it on the shoulder and simply press Enter. And you can use multiply over here. So what multiply does is that it removes white and keeps all the black. So you can click on Multiply over here. And we are done. No, not yet. Let's zoom in a little moment over here. Press Control or Command T. And let's angle it and, and gesture it according to the chest. So I will put it over here, press enter, and let distorted overhead because since we have the pecs over here, this short get distorted over here like this. So I will press Control or Command T, right-click and click on WAP. And it should be distorted like this. Similarly, over here on the biceps are little because there is a curve over here like this. So it can't be blamed. The other two can be played in this area. So this seems all right a little bit over here. And it will move it over here. And from here you can bring it in a little. And I guess this is all right and simply hit Enter. Let's zoom out a little. So the only thing left to do is apply blend if on it to make it more realistic. So I will double-click on this to open up the layer styles. And let's bring this to the side so that we could see the layers properly. Let's zoom in on Twitter. So basically I want to bring the subject, which is uneaten light to the top. So I will bring this to the left until the day or two staff to disappear like this. Then bring the slider and move this to the left. Move this to the right and little and to the left because we are supposed to see the shine over here. So a left and right. And I guess this is pretty much it. Let's press Control or Command 0 to zoom over to the Canvas. And here is the before, and here is the after. So yeah, this is pretty much it on how to apply a tattoo on a person. And we are at the end of the blend if section. I hope that you guys really enjoyed the whole section. And Blend If is really important if you are into photo manipulation. So even we are going to have a whole section on photo manipulation and it is going to be a huge one. So, yeah, I will see you guys in the next class. 65. Section 5 - Perspective: Hey guys, welcome to Section 5. And this section is all about perspective. So how you can use perspective in Photoshop. So as you can see that in this image there is a vent over here. So you are going to learn how to clone in perspective. Then in this section, authority in this video, you are going to learn how to change perspective of anything. So I had this building over here and I chain perspective to look like this. How amazing is this? And finally, you are going to learn how to put things in perspective. So here is the before and the after. I basically put this image enough perspective. So this is comparatively short section, but I know you guys are going to find this really useful and I hope that you guys really enjoy it. 66. Clone Things In A Perspective: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. And today we are going to learn how to copy anything in our perspective. Saw a y in a perspective. Why cannot we just use simple clone tool? Let me show you why. So I have this image over here, and basically I want to remove this window. So let me zoom in over here. So basically we can try using different kinds of tools over here. We can try using Patch Tool or Content Aware move. Or we can also use the clone stamp tool. So let me show you what would happen if you try using any of them. If I zoom in over here. And let's just say I copy form over here. We all know how clone stamp tool works. You simply select it and then you press Alt or Option and take a sample from any area. For example, if I take a sample from this area and if I start drawing over here, it will basically clone everything over here. So let me press Control or Command Z. And let's try doing this over here. So if you have taken my beginner scores, you might know how to use the clone stamp tool. So let me copy from over here. And let's try drawing over here. So this looks alright. But a time will come when it will start looking weird. You can see from over here, let me take a sample from the very top so that you could see everything properly. They will take a sample from over here. And let's try drawing over here. So I'm drawing and you can already see that things are starting to look really weird. So why is that? Okay, So it came to a point at a distance recreating this. But if I zoom in over here, you will see that the start was all right, even though there were some areas over here. But when it came to this point, it starts looking really, really, really weird. And why is dad? Because this image is enough perspective. When anything is in a perspective like this, they are, the things are big in the beginning and they start to become shorter. Let me show you an example. So alerting, press Control or Command Z, let me come over here and create a new layer. And let's just see if I create a simple rectangle over here. Let's change the color to something like dark or something like this. And if I create a rectangle over here, let's just say this rectangle is this brick, okay? But when it will be enough perspective, what will happen is if I press Control or Command D and right-click and click on distort. It will look something like this. So the brick is distorted and it is bigger from the top and from the right. Shaw smallest form the left. And if I duplicate this, it wouldn't be all right. So if I come over here, something over here is happening the same. So labrum press Delete key on the keyboard, and let's try a perspective on this. So what I will do is I don't know why I'm, I'm mumbling a little. So I will come over here and create a new layer over here. Then I will go to filter and click on vanishing point. Okay, So I already made perspective over here so I can simply delete it by pressing Backspace on the keyboard. So what we will do is we will simply create a perspective of what here. So let's click over here. At the corner, like this. Then I will come over here and click over here. Sorry, let me press backspace. Why is it not moving this one? Okay. So click over here again, then click over here, then here, and similarly over here. So we basically made our parallel organum. Alright? And you can even extend it if you want by pressing Control or Command and then extended like this. So basically this is the perspective of this image. So ledger say I want to copy the upper parts at the bottom now. So now if I come to the clone stamp tool and let's make it a little bigger. You can increase or decrease the size from over here. And alerts come down over here. So why is it nor touring the clone stamp tool? Okay, so first you will have to take a sample. So I will take a sample from over here, stick them over here. And now you can see that the clone stamp tool is a little tilted. And if I move it to the side, let me zoom in a little. And if I move it to the side, you can see it is becoming smaller. And if I bring it to the right, it is becoming bigger. So I have taken a sample from over here. I will come down over here. And let's try to align this. And let's draw with this. So now I am drawing with this. This seems all right. So at this point I think I'm going to mess it up. So I'm going to take a sample again from over here, over here. And now you can draw with it. So this seems all right. I think we did a pretty good job. So there are some parts I know these look weird. So what you can do is you can take a sample again, like from over here. Come down over here. Sorry, let's zoom in a little. Take a sample again, come over here, and just click once over here and once over here. And I guess we are good to go. Now we can come over here and simply hit, Okay. So here is the before and the after. And basically we removed the window without even running their perspective. Don't vary in the community doing is we are going to discuss more about perspective and vanishing point. And how can you change the perspective of an eating? How can you put anything in perspective? So all that good stuff is coming up. And I hope you guys liked this tutorial and I will see you guys in the next class. 67. Change Perspective Of Things: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. And today we are going to learn how to change perspective of anything in Photoshop. So I have this image overhead and this was not the original image. Let me turn this off. And this was the original image. And after I change its perspective in this image, you can see that it looks like that a person is standing at the bottom and he or she is looking at the top from the bottom. And in this image it looks like that they are standing in the front and looking straight into the building who like they are far away from the building. And yeah, this is pretty much it. So how did I do it? And let me show it to you. So let me close this and show you the original image and import it so that we could work on it. By the way, if you want to practice any of the tutorials which I make all your for Louis, simply go to the project files. Over here you can see all the videos. So this is the one we are doing right now, change perspective of things. So double-click on it and go to the infile. And in the images you can find all the images. For this specific tutorial. We are going to work on this as well. So let me click on this and drag and drop it in Photoshop. Okay, so the first thing which we are going to do is duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J, so that we would have those new image as well. And then we will come over here and go to Edit. And overhead you can find perspective VOIP. So we are going to click on this. So basically we have this tool over here. This is the Perspective Warp tool. And you can select ADRs through it. Not a selection like the like the selection tools. Let me show it to you. So I will click over here at the very top. And basically I will drag and create rectangle over here like this. Let me resize this so that the points are proper. So basically you have to put the points where they belong on the building. So I will click on this one and I will drag and bring it over here. Like this. A few fitting, you're not doing the job properly. You can zoom in to see if you are doing it right. And let's come over here. So over here they are trees too. I will have to basically eyeball this. So I think that building a starting somewhere over here, over here. And I guess this is alright. So let me zoom out a little. So now what I will do is I will create analytic tangle and it will automatically snap to the first one. So you can see that there's a blue line over here. So if I let go, it has automatically snap to this side, to the other one. And now I can bring in these points like so. And I guess this is on right? Okay. So after placing the points, but you can do is you can click on any of the points. And here is the magic. You can click on any of the points and you can, okay, what happened? Okay, before you have to change this to WAP. So I will click on warp over here. So now you can see that the points changed. That will do this again. You will have to change from layout to warp. So now I can click on any of these points and here are some options of it as well. Let me try using them later on as well. So if I click on this point, you can see that I can distort it. Obviously, we can see the image below as well. So I can make it like this. How cool is this? Let me press Control or Command Z. Okay, so I can go back just once. Okay, I can even reset this. So if I click on this, maybe I will be able to reset it. Or maybe this, okay, This actually cancel everything. So let's go back over here, go to content of years, Saudi perspective warp. So I guess we didn't save the selection. No worries. Let's make it again. Let me do the, do this quickly. Taught that we will, we will do use the other options as well. No problem. You see even view designers, we use these tools all that are involved, not this one specifically all the time, but we often tend to forget them. So yeah, click on warp again. And let's not mess around with these. Let's simply do the task we were supposed to do. So let's bring this part over here and this part over here. So this will basically make them straight. Similarly, this one is also straight. Now, let's bring this one over here. And let's adjust. These are little. And I guess this is on right? So you can move this according to your need. So we can even make the building like this totally up to you. So I guess this is all right for me. And I will simply press that meant just a little. So I will simply press Enter on the keyboard. And we are good to go. So if I hide the bottom layer, you will see that everything is basically distorted because we distorted the image and the building basically. So what you can do is there are multiple things you can do is based. First thing is basically you can fill these areas using content aware. So let's try using depth-first. So if I click over here, and if I invert the selection by pressing Control Shift I on the keyboard. And we also have to bring in this lecture later. So I will come over here and click on Select, then click on modify and expand. And let's bring in ten pixels and hit OK. So it is a little insight. And now what we can do is we can select any selection tool. Right-click over here, click on Fill and content aware and click on, Okay. So this is basically going to recreate, recreate the whole area which is not even there. And yeah, it did a pretty decent job. Let me press Control or Command B. So what you can do is, I know there are a lot of ideas which seem distorted, so they are not proper. So I don't think we need all of this area. So let's crop this area. And from over here. From here, I guess. So simply press Enter. And to be honest, if we don't look very closely over here, I don't think anyone would be able to figure this out. So yeah, and you can always define some of these areas you can do is clone stamp to define these ideas about that, it is not odd job over here. So let me turn on this one. And here is the before, and here is the after symbol. So we still have the original image intact and we can simply use it if you want to. But basically this is how you can use perspective warp. So I had another example for you guys. Basically this is a PNG image of a Create. And let's simply quickly US perspective warp on this as well. To guide you would know how you can use it. So I will click over here on the Edit, then go to Perspective Warp. Let's click Create, create alerts, create some lines over here like this and this. And simply drag this to the left and this over here. Let's create another one. It will automatically get snapped. Drag this and this. So basically here is the magic. After doing this, you can see in Polignac on WAP. And now you can be thickly layered on with this. Okay, so at this image is not a very good example because there was no top on the image. But because if there was our top on the image, if we were able to see the top, we would have been able to adjust everything accordingly. So let's just say I want to change the perspective. I want to basically make this long career create like a long box. So I guess this is one right? And simply press Enter. So where does the before and after? How cool is this? So yeah, this is pretty much it on how do you the perspective warp tool in Photoshop and then basically taking the perspective of everything. So I hope you guys found this really useful. And this will come in really handy if you are a photo manipulator. So I hope to see you guys in the next class. 68. Place Things In A Perspective - Vanishing Point: Hey guys. So welcome to another tutorial about perspective. And today we are going to learn how to put anything in perspective. So you can see that I have this image over here. And on this image, I applied a poster, something like a painting over here, which you can see that we can even see the bricks over here. So if I turn it off, it wasn't even there. But I put it and it is in proper perspective. So yeah, let's make it from the stock. Let me delete this. And we have this image. So let me go back to the project files and in the images, you can drag and drop this image over here. So basically, this image is not mine hydrogen make this, I simply don't wooded it from free pig. It is a website for getting research and images basically. So, yeah, Not my work. Simply downloaded it from a website to show you the concept. So let me delete this and instead, I will open it in a new window. I will tell you why. Let's put this over here. And what we will do is we will unlock it first, then we will press Control or Command and click over here. Let's make it smaller for us because I think this image is huge. So alerts make it like, I don't know, 1000 pixels. And hit Okay. Yeah, I guess this is alright. Let me zoom in. And now I will press Control or Command and simply click on this image. And then I will press Control or Command C. So basically by doing so, I have copied this image and I can basically use it anywhere I want. So if I come over here and then if I press Control or Command C, you can see there the dispatched in. So let me undo this and make sure that this is copper. Then come over here. And what we will do is we will create a vanishing point filter over here. So for the vanishing point filter, you always have to make sure that either you are on a new layer or on a layer which is not a smart object, sorry. So if I click on this image and if I go to filter and you will see there are vanishing point is not available. So I will create a new layer over here, simply come over here and create a new layer. And now if I go to Filter vanishing point, and you can see that I can work on this. So I will click over here. So I already made a perspective because I was practicing before, I will press backspace. So yes, we tutorial makers, we often have to, not often have to. Every time we basically practice that thing before you've been teaching it to you so that you will be able to learn properly. So I will press Control or Command Plus to zoom in a little. So what we will do is we will simply make a perspective of this wall. So what we can do is we can click on the ground over here we are in the perspective starts. And let's click and the top like this. And don't worry if you're doing it wrong. Photoshop will actually tell you if you're wrong. And let's click over here. Yes, This is all right. Then click over here. So you can see that this is red right now. So Photoshop is telling you dare to, the destructive doesn't look all right because it can actually analyze the image. So you can try messing around with this. The gentleman's, it is somewhat alright, and blue means it is alright. So I guess this is all right. And let's move this back. So basically if I click over here, I can move this to the back. And if I click over here, I can move this to the other back. The front. You get the idea. So yeah, this is the perspective and there's one more thing that you can do. You can basically extended from the bottom and to the right. So instead of doing this first, let me bring this back And even press Control or Command Z. So this point is over here. So if I press Control over here, I have shown this to you before. Controller command. I can extend it to the ground like this. And you can see, you can see that our perspective is all right because it is automatically changing according to the image. How cool is this? So this seems all right. And then you can press control or command again and bring this up. So we now have the perspective of the whole image. Right? Now what you can do is you can click on this and extend this. Then you can click on this and extend this like this. And maybe click on this and extend this. Easy-peasy. So we have the image already Coppard. I press Control or Command Z on it, and I can simply press Control or Command V to bring this over here. So I know this is very big. Clip me zoom out a little and simply press Control or Command T to make it smaller. So I will make this smaller. But as soon as I will bring this, to bring this over here, you can see that the perspective is changing. So I don't know why it it tilted. Let me press Control or Command Z. So yeah, I guess a few dry it in different ways. It can become tilted. And even in tide over here, we can resize this. You can click over here and you can resize this. So I am bringing this over here. And since we made a perspective everywhere, we can even bring it to the ground like this, or bring it up like this over here is inverted. So you can even make it like this. So yeah, instead of this war, let's make it over here. So you can see, even if I move it to the back, it is properly in perspective. If I bring it closer, it is becoming bigger. And if I bring it back, It is getting smaller. How cool is this? So if you have a lot of posters, you can put them in an ordered and they will still look grid. So this is all right for me. And I will simply press Okay over here. And we are good to go. So we have the poster over here. And if you are fine with this, you can simply leave it over here. But we are going to define it a little thought I had it would look realistic. So what you can do is simply, the one thing that you can do is you can play around with the blend modes, can click on any one of them, and you can simply scroll them. So do you think the scroller of your most, you can scroll down to see which one looks best. So I guess this looks really good because if I zoom in over here, the darken. If you use darken over here, you can see that R, we can see the bricks. So this basically looks painted. Let's try something else. So we have some others as well. This one looks all right as well. Not Ds. And this looks good as well because this is according to, basically it is setting this according to the luminosity of the image. So we can keep it like this. Or let's try something else. Maybe darken, I guess I previously used darken over here. And you can even play around with the blend if, if you want to. We already learned how to use blend. If I will double-click over here. Let's zoom out and it'll bring this to the side, bring this over here, and let's see what we can do. So if you bring the black slider to the right, so denote the black because, why? Because below this image is white. So we can bring this and then break it. And yeah, I guess if you want to make it look like that, it is painted on the wall. This is something which could look all right, simply hit, Okay, Let's click Control or Command Zero. And I guess this looks pretty good. Personally. I think luminosity one was looking the best according to this image. And I guess we can lose the blend if on this, and I guess this is all right. So here it is not looking like it is painted on the wall, but now it is looking like it is actually a poster. And yeah, it is according to the team of the image as well. So this was pretty much it. And yeah, this is how you can put anything in perspective. You can even things put things on the ground or the wall, or even on the roof. So yeah, I hope you guys like this and I hope that you will find this very useful. And I will see you guys in the next class. 69. Project 12 - Put Things In Perspective: Hi guys. So now we are going to do a project. So in the previous class we learned how to put anything and how to put anything in perspective. And again, now we are going to do the same. Basically this is uploaded for you guys. I have this image over here and we have these walls. So you can make a perspective on them and simply use this image on them. So pretty simple and pretty easy and can wait to see your projects. And I will see you guys in the next class. 70. Section 6 - Actions: Hi guys, welcome to Section 6. And this section is going to be all about actions in Photoshop. So basically how you can leverage actions to automate a lot of things in Photoshop, we are going to learn what actions are, how to use them, and how can you apply short key to them? Then we are going to learn one of the most popular uses of action. And there it is how to automatically apply a watermark on a p.ball on, on a picture. Basically if you're a photographer. And we are also going to learn how to batch process images in Photoshop. So basically, if you have like 600 pictures, 600 reading pictures you want your watermark on, you will be able to automate all of this. And let me show you. So if you have like a lot of wedding pictures like this over here, so you will be able to basically put your logo on all of them. So can't wait to see you guys in section six. And I hope that you will find this useful. 71. How To Use Actions: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn about actions. It is one of those things which oftentimes people find daunting because they are afraid of them. And yeah, actions are very useful if you know how to use them properly. So let's get started. I have this image over here. So let me first tell you what actions are. Let me come over here and go to window. And I will click on actions. So you will have this panel over here. Let me make this bigger. So by default, you will have a lot of actions in your Photoshop. Because I guess when you install Photoshop, you have some actions over here. And I know you have never clicked on any of these because you think that you will mess up something. But let me tell you about all of these means and how can you use them or create your own actions? So let us just say I have a bunch of images and I want to do the same thing on all of them. So let's just say I have this image and I have a 100 more, which are exactly like this. Not exactly. But the theme of all of those images are the same. The colors are seen, and the dimensions are seen. And even if the dimensions are different, we can even change them. So let's just say, I want to create a hue, enter tradition or maybe a curves adjustment layer on it. And let's make an S curve over here. Then I will create another one over here. Let's make a hue and saturation. And I will click on the word World War desert. This dial. And I want to increase the brightness over here. And then come over here again and create a color lookup. And select any color lookup from the image. So maybe this one. And basically we did all of these things. Let me group all of these by pressing Control or Command G. And let's hide this. So this was the original image and this was after I edited it. So let's just say I want to do this on maybe 50 or a 100 images. And to be honest, doing all of this manually every time is not very productive and it is very time-consuming. Let me turn on the AC because I think it is getting hot. Okay, so let me delete this and we can basically create action. So basically an action is our group of steps which you can see even Photoshop. So let's go to Actions panel over here. And over here we can click on this plus icon. And let's call it steps. Just call it steps. It's totally up to you what you want to name it, and simply click on Record. So this recording doesn't mean that it is actually a recording there. Basically. So this recording doesn't mean that it is actually recording everything which we are doing like a video, but it is actually recording the steps which we are going to do. So if I click on any panel, it is not going to record this. But if I click on if I do any action, for example, if I duplicate this layer, it is going to record it. So let's try doing this. If I press Control or Command J to duplicate this. And then I could eat logistical or balance over here. And I change this to magenta horizontal. So if I come over here, you can see that it is saying that I made a layer copy. Okay, So this was the first step, and the second step was I created an adjustment layer. And in debt adjustment layer, I did all of these changes. So yeah, basically this is how you can create an action. So let me pause this and delete this sorted. We could make this from the start. So you can see that interest called steps. Let me delete this. So let's create it again. That was just to show you how you can create it. So I will click on plus. Let's call it steps to now and click on Record. Okay, So I messed it up a little because I was supposed to lead these layers. Sorry. Let me pause this, let me delete these layers. And let's character again. So you have, you can simply call it steps and hit record. So not everything which I will do over here, it will get recorded. So let's do the previous example again. I will come over here and create an adjustment layer. Let's create an S curve over here. So I will bring this up a little ring, this known a little to create an S curve. This is one of the very popular ways to edit the images. There is a 2D bearing debt. You can learn it later on. Then. So this is the first of which we did. Then we will come over here and let's create what was the second thing which we did? Okay, Let's just say we do that, just do two things. So we will create a color lookup. And let's select this one or maybe this one. So this is the one which we were looking for. And then we can select both of these and group them by pressing Control or Command G. So basically everything which we did so far, Photoshop is actually saving it as an action. So let me come over here and I will stop this action. And now this action is saved. So the steps action is saved. So what I can do is let me see if I have another image. So I will bring in this image into Photoshop. So instead of doing all of these things all over again, I can simply come to this image, go to my actions over here. So I have the steps action saved, and I can simply click on Play. And you can see that it did everything, all of these steps in just one goal. So if it even created the group. So if I open this, you can see that the curves adjustment layer with an S-curve is over here. Similarly, the color lookup, which we created this over here, and then it also group them. So yeah, this is very effective way to do things, very productive way to do things in Photoshop. If you, if there is something which you do very often, you can simply create an action for it. And with just one click or one hotkey, yes, you can even assign hotkeys to actions. You can simply do their thing in just one goal. Yeah, This was pretty much it on the basics of actions in the communities. We are going to learn more about them and actually apply them and actually see their implementation. So yeah, I hope you guys will find this useful. I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 72. Automatically Add Watermarks To Photos: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn one of the most popular uses of actions in Photoshop and that is watermarking wedding pictures or any even pictures. So if you are a photographer, this is going to come in really handy for you guys. So you can see that I have this image over here and I have applied this low water boardroom, OK. And this is not my own logo. I downloaded downloaded from downloaded it from the internet. Okay. So we have already learned what actions are. This was the action we created in the previous video there, STI using this over here. So if I click over here, you can see that it applied the same action over here. How cool is this? And even grouped it? And even if you named the group over here, it would have named it as well. So alerted lead this debt is not our purpose over here. Let's delete the logo as well. So our simple task is to create an action which will automatically create an automatically put logos or watermarks at the left of the image. So I will click over here and let's create a new action. So go to actions over here, then click on this plus over here. Let's name it toward Dover more left and simply hit on record. So now everything which we will do it is going to record them recorded. So let me minimize this. And let's bring in our logo. So I think it is better there are two logo is in the same file. Let's not cut it. Copy it. It is in the same file as your Photoshop. So these, these are in the same folder now. So let me click on this and drag and drop it over here. So this is going to be the step one. So I will simply press Enter. So if I come over here, you can see this is the step one place. Then I will press Control or Command T to transform it and overhead in the width if I change it from an repulsion to 20 percent. So you can see that the size of the logo, a small law, it is almost 20 percent. So now we have to align it to the canvas. So the reason I can see electrons over here, even though I have selected just one layer is because I have clicked over here and then change from align to selection. If I click on the selection, they will get turned off. I will click on aligned to Canvas. So this will allow certain written a line any layer to the canvas. So I can click on Align Left. Then align bottom. And logo is at the bottom now. But this is not perfect because we don't want it to be the, at the end of the canvas. We want it to be have some space. So let me bring this up a little using the arrow keys. Then I will press the right arrow key to bring it to the right. And I guess this is all right. So all of these steps are being saved. I guess just one step is left. And artists, I want to change the opacity of my layer to 50%. So I guess distance. All right, and now this should have been saved as well. So currently by 3050 portion. So this seems all right. I will simply click on Stop, Stop recording. And this action is saved. So watermark left. So even if I remove this now and I want to apply all of those steps, I can simply go to my actions like on watermark and click on play. And the watermark is over here. How cool is this? Let me close this go to images and bringing all the images which I have. So let's just say that I photograph all of these images for a reading, which I didn't. And I basically don't already downloaded them from the Internet. So I can go to the action automatic left and simply play. And the action is applied over here. Similarly over here, play and the action is applied. How simple is this? Play and Akin is applied? So we have applied the action. And it is not something temporary. It is not something which is permanent. So let's just say that I think the logo isn't looking, looking good on this. So I can even increase the opacity to 70 percent and then save the file. So yeah, you can apply the action on, let's just say a 100 images. And if you want to tinker around with some of the images, you can do so. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to use actions to apply watermarks two images. And this is extremely useful if you have a lot of images and if you are a photographer. So I hope you guys will find this useful and I will see you guys in the next class. 73. Batch Watermark Pictures: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to batch watermark images in Photoshop. So in the previous class, we learned how to apply an action, do an image. For example, if I want to apply the watermark on this image, I can simply click on the action and click on play over here and the watermark is applied. But to be honest, this is not the most efficient way because let's just say if you have 600 pictures, if you have a couple of quick just like 56, 7 or maybe don't do pictures. This is not a big hassle. But if you have like six hundred, ten hundred pictures, then doing even applying the action manually is a huge pain. So instead of doing them one by one, you can basically automate this. And you can give Photoshop a single command and it will apply the same action on all the images. How cool is this? So let me close this and let me minimize this. I will come back to my desktop. I know it is very messed up right now. I'm just going to show you the example. So the first thing that you have to do is you have to create two folders. So I will create two folders over here. You can name them whatever you want. But I call them source and destination because this is the way which, how I learned destination. And I think you should do the same because it helps you remember things properly. So we have the source folder and destination folder to empty folders basically after that, but we will do is go to the files. So I have all of these images over here, the power from the logo files. I will copy them and paste them in the source folder. Okay, so I have all the images over here which I won't do apply the logo on. Then let me minimize this, and let's open Photoshop again. So basically I want to apply the same logo on all the images. Let me see the files over here first and images. Let's go back to the logo is over here. So how can apply the same logo on all the images? Basically, there is an option for image processing in Photoshop and we are going to use that. So let's go to file over here. And over here in the file that is an option for scripts and then image processor. Some people use Automate for this as well. And then batch, I basically used this image processor. Let's click on this. So basically over here, you can select folders and apply actions on them. So they rushed off to basically step 1, select Source folder, step to destination folder. The reason we call them source and destination is because debt is what they are supposed to, not supposed to be cold, but that is worth Photoshop pulls them and then you can save them as JPEGS and PhDs in oil. So the step one is, you can select a folder. I will select the folder from my desktop and it is called source. Don't open it, just click on Okay, so it is selected over here. Then we have to, by default it will be selected to save in the same location. So if you keep it over here like this, all the files may get overwrite it or they may get saved in the same location as a separate file. So I will click on destination because I want all the for all the files which are which we have applied logo on to be in a separate folder. Click on Select Folder. I will go to desktop and let's make it a little bigger. I will go to the desktop and over here I will click on destination. Don't open it again, simply click on it and click on Select Folder. So we have the source folder selected. The destination. Step three is what we want to do, how we want to see if the file. So basically I want to save it as a JPEG simple. And let's click on Convert to sRGB as well. Because every time you are delivering images to the client, for social media, you have to convert it into SRGB. And then there is run action. So after all of these steps, it will run an action on it. So by default, it will be selected to something like vineyard. You have to take the action you created. So I will click on watermarked left, and I guess everything is alright. Don't mess around with these. You don't have to know what ICC is. We, we make over it in the color section. And then we will simply click on Run over here. So when we click on Run, and you can see that it is opening all the images and then applying the logo on them and then closing them. So basically opening, applying the action, we could eat it and then closing them. So this may take a little bit of time. Let me just fast forward this. So I think the action has been applied. The only reason we can see this image because it was opened before the action, before the image processing. So this has nothing to do with the ones which we applied the logo on. So let me close this. So this was the source, all the files. But over here, you can see, let me close this, close this open up destination folder. So you can see that there is a JPEG folder inside. Let me open this. And the logo must be applied on all of these images. So let me open this image and you can see that the logo has been applied, but it is very small. I will tell you later on what went wrong. So the logo is applied on all of these images you can see over here. So let's see the rest of the images. The logo has been applied, but it is extremely small. So let me tell you the reason what happened over here. So in this image, basically I imported the image inside a pre-made Canvas and the size of the image was 1620 by 1080. But let me zoom out a little. But the image size of the restaurant, the images are extremely big. So if I open this image, for example, and if I click on properties, and let's go to detail, you can see that this is 5000 by 3000 pixels, which is huge. And artist via our logo, doesn't look proper. No problem. But we can do is we can create a new action which would cater to this problem. So let me zoom in over here. Let me delete this. So what we can do is we can create a new action which would convert images, which will, which will basically resize images and then apply the logo on them. So let me close this. And let's bring this image, which was very big. So I will bring this image over here. And let's create an action. Let's get action for the, for the logo on the right. When not this image because this has a logo on it. Let me close this. Let's delete all the images from the destination folder. And let's bring this image from the source folder. Teams. All right, okay, so let's start an action. We don't have a logo over here. Let's call this one watermark, right? So I will create an action over here by clicking over here, let's call it two watermark, right? And click on Record. So now it is recording. So the first step is not going to be placed logo. The first step is going to be resize the image store. We will go to image over here and click on image resize. So by default you can see that it is set to 5,200 and something. And make sure that this is checked. This is pressed because when we will resize this, it will automatically set the height as well. So let's set the height to 1920, because this was the size of our logo. And simply hit, Okay, 1920 by 1280. So or the height has been adjusted automatically. Accordingly, simply hit Okay. So the image has been resized. This is the first step. Let me press Control or Command 0. I don't think it will record this step. Yeah. So this is not considered as a step. After that. I want to apply the logo on it. So I will come back to my files over here, and I will simply drag and drop this logo over here. So the logo has been placed. Press Enter, then press Control or Command T. Same thing all over again. Let's set it to 20 percent. Hit Enter. And this time we will align it to the right. So a line right, then align bottom. And again, we want it to be a little form the site. So let me bring this up a little by using the arrow key. Then bring it to the left a little. So I guess this is alright. And the last of which I want to do is decrease the opacity to 50 percent. So if I come over here, you can see all the steps have been made over here, and I can simply stop recording. So before even applying the image processor on all the images, test, always test your action because if it actually is not right, it is going to apply on all the images and your time would be wasted. So let's bring in an image for an example. Let me click over here. Let's check a very big image. Let me come down, go to Properties and let's see how big this image is. So it is also 5 thousand by 2 thousand something. So I will drag and drop it over here. And let's apply the action on this image here. Very cute, a couple and very good picture. So let me click over here. So I will select watermark, right? And simply click on this action. So you can see that it all not only resize the image and applied the logo on it as well. So you can see that this is working properly for us. So now what we can do is we can close all of this. We don't need this. Now, even on this interface, you can simply click on File, then go to automate, not automate, go to script, and then go to image processor. The source and the destination folder are already selected. But just to confirm, even right-click on this, then go to desktop and source. Okay? Then click on this again. Desktop and destination folder. Hit OK. Ok. So now we can save it as a GPA, but there is an option for safe as PSD as well and also S diff. So I will also save this as a PSD so that I will have a PSD of individual files. Yes, you can do this as well. Over here we will run the action watermark right and left. And I guess all the steps are all right. No, simply hit on Run. It will apply the logo on all the images. You can see that it is also the sizing all the images. It goes by so fast that you might not be able to catch what's happening, but the result will show you what's happening. So I will fast-forward this as well because I don't want to waste your time. So I guess all the images have been resized and the watermark has been applied on them. So let's go to the source folder. These words or images. Let me close this and let's go to the destination folder. So basically we have a JPEG and a PhD filler slip on JPEG first, let's open this and you can see that the image has been researched and the logo has been placed similarly overhead, imagery size, logo placed, image resized and logo placed. How simple is this? And if you go back, if you click on PSD, all the images have their own PSDs as well. For example, that one of the images caught Rwanda little. And let me come back over here. And there was this image, this image, so the watermark doesn't look proper on this one. So J and slash pictures. So let me go to PSD and click on this one. And we can edit this separately. So let's just say we want to increase the opacity on this one. So I guess the opacity on this one should be a little high so that we could save this. And then you can export this file and save it over here. And basically you will have a perfect collection of images with watermarks on them. So I guess this was a long tutorial. I know this was going to come in really handy for you guys. And again, if you are a photographer, if you do even send oil, this is going to change your life because you won't have to aggregate all the images separately. And then yeah, if even if you have Alert Could you didn't, that is basically a lookup table. So if even if you have alert created in, I guess Lightroom, you can probably exported over here or you can create your own alert in Photoshop. And before applying the logo, you can apply the alert on the images so that all the images will look similar in whatever field you want them to be. So yeah, this was pretty much it. I hope you guys like this and see you guys in the next class. 74. Project 13 - Create Your Own Watermark Action: Hey guys. So basically this is a project for you guys and you have to create your own watermark and apply it on bunch of images. So yes, simply apply the watermark on all of these images. I have already given you them. So create an action that is the first thing and resize images and apply the watermarks on them. So this is pretty much it. And I will see you guys in the next class. 75. Create Action Short Keys: Hi guys. So now we're going to learn how to assign short keys to action in Photoshop. So basically this is going to be the last to video in the whole series of actions. So let's get started. So I want to create an action and I want to apply a short key for applying it every time. So let me come over here and let's create a new action. So every click over here. And let's call it brightness. So basically this is going to be a simple action for increasing brightness of any image and overhead. You can see that you can even set short keys voted. And you can add Shift or Control S religous. So why is it not letting me apply a shift and control? Okay, so you can select any other short keys from over here. So I will press F2, and let's just say that I want to press Shift plus F2. Okay, and then I can click on Record. So let's create a very simple adjustment layer. Over here I will click on a discipline layers and create a curves adjustment layer. And let's create an S curve over here. Simple. Then I will come over here again and create a levels adjustment layer. And let's crank it up a little simple alerts and group all of these press Control or Command G and rename the group to brightness. And let's also create a mask on the group. Sort out every time we create this uses action, we will also be given a mask which we can edit. So I will click on the mask over here. And I guess this is pretty much it. So let's come over here and store put accordingly. So let's just say I want to apply this action on another image. Let me close this. Let's go back to the previous file. So let's look at this image, for example, I guess this will be alright. Let's bring this image over here. And I want to apply the action on this. So I will come over here and click on brightness. Yeah, instead of clicking on brightness, I can press F2 now because we have assigned a short YouTube. So I will press Shift plus F2. And you can see that it has applied all the action on it, all the adjustment layers, the S-curve and everything. And it has also given us a brightness and amass basically. So if you think there are some areas are a little too blown out, we can select the brush tool, make it bigger like the mosque, and select black. And we can remove the action. The brightness from some of the ideas or dad or subject would be properly highlighted. So yeah, this is how you can assign short keys to action in Photoshop and this will make your life much easier. So I hope you guys liked this whole section of our actions and the tutorial, and I will see you guys in the next class. 76. Section 7 - Color Correction: Hey guys, welcome to Section seven. And this section is all about color correction. So you are going to learn everything about colors and how to correct them basically. So for example, I have this image over here. There is a red cost on it. You are going to learn how to color correct images like this. You are going to learn about advanced curves in this section as well because curves are extremely important when it comes to colors and brightness and ordered stuff. Then you are going to learn simple techniques for color grading your images like this over here. Then you are going to learn one of the most demanding topics in probably the history of Photoshop and database. How to cut out an image, how to cut out a subject from one background and then place it on another one. So I have this image over here of a boy, and I cut it, cut him out and paste and put it on and another bedroom. So this was the original image and this was after I placed him. So this looks quite realistic I guess. And finally, we are going to learn how to alert black and white images too. If I hide this, this was actually a black and white image and then I colored it. So really good stuff coming your way. I hope you guys really enjoyed this section. 77. How To Fix Color Cast: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to remove color cost in Photoshop. So as you can see that I have this image over here. And let me show you the original image. So this was the original image and you can see that there is a lot of red in this image. And this kind of looks weird. And then I create it and adjustment layers on top of it, a layers adjustment layer, sorry, a curves adjustment layer. And our layers is not even undisputedly are anyhow. So as you can see that all the color cost is gone. So it is very simple. Let me delete this and let me make it from the start. So the first thing which I will do is I will come over here and click on Adjustment Layers. Where where is the Curves? Curves Adjustment Layer, sorry. I'm a little confused today. Okay, so basically I want to remove all the redness in this image. There are a lot of ways through which you could do this. But the best way which I have found is using photoshops own algorithms. So you can see there is an auto option over here. You can click on this. So as you can see that it didn't do a very good job. So let me press Control or Command Z. And instead of taking on just auto, I will press Alt or Option and then click on ordinal or two. So this will open up algorithms which photoshop has for making images, basically correcting the colors of images. And over here, there are a lot of options. So I will recommend you to go through all of them. For example, this one, this one, this one. But the best one which I have found so far is fine, dark and light colors. If you click on this one, as you can see, that all the color cast is gone. So this algorithm is really good because it actually finds the dark and the light colors. Remove the rest accordingly. So we can simply hit, Okay over here. And I guess we are pretty much done. But obviously you can see that there is some haze overhead. So what you can do is you can simply create a simple S-curve over here, making whites whiter and darks darker. So I will make a point over here. I will click over here once I made a point and I will bring it up a little like this, not too much because the image already has a lot of brightness. Then I will click on the white line again and bring this down a little. Make sure that you are not doing the overdoing this. And if you think that the rest of the image is not according to the not matching with the subjects properly. So you can always make a selection and then apply the curves on them separately. But that is a completely different topic we have already learned about the selections and how you can make adjustment layers on top of them and edit them. For dictatorial, the only purpose was to remove the color cast. And we have done this. So here is the before and here is the after. So yeah, this was pretty much it. I hope you guys like this and there are more to ruler's coming up her regarding color correction and color costing and all that good stuff. So see you guys in the next class. 78. Project 14 - Fix Color Cast: Hey guys. So yes, you have guessed it, right. You are now going to fix the color cast in this image, and this is your project. In the previous class, we learned how to remove a color cast from images. So the concept and this one is pretty much the same. I guess. I think I need to show you if the color cast is yellow because yellow, sometimes the color casting need some order of more refining. And let me go back to the previous tutorial because I think there should be another image in this. Yeah. Okay. So we have another image over here. So let me do or undo this on this one. And you will then do it on this one. So I guess I forgot to show you how to remove yellow kind of color cast in images. So I have this image over here. And again, you can see there is a lot of color cast over here. So let me click on the adjustment layers over here, and let's create a curves adjustment layer. Okay, So this was supposed to be in the previous tutorial, but no problem. Okay, So again, what we are going to do is we're going to click on Auto. But before this, where you can do is you can click on the sample image over here, clicking on the grid point. And what you can do is you first click on auto, just click on Auto. So it made some collections. And what gear you can do then is you can click on any neutral point. So any neutral tone is maybe something over here. Just click. Let me press Control or Command Zero. And just like there you can see that the color cast is gone. So here's the before and after. How amazing is this? If you didn't get it, let me do this again. They RE press Control or Command 0, sorry, little compressed Control or Command Z. Stephan, you will click on Auto. Step two, you will click on this midtone eyedropper, then find a neutral midtone injured image. So I will click over here. This is some word, grayish, ish, debt. The color cast has been removed. So why can we not just click on the, on the image for us using the mid-tone eyedropper and then click on Auto. Let's try this as well. So I will first click over here and then click on Auto. So yeah, this is not fixing anything properly. So let me press Control or Command Zero and yeah, just click on Auto first, click on the midtones, and then click on any gray area in your image would be fixed. So there is an extra step while removing a yellow color cost. So for the red one, you just have to click on auto while pressing Alt or Option and then click on the algorithm, this one, find dark and light colors and then you can fix it. So he had, this was pretty much it. This was supposed to be hidden, this tutorial. This was just a project for you guys. So yeah, this is the image I have given you for the project. You have to simply remove the color cast from this image. So, yeah, see you guys in the next class. 79. Advance Curves: Hi guys, I hope you're doing great. So now we are going to learn about curves, basically the Advanced curves. You already know how curves work, but there is more to them than most other people know about. So I have this image over here, a very beautiful image with a lot of colors. And yeah, let's apply some curves on them. So I will come down over here, click on the adjustment layers and then create a curves adjustment layer. Okay? So these are the basics and then we can go a little advanced. So whenever we make curves, what is the purpose of them? We usually use this to brighten or darken or images. So you need to understand what's going on over here. Let me bring this down on it also did You could see everything properly. So basically there is a horizontal line over here and this line represents all the colors of this image. And if you go to the right, it represents the highlights. And if you go to the left, it represents the shadows. So and also there is top and bottom. So if you bring anything up, it will make it lighter, and if you bring anything down, it will make it darker. So for example, I want to make the parts of the image, the lighter parts of the image, which are obviously at the right over here. I want to make them more lighter. Okay? So I want to increase their brightness. So I will make a point over here, just click once, and then you can drag it up. So you can see that the lighter part or parts are getting more lighter. Let me press Control or Command Z. Similarly, I can click over here. And let's just say I want to make darker parts lighter. So I will click once, click over here to make a point. Then I will move it up a little. So you can see that the darker parts are getting lighter, know. But you can see that all the other parts are also getting lighter and I don't, I don't want this. So what I will do is I would make a point over here and I will bring this down. So I have this hazy kind of effect because the darker parts are lighter now and everything else is pretty much the same as before. Let me press Control or Command Z. So there is this very popular way of editing images and that is the S curve. So this is basically how it works. You make lighter part, lighter, lighter parts lighter and darker parts darker. So I will make two points. I will bring this up a little, and then, then bring this down a little. So basically this creates a lot of contrast in your image. So here is the before and here's the after. We can even do it more. But don't overdo this because otherwise you will get that color burn kind of effect. So before, after. So this creates a lot of contrast in images if there's something you want. So yeah, I guess you get the idea by now that the right part is the lighter parts, left part is the darker parts. And if you bring down, you bring down you make images docker, and if you bring it up, you make that part brighter. So apart from just RGB, there is also a red, green, and blue channels. Let me write something over here. So here is R, G, and B. So red, green, and blue. Let me make this bigger. And the opposite of RGB is C, M, Y cm by. So you might have heard about CMYK and RGB. So these are the terms. So what is meant by these? R means red and C cyan. Green, G is green, and B is blue and magenta and B is yellow. So basically this means the opposite of red is cyan, the opposite of green is magenta, and the opposite of blue is yellow. So let's keep these over here. And we will create a curves adjustment layer, or a little less work with the curves adjustment layer so that these are on the top and we don't mess these up. So let's just say I want to increase the redness in an image. So I will click on the red channel. And what will happen? So if I bring up, this basically means these are the parts which have more red and these are the part which has less red. If I want to make the parts which have more red, even more red, I will bring this up. And you can see that the image is getting more red. The red parts are getting more prominent. Let me press Control or Command Z. So what is the opposite of red cyan? So if I bring this down, the opposite of red sand, so you can see that we are adding cyan to the image. Do you get it? Let's try the same concept over here in green. So there are obviously green parts in this image which are not prominent. To what we can do is we can click, let's just say we want to make the part which are already green or the path which are very less green and make them really green. So I will click over here and I would bring this up. So we are adding green to the image. And if you don't want to make everything green, we can make a point over here and bring everything else down. And we are only making the less green parts more green. Let me press Control or Command Z. So what is the opposite of green? Magenta? I guess you will get confused if I do this a lot. So let's work in the middle. Later on you can understand that worked the top means and the bottom means. So the top basically means in RGB, the top basically means lighter parts and the bottom basically means Docker parts. But in the channels, basically it means how much red is in those APIs and how much less red is in those areas. Or we can say cyan. So if I come over to green, so what is the opposite of green magenta? So if I bring this down, I will add a magenta to undo this image. Let's go with blue over here. If I bring it up, I'm adding blue. If I go down, I am adding jello. So you get the idea now. You basically now you can create multiple adjustment layers, multiple curves, and then edit your image properly. And most of the people use just curve to collaborate their images because they know they understand this, all of this properly. So for this image, I think we need to play around with the reds because there is a lot of yellow and orange parts over here. So I will click over here and I will bring this up a little. I guess this is all right. And if you want to create that he's kinda effect. So what you can do is you can bring the very lighter parts. You can make the very lighter parts a little darker. In this case, these are red. So let me go to RGB and I will bring this down a little. And I will bring this up a little. So you can see that I am getting that he's kind of effect. I didn't press Control or Command Z. So yeah, this was pretty much it for it. And there are some other options for clipping it down and then resetting and all. So if I click over here, bring this up and return. So instead of turning this on and off, you can also come over here and click and hold. So basically you can see the before and after. And if you click over here, you will basically reset everything. So this was, this was the advance tutorial on how to use curves. To be honest, there is a lot more to curves then just this. And I don't like to teach all of dead through just one simple tutorial like this. For example, these parts, you have already learned these eye droppers and then how to use this auto algorithms of curves, and then how to use this part. I don't think we have covered this. Let me, let me cover this as well. So instead of just giving you the tutee, I implemented these for you so that you could learn how to use them properly. So this is used for color casting. This is useful color matching. So you have, we are going to cover these in the coming tutorials, I guess. So let's cover this while we're over here. So if you click on any of this part, Let's just say I have this image. And if I move this eyedropper, you can see that the points at the right of the screen, they are moving. So let's just say, I want to make this part a little brighter. So I will click on it and I will move it up. It is pretty much just like hue and saturation slider. If I click on hue and saturation, you can see that we have this eyedropper and using this we can change colors like this. So let me press Control or Command Z. So yeah, so instead of trying to eyeball areas, but you can do with this is so I moved up this area. Let's just say I want to move down some of these areas. So I will click over here. Let's bring them down. Then click over here. Let's bring it up a little. Let's come to some brighter parts, like the sky on disk loud. And let's bring this down a little. So basically you can see that I am working on the curves without even messing around with the curves. I just have this eyedropper and I can select any part algebraic, make it brighter or darker. So this is getting really weird. So let me press Control or Command Z. So you get the idea. Always remember that you need to remember how RGB and CMYK work. So just remember red, cyan, green, magenta, blue, yellow. If you know this, and if you know how to use this, you're pretty much good to go. So, yeah, in the committed to it as we are also going to learn about color matching. How can you, can cut out a subject and match it to another background. So yeah, that is going to be one exciting tutorial and I will see you guys in that one. 80. Simple Technique For Color Grading Images: Hi guys. So in this class we are going to learn a very simple technique for color grading your images. So let me move this up a little so that you could see the layers properly. As you can see that I have this image over here. And if I click on this curves, you can see that I have this brownish kind of color grade over here, yellowish kind of color grade. And if I turn this on, you can see that I have this bluish kind of colonial and you can basically do this with any color you want. So let me delete this and this, and let's make it from the start. So let me come over here. Let's click on adjustments and let's click on, sorry, not level curves. So let's bring properties over here. I guess this is all right, and because we are going to work over here, we don't have to look into the curves panel. So very important thing, a lot of people mess this up. Make sure that you are on this thumbnail. If you are, if you have selected this area, the mosque, you are going to mess up all the curves. Make sure that you have selected instead of this. Okay? So does something which was my concern because a lot of people tend to select this and then mess up the whole thing. So what we want to do is we want to make a career great for this image and then apply to the image. So instead of just playing around with the colors from over here, we can use the eyedropper. I drop it over here. So this eyedropper is the shadows, this one is the highlights and this one is the mid-tones. You can see this one has a black fill to it. This one has light-filled toward and this is somewhat gray. So what I will do is I will double-click on this one. And let's just say I want to create a brownish kind of color grade. So I will, first, I will select a color, Let's just say this orange kind of color. And I will select a very dark color form it not completely black, but somewhat like over here. And then hit Okay. So Dad color is now saved over here in this eyedropper. Then I will double-click on the highlight. I will come down over here again. And let's come over here. And let's click over here. Okay, so now we have this color again and I overstepped a very light part of this color, like for example over here, and then simply hit, Okay. You can save it if you want, but I'm not going to save it. Then you will come to midtones. Come over here again, like, I guess something over here. And now you will select like a mid-tone gray color of dark shade. So I guess this is all right. This seems all right. And then simply hit, Okay. Yes or I wouldn't suppose to hit yes, anyhow, no problem. So now what we will do is we will click on these, each of these IUD or purse and try to match a color from the image. So I have selected the dark eyedropper and I will find the darkest part of the whole dimensional. So the darkest part of the whole image is probably this part, because this is completely dark. I think so. So I would click over here once. Let me zoom out. So basically it has applied that darker shade we selected for to all the black areas. Then come over here, select the lightest part. And now I will select the lightest part of the image. And I think this part over here, which is very shiny, something from the face. Let's see somewhere else. If we can find something. I guess this part over here on the face, this seems all right. So where can I find a very light part? So let's try over here. I guess this is more likely than any light part. Let's click over here. Let me press Control or Command 0. As you can see that it is already applying over here. And let's come to the mid tones. And let's click on any neutral area like this part of the shirt. Let me press Control or Command Z. I think I will have to do this again. And let's let a little grayish part. So I think this looks all right. This is some work and grayish. Let's look over here. Okay, let's click on this first and then click over here. Let me zoom out. So now you can see here is the before and here's the after. So easily we made a simple blue-gray Saudi, not gray warm kind of feel to this image or color grade for this. So let me hide this and let's quickly make another one. So you cannot just make our lighter or Walmart or one. You can do this with any color if you want. So let me double-click on this. So let's make something really crazy like purple, kind of perfect. So yeah, let's let purple from over here and very dark purple Hit. Okay, let's save this, then double-click on the highlight and bring this up. So I'm going to take this lighter part, hit OK. Save. Then click on the mid-tone. Bring this up for these bands on already here because I did them before. And this is neutral. Hit OK, Save. So now I will click on this part and then click on the darkest part of the image width, which is this. Then I will come to the highlights. Select a clip on this lighter part, then click on the midtones and click on this grayish part. Let me zoom out. So you can see that we have, we have this purplish kind of effect law. So here's the before and here is the after. So this is a very simple technique for creating, Sorry, color grading. So you can do a very simple technique called recalibrating your images. And yeah, this is pretty much it for the color grading. And in the next tutorial, we are going to learn about the how to match a subject to a new background after cutting it, a very popular topic and a lot of people struggle with it. So you have, we are going to cover that. So see you guys in the next class. 81. Match Subject To Any Background: Hi guys. So just the tutorial is finally here. And now we are going to learn how to color match a subject to a new background. So basically cut out a subject from one background and put it on another one and basically match it. So let me bring this up a little and let me show you everything which I have done over here. So this was the image which I had. That means let this one. So I imported it from somewhere else. And let me hide this first. So this was the background which I wanted to place it on. So here is the image. And first I created a mosque on the person. So let me click over here. So the mosque has been removed, the background has been removed. But you can see that this image is clearly not matching with the background. So I created an adjustment layer on top of this, basically a curves adjustment layer to match it to the background. Then the highlights and the shadows were a little too sharp. So I made another curves adjustment layer to basically manage this. You can check out these adjustment layers as well. We basically used to not an S-curve, but we brought down the darker areas. And then I created a hue and saturation adjustment layer on top of this to basically tone this down a little. Let me share one more thing then I created a shadow for the image because I thought that the shadow should be there as well. Because in this image, if I turn this off again, you can see that the guy is standing in front of a wall and there is a shadow behind him. So we wanted to replicate this. So I created a shadow for him. And the last thing which we did is we created a color lookup so that everything would match. Simple. Okay, so let me bring this image out of the group and then we can delete everything. And let's make it from the start. So yeah, let me remove the layer styles and delete the mask, and let's do this from the start. So the first thing that you will do is we will select the image and remove the background. For this image. I don't think we need to go about using their traditional ways. We'll simply use Select and Mask and then you select subject. So I will come over here, sorry. I will come over here and select Quick Selection Tool. And then ever click on Select and Mask. Then click on Select Subject. To make a selection. Basically. Let's click on defined here as well. So if you are using Photoshop 2021, you should definitely use this. And if you don't have it, try doing this the manual way. I'm just doing all of this so that we don't waste time on the selection and everything else. So basically we have removed the background. So before and after. So now we have to basically match the subject to the background. So let me come and create a curves adjustment layer over here. So the concept for matching, for matching the subject to the background is pretty much the same as in the previous tutorial. We learned how to make a color grade for the image. Let me click over here first and let me bring this down a little. So in the previous tutorial, but we were doing worse. We used to double-click on this part, on this Eyedropper tool, then select a color we want it to apply on the image, and then we apply those colors to the subject. So now what we are going to do is we are going to first double-click over here. So instead of getting highlights, shadows, and mid tones from a specific color, we are going to get them from the image or background. So I double-click on the shadow over here. Now I will find the darkest part of this image. So the darkest part of this image seems to be this. So I will click over here and then simply hit, Okay. Yes, Let's zoom. Then I will double-click over here to get the lightest part. So I think the lightest part is pretty much over here. Or let me check. I guess some of these areas could be the lightest parts, but do you have to make sure that there is lot of noise in them? So I guess this is alright. This part over here. Pretty light hit, Okay? Yes, or zoom out and now alerts find our gray part. So basically you have to double-click on them, make sure that you are double-clicking on them. So neutral gray area would be I guess these segmented areas? Yeah. I guess the segmented areas are pretty much the neutral grays in this image. So I will click over here. You can even bring this to the side a little if you want. There is no hard and fast tool and hit Okay, and prestigious. So we haven't done anything yet. So basically we copied the highlights, the shadows, highlights and midtones from our background. And now we are going to apply them on off subject to. So to make sure that this is limited to this layer, we will press Alt or Option and click over here. So now this curves adjustment data's temperature to this layer. And let me zoom in. So now what we're going to do is we are going to set the highlight, sorry, the shadow. And let's find the darkest part of the image. So inside of this hoodie is like the darkest part. So let's look over here. All right, so you can already see the difference. Then click on this, the highlight, and let's find the lightest part of the image. So which one is the lightest? You'll be somewhere where there is shine. So I think this seems like the lightest part. I will click over here. Let's zoom out. Then click on the midtone and simply select the mid-tone area, like somewhere grayish. So I guess this is all dried. Simply click over here, zoom out. So you can already see that this looks pretty much match to this image. So here is the before and here's the after. Such a big difference. Let's create another adjustment layer because I think we need to tinker with the image a little. So I will come over here. And let's create another curves adjustment layer. And let's try matching it even more. So I would press Alt or Option and click over here. So I think that the darker parts are really dark and we need to work with them. So what you can do is you can click on this Eyedropper. We have already learned this. And let's try making the darker parts a little lighter. But by doing so, we are also missing up the other parts. So what we can do is we can bring these up. But we can make another point over here and then bring the rest of them down. I guess this is all right. So before and after, to be honest, I like that before better. So yeah. Always be open to making changes if you make a change and it doesn't work out, simply remove this. So I think this looks better. Let me press Control or Command Z, and let's try something else. So what if we bring up the lighter parts a little? Yeah, I think this is working for us. So this is kind of better. And let's bring this part a little down so that we would have, we would maintain the darker parts of the way they are. So let's zoom out a little and this seems all right. So there's one more thing. The guy seems to be standing in front of the wall. And I think that he is right next to the boil and there should be a shadow like over here. So let's get a shadow for him. I will right-click over here and go to blending options. So this is the thing about photo manipulation. You, you don't basically know what you are going to do. You basically try to hit enter. You basically hit and try and make the changes accordingly. And there is no hard and fast rule in them. So basically I created a drop shadow over here. You can make a drop shadow from over here. And let's bring it to the side a little. And let's decrease the opacity and let's increase the distance and return. Let's increase the size to side. Basically, if I decrease the size, this will look really fake. So if you increase it, you can see that it is getting quite subtle. So let's bring it over here. Let's bring it down a little. Okay, So there's one more thing which I need to tell you. If you see the image over here, you can see that the shadow on this part is. This is actually in an angle at the right bottom. So let me zoom out a letter. So light is coming from over here and the shadow is down here. So if we made a drop shadow over here like this, this wouldn't make any sense because this is pretty much opposite. So I will make the drop shadow in such a way that the light is coming from the top. And the shadow should be someone somewhat over here. Lift the piece opacity a little and hit. Okay, so this seems all right. The last thing which we can do is what we did over here. Yeah, so the last thing which we can do is create a color lookup. So what is that going to look up and let me show you, let me combine all of these by pressing Control or Command G. So our subject is over here. And if you come down over here, and here is color lookup, and these are often called LUT. So you can see lot LUT. So color lookups are basically premade color grades, which you can use in symbol world. So we have a lot of color grade over here. You can select one of them. And then what you can do is you can scroll down with your mouse to see which one works the best. So I think even the first one was looking quite good. Let me bring this down. This looks looks quite good. This not too much. I like this as well. So let's select one and then we can even play around with that one. So let's check which one works the best. So let's start from the beginning. So we have this one, this one. So yeah, we can even play around with this one. And what you can do is after selecting the lookup, you can increase, sorry, decrease the opacity. To make sure that the effect is not too much, I will keep it at 50 percent. So here it is before Color Lookup, any errors after color lookup. So if we combine all of this, this is what we have before and after. How cool is this? So yeah, this was pretty much it on, I know this was a long tutorial, but you get the idea. Basically you have to remove the background first of the image you want, and then place that image on the background you want to match it to. And after that, you basically have to play around with the curves. The first thing which I recommend is that you do this step, the shadows, highlights and midtones once and then you can later on make more changes to it to match it furthermore. And lastly, you can create a color lookup on the image. And that way everything would match properly. So I hope you guys will find this useful and I will see you guys in the next class. 82. Project 15 - Match Subject To Background: Hi guys. So yes, you have guessed it. Now we are going to do a project. So I have this image for you. You are going to cut out the subject and then you are going to place him on this image. Okay? So you can see that this fall is quite close and the person standing over here is quite far away. So you are not going to try to put the whole person on this fall, but you are going to do is after cutting the background, you're going to place him over here. And I guess you will only be using the person from the waist up because otherwise the wall would be really close up and the person would be turning way behind. So yeah, just cut out the subject, place it over here and make sure that you are not using more than from over here. So basically you are going to use, let me open it. So basically you are going to use just this part and basically move left of the image down and then color magic obviously. So this is your project. And yeah, I can't wait to see it. See you guys in the next class. 83. Color Black & White Images: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to color black and white images. So if I turn this off, you can see here is the before, this was the original image and we basically colored it. So yeah, if as a child you were into coloring into coloring books, you are going to like this. So yeah, let me zoom out a little and let's delete all of this and let's make it from the start. Okay, So the main challenge is that you have to first make a selection of things and then you basically colored them using hue and saturation adjustment layers. So let me come over here and let's create a hue and saturation. But before that, let me first try to make a selection of her skin. So I will select the Quick Selection Tool. Let me zoom in a little over here. And what I will do is I will make it not hard at all. And then I will try to make a selection of the face and the body. Obviously not the parts where there is her shirt. So yeah, if you want to add parts, simply click over here and if you want to remove parts, press Alt or Option and you will get this minus, and then you can remove parts from the selection. So we don't want these parts, I mean, worn parts of the hand. To be honest, the selection doesn't have to be perfect. I will tell you why. So I will remove these parts. Similarly over here for the hand, I will select all of this and remove these parts. I am doing a very rough job over here. To be honest. It won't even matter later on. So I have made this selection. Let me select the finger, this finger as well. And I guess this is all right. And let's let this area let me remove this area. And let's remove all of this and add this. A very rough job basically. So we have made the selection of the skin and alerts like these areas as well. Let's remove some of these areas. Even if they get elected. Not a problem. So I guess this is all right. We basically have simple selection which we can work with. So now what I will do is I will come over here and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer over here. So you can see that the selection has automatically, automatically when applied over here. And now what you can do is you will click on cholera is okay. So the colorized basically stamps or random color from the image. But then you can play around with it. So let me bring this to the side. Maybe slept somewhat orangeish color. And now basically I have to play around with these sliders to get a proper skin tone. How simple is this? So let me select a coliform over here. And even if you mess this up, no problem, you can always come back and change it later on. So for now I think, and this seems fine to me because we also have to consider that this seems like an old image. So I guess this is all right. Let me bring this to the side a little bit back. And this is all right. So the first thing was to select and thus skin and those parts. So now what you can do worse, you can click the mask, select the brush tool. Let's make it smaller. We're too big. So now you can take the parts where the skin should be n, skin color should be in where there shouldn't be. So over here in the address, we have selected black. And on these parts are there shouldn't be, shouldn't be skin color. So I can simply remove them. Similarly over here. I don't want the skin color over here. Similarly over here. And since all of this area is so much black, to be honest, it doesn't even matter over here. So this is all right. There is one more thing which you can try and you can change the blend mode of this to color. So this might not make a lot of difference because we are using an adjustment layer. Fillers, keep it to normal. Let's zoom in over here and see what are the areas which we can add. So I have right over here. So I'm going to add these areas, some of these areas. And over here on the ear that looks like black and to move some. So I guess we did a particular job over here. Decent enough. So the second color, which I'm thinking about this in the second section should be her lips. So let's look at the image again. Let's come over here. And let's let the lips. So I will select the ellipse from over here, and this seems all right. So I will come over here. Let's create a new hue and saturation adjustment layer. And before that, let me click on this layer by pressing Control or Command to make a selection. And we basically need to remove this area from this selection because we don't, because this area is not selected in this part so that we can see the color below it, the gray color. So I will select black and I will simply draw on this. Okay, so you can see that this part is over here as well. So let me press Control or Command D come back over here. So now what we will do is wistfully we click on the hue and saturation adjustment layer, and let's click on colorize. So it has automatically snapped a color over here. It seems like it is somewhat red. So we can select a read from over here. I get this. All right? And we can increase the saturation to get whatever we want. If we do it too much, it will look fake. We have to do it according to that team and feel of the color of the image. Let me zoom in a little. And just like before, you can select this and you can add or remove areas from the selection. So I guess there should be some more over here. And if you think it is bleeding out, you can draw with black and add more with white. So I'm simply pressing X on the keyboard to invert these and use this interchanging interchangeably. So this seems all right, Let me zoom out. So, yeah, you can play with the lightness a little if you want. And yet, here is the before and after. The last thing which we have to cover is the dress. So, yeah, let's select the address. Click on this image, make sure that whatever the part you are making a selection of, you have to make sure that you are selecting the original image. Because if I click over here and try to make a selection, it is basically making a selection from this part. So make sure that you are selecting the image. You have selected the actual image. And let's make this selection for the dress. Again, it doesn't have to be perfect. Actually, I'm going to keep it like this and then later on define it. So let me first like the aedes, which are supposed to be in the image. And then I can press Alt or Option and start removing areas. I can make it smaller. And I will remove these areas. The shouldn't be in. Over here. Let's add this. And this. And this doesn't need to be in the dress area under selection. So alerts remove all of this. And I think we are good to go. Let's add these areas. And yeah, this seems alright. There is some ID over here as well, but it is quite blurred and we won't be able to make a proper selection of it. So we will cover this later on. So yeah, let's make a hue and saturation adjustment layer again over here. Hue and saturation. Let's bring it to the top and simply click on colorize. So it has automatic slept our blue color on this. So let's make a jello. And because Paul cardboards type of yellow looks really nice on dresses. So I'm going to keep it yellow, increase the saturation a little. And now I can define this. So I will select the brush tool. Let's make it bigger. Let's zoom in and move the ADRs which shouldn't be there. So I have black selected. I will decrease the hardness and I will simply remove the ideas. Alerts. Some of these ideas back to D should be in the image. So this shouldn't be over here. I can simply select black and draw over here, sorry this. So I can simply draw with black over here. Basically I'm removing all of this area and bringing back the area below it. So yeah, this is all right. And there shouldn't be and yellow overhead as well, but this is so dark and gray that it doesn't even matter. And some of these areas as well, they should be yellow. And I guess this is alright, some of these gray areas. And yet about this part of the image, this is also the shirt. So somewhat over here as well. So let's add this. So for this part, what you can do is you can make the brush very small and then draw with it. And you are bringing yellow bag. But you can see some part of the hand is also gray. So you can click on this mask. And with white, you can draw some of this back. To be honest, I did a very rough job, but let me zoom out to show you what we ended up with. So let's combine all of these by pressing Control or Command G. So here is the before and here is the after. And how cool is this? Basically, you can color any black and white images using this technique. I know that the skin doesn't look too realistic or you can always tinker around with it. You can even make curves adjustment layer on top of air. You can make a color balance adjustment layer on top of it. You can define it as much as you want, but you should get the idea that you have to make a little selections of selections and then use hue and saturation on top of them. And yes, simply bring in the colors using colorize. And you can color black and white images using this simple technique. So how cool was this simple, effective, useful? Definitely. So, yeah, I will see you guys in the next class. 84. Project 16 - Color B&W Image: Hi guys. So yes, we have another project. And in this project, but you are going to do is simply color this image. So in the previous tutorial, we learned how to color images in Photoshop. And now you are going to apply the same concepts on this image. So make sure that you do one thing properly. The image we covered before the eyes of the subject were closed. So I didn't have to work on the iOS for this image, we have to make sure that you cover the white areas properly. You will have to make a selection. And then you can even add a colored with the eyes totally up to you. You can make them brown, green, give them black, whatever you want. But you will have to work on extra hard on the eyes. And then there is this part of jewelry overhead. Make it somewhat gold if you want. And yeah, this is going to be a little tough project where I know I believe in you guys and can wait to see your projects. So see you guys in the next class. 85. Section 8 - Mockup: Hi guys, welcome to Section eight. And this section is going to be all about mockups. So we are going to learn how to use more curves, how to find more curves. I'm going to show you a lot of websites from there. You can download mockups. We are also going to learn how to find mockups using free websites and also paid ones. Then we are going to learn how to make our own mock-ups as well. So as you can see that I have this image over here. This was the original image, and then I convert it into this mock-up. And I can even edit it if I want. For example, if I come over here, if I double-click over here, Let's just say I want to change its color so I can totally do this. So we are going to learn how to make this as well. We are also going to learn how to make this packaging kind of mock-up so that you would know that how to add shine to things and make them room look realistic. And lastly, we are going to learn how to put a logo or anything on a t-shirt or a hoodie. So dy du could convert it into our mockup. So yeah, this is going to be super exciting and you are going to learn everything about mockups in this section. So I hope to see you guys in the videos. 86. 84) Mockups & How To Find & Use Them: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn, but our mockups, how to use them and why should you use them? And also where to find them if you don't want to make them yourselves. And later on in the coming tutorials, we are also going to learn how to create your own mockups. So yeah, but this tutorial is all about how you should use mockups and where to find them. Okay, so you can see that I have this ice cream bucket over here. And this is basically a mock-up. I can change the design of this thing. I can change the color of the layer. I can just economic background. So let's just say I want to change the color. Basically kinked all this design. So I can double-click on this and you can see that this is the design. And if I select the brush tool for example, and if I draw over here, maybe this color, maybe like this. And if I press Control or Command S to save this, this will basically get updated over here. So you can see that it is updated over here and it would be improper perspective and proper color and proper highlights and shadows. So basically this is how you use mockup. So if I double-click on this again, and I have this design over here, which I also downloaded from the internet. Again, not mine. I guess this is from audio. And yeah, this is just for education purposes. Please do not put up could put like a copyright strike on this because I'm just teaching this for the sake of you guys to learn. So I added the design over here. Let me press Enter and press Control or Command S over here. And now, then I will go back to this. You can see that the design has been applied over here. And now I can even play around with the colors. Let me change the color of the lid. I will select a color form over here. Maybe one will be white of somewhat Lou, I guess this is all right. Then simply hit, Okay. And there it is alternating the color of the background. So maybe something like blue. And how cool is this? So basically from this to this in just a couple of clicks and how simple was dead. So this is the power of mockups. So for example, if a plane gives you work there, they want you to make packaging material for an ice cream bucket. So you weren't just make this. You will make this and then you will put it on a mock-up and show this to the client because the client actually one of them wants to see the implementation. They don't care about this design. Oftentimes what happens is that whenever you make a logo or a card or something like this, you showed this to the client and they are like that. I don't get it. I don't understand the use of this or I don't like this. The reason they don't like this is because you are showing them just a design. You need to show them the actual product, the actual packaging on which the dotted line is going to be put on. So yeah, this was how you can use mock-ups. Let me come over here. I have another mockup over here, which I also downloaded from the internet. And over here you can see your design over here to this part. So all, a lot of the people who make mockups, what they do is they actually tell you, you have to put their design over here. So it says double-click to the place design. Similarly over here, it says your design here. So if I double-click on this, so this is the design. And let's just say I put up my own design over here. Let me hide these layers, make a very simple little design. I will create a circle over here like this. Okay? And let's make it bigger. Let's move the yellow color in black and make it bigger. Make it, make the stroke bigger. Person make this smaller. And let's write some text over here. Like on. I'm doing a very bad job over here, rhino. But this is just for the teaching purpose. So let's select the font. So yeah, let's just say, let's just, I know this is harder. Well, let's just say that this is a logo. And let's press Control or Command S over here. So it is saving it. And now when I will come over here, you can see that my name and the circle is written over here in this leathery goldfish kind of effect. And whatever you would put over here, it will be converted into this. So if I press Control or Command Z and go back to the original design, let me turn this on. So if someone writes letters over here like this. And do press Control or Command S 37 retinal. And it is back to the original one. And you can see that according to the size it is also applying the highlights and the shadows and engraving effect accordingly. So it's just this is how you can use mockups. So yeah. Where can you find them? Let me let me close all of this. So what you can do is you can simply come over here and write mockups. And it will show you more cops on different websites. So there are paid with websites for mock-ups and then free websites. Let me show you the pavement first. So basically I use in Barto for my paid mock-ups. So I have an immortal subscription over here. Let me make this smaller. So let me go to design templates over here. And let me write, let's just say box mock up. So it will give me these mockups. For example, someone asked me to make MOOC afford their box, like this kind of box or like a cereal box. Let's open this one. So let's just say a company comes to me and him on me to make a design for a pasta box or maybe a cereal box. Basically, I can use this mock-up and use it accordingly. And there are loads of mockups out there for a card or piece of clothing. For example, this over here. Then this border overhead. This is the one which I downloaded it and showed it to you guys. So yeah, there are a lot of mock-ups. So you can either use Envato or you can simply just say, I want mockups of a cereal box only maybe a business card. So I will write business card mockups. And let's write free in front of free business card mockups. So if you want them for free, let me open this. So you can see I have these mockups. These are free and I can download them. This one looks really cool. And all I will have to do is simply make our design and slap on over here, clip it on over here, and it will look like this. Similarly over here, these are free mockups and some over here and over here. So you can see you can even select mockups, water cup, mug, even o'clock. There are loads of different kinds of mock-ups or even packaging mock-ups. So yeah, this was it on mock-ups. How to use mockups, then how to find them, download them, and why you should use them. So in the community to audience, we are going to learn how to make different kinds of mockups. So yeah, this is going to be really exciting and I will see you guys in the next class. 87. Create Your Own Mockups - Coffee Mug: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make our own mockups. Yes. So here we are going to learn how to make mockups. And you can see that I have this coffee mug over here. And this wasn't the original image. So let me turn this on, and this was the original image and I convert it into this. So how cool is this? So let me just to import this part into the document over here and we will work on it. I'm just keeping this open TO that. We could refer to it later on. So let me open up the files. Let me go back. Okay, so I think I don't have the image over here. No problem. So let's create a new file, 1080 by 1080. And let's simply put this over here. Okay, I guess we will have to zoom this in a little. So let's resize it. And I guess this is alright. So the cup is in the middle. If I remove the background, you can see that it is not a district properly, but no problem, we are going to resize it anyway. So let me just hide the background. Let's resize this because we want it to be bigger like this one over here. Oh, okay. So we made it bigger than alerts, gestures handwritten. To be honest, it wouldn't even matter or not. But let's just do it. Okay, so what is the first thing which we have to do? Basically cut out the cup. Okay? So since we want to cut out the cup, and as you can see that in this completely white and the background is also white. And we have already learned how to cut out white on white. So either we can come over here, click on the solid color adjustment layer, select her, read like this, change it to color, burn. We have already learned this and we can try to make a selection from over here as well. And we would be able to do it quite well. But to be honest, there it is not very difficult over here because the edges are very smooth in this. And I think Select Subject would be able to select it pope properly. So what we will do is we will come over here, click on Select and Mask. And again, always focus on the main thing first, because since we are making a mockup over here, I'm just focusing on teaching you how to make a mockup. So if you are making this yourself, yeah, you need to know how to make selections properly. So instead of making a selection through Select and Mask, you can also select the pen tool, zoom in a lot and start making a selection like this. This is the manual way, but I would only recommend you to do it this way. But sorry, I would recommend you to do this if you want to make it extremely perfect. To be honest, I think stricter MOSFET, we will do a great job as well. So I clicked on Select and Mask, then click on Select Subject. It isn't making a selection. So yeah, always use the automatic tools first and if they don't work properly, then tried to use them and we'll methods. So I think it made a very good selection. Hit, Okay, and I guess we are good to go. Okay, so we have our cup on a separate layer. It was actually a JPEG and we added a background over here. So let's create a background over here. Let's give it a solid color adjustment layer. And that's something orange like this over here. Oh, okay. So let's copy the coliform over here. Let's copy this color unless we simply duplicate the whole thing. Okay, so we are good to go. Let's duplicate this layer. So there we could break this apart. So what I will do is I will make two copies of it by pressing Control or Command J. I will rename this one as General Regional because I want to keep this layer for later use. Then I will call this worm body. And this one S character. So basically what I'm doing over here, I'm calling all of this body and all of this as head. You can call it a head or lead. The lead is a more appropriate word for this. So now what we are going to do is we are basically going to divide these two parts. How let me show you. So let me first apply the layer mask on this layer. So I will simply right-click on this and Apply Layer Mask. So what happens when you apply a layer mask on? It basically becomes destructive. You cannot edit it anymore, but we don't want to edit this mosque later on. So this is a completely different, let me turn all these off. So this is not a mosque. It is a whole cup, no, easy. So let's turn it off and I will apply the layer mask over here as well. I guess. I don't need it to. I didn't need to rename these as separate because we can just work on one and make the other one automatically, but no problem. So let's work on the body. Let me hide everything. So what we are going to do is basically cut out the body from over here. So for this, I suppose you will have to use the pen tool, or we can try using the Quick Selection Tool and start making a selection from over here like this. And even if you move out, it is not going to let us move out of the selection because it is all on a separate layer. If I hide this, you can see that this is on a completely separate layer. So alerts come over here. And let's refine it a little press Alt or Option to get the minus one. And let's do this. Last to do this. And let's apply it over here as well. To be honest, I think using the pen tool would be a better option, but let's stick with this for now. So now what I will do is I will press Control or Command Shift G. The basically, this will not only make a copy of it, it will actually cut it out. And let me show you how. So if I press Control or Command J, it actually made a copy of it on a separate layer. But if I press Control or Command Shift J, it will not only make a copy of it, it will actually cut it as well. So this is a separate layer and this is a separate layer. Easy. So let's call, let me delete this. Let's call this one lead because this is the lid. And let's call this one body. Sorry, I mastered a polluter over there. So we are good to go. But over here you can see that there is some extra area. So and that extra areas coming from the water, but no problem. We are going to apply our design on top of it anyway. But yeah, using the Quick Selection Tool, this is a problem which we are facing. If we did it using the pen tool, it won't be happening. But no problem. We are not going for perfection over here. We are just trying to learn the concept. Okay? So let's come over here and let's apply some color to the lid. So what we're going to do is we are going to come over here, click on a solid color. And let's select same color and hit Okay, and simply apply it on the lead. So I will press Control or Control G or Command Option G. Or you can simply press Alt or Option and click between these two layers. And it would be limited to just the lid. Let me change its color so that you could see things properly. Let's just say we want to make it red. But you can see that this doesn't look really realistic because to be honest, it is ready plane. So what we can do is we can click on this over here, and let's click on Multiply. So what multiply basically does is it basically removes all the complete whites and complete, and keeps all the blacks or anything which has a little bit of black. Okay, So there is one more thing happening over here. When we cut out the body from over here. The extra part overhead, they are attached to the lid over here. So if I hide this, you can see that this is being applied to the lid as well. So what we can do over here, we can indicate a mask over here, or we can come over here and select the eraser tool. To be honest, I never recommend using the eraser tool. But for this class, There's just do it. So you can simply click on any area and remove parts. Because to go on us, we are not going to use these parts anyway. So delete this. So let me teach you nifty technique for drawing in straight lines. So let's just say you want to draw a straight line over here to instead of trying to do this like this, you can click ones, press Shift, and click over here. And just like dead, it is gone. Then click here once, press Shift and click over here. So we have removed, removed all the extra areas using the eraser tool. And I think we are good to go. So yeah, we are done with the lid. Let's bring the body up a little because I can see a little bit of yellow behind it and I think we are good. So let's come over here. We can select a color, this color as well. Let's open this and let's like this color. So it is like complete orange. Colors come over here. Let's collect complete orange over here. And this looks pretty good already. So the last end, the most hard part is this one. Basically you want to apply our design on this area and nor does apply on this area. He basically have to convert it into a smart or debt, let store data later on you could apply different design on this. So I will come to the video. Let's combine all of this and let's call this lead altogether. So this is the lid and this is the body. So now what I'm going to do is I am going to create a shape. So basically you can come over here and select the rectangle tool. And I will create a shape bigger or sometimes smaller. So let's make it smaller than the company itself. So I will start from over here, this edge, and I will make it till this edge. Or you can also do is start from over here. Sorry, start from over here and ended over here. And then we will stretch it out. So let's give it any color. Let's give it a read for now. Okay, so now what we're going to do is we are going to basically stretch this. First. We are going to convert it into a smart object. Let's check or design over here. So this was all designed. My cannot be open it or I didn't convert it into a smart object. This was pretty much a very destructive way of doing things. I actually made this for my Instagram tutorials. So let's check how this is going to be. Okay, so it is going to be quite long. I think I have saved in this design somewhere. But yeah, we can, we can use this or we can do something else. Do something else. So I will press, right-click on it and convert it into a Smart Object. And I will call this design, or we can say your design here, like in the mockups. Okay? And I will decrease its opacity for now. Let's make it 50. 50 percent. No, I will press Control or Command D. Then right-click on it and click on warp. So basically, I can do anything with this now, and I will still have this because this is a smart object. So I will click and drag this over here. Click and drag this over here. Similarly, we will click over here and bring this, all of this down. Okay, this. So let's zoom in. And let's bring this to the side like this. Don't worry if this goes out of bones are little, not too much. And over here and over here. And then you can click over here and bring this up a little and little bit of, little bit over here as well. And I guess this is alright. Then come over here and adjust this accordingly. So basically if we are bulging this so that at the end of the day it would look realistic. Press Enter. So I know I think some of the areas are going out of bounds. So what you can do is you can press Alt or Option and lipid down to the body. So not everything is trimmed out. I think some of these areas are not proper. So you can press Control or Command T and then warp and bring this operator. Similarly overhead, bring this up a little, press Enter, and I think we are good to go. So now what we can do is we can double-click on this and we can create a design over here. So let's make a very simple little design over here. Let's create a new layer. And let's make this completely white. Something like gray. And alerts create a circle over here. So let's give it a circle like this. And let's change its color to maybe. Why isn't the colors changing? Okay, so it's changing now. So we have this. So I'm, I'm just trying to make something like this over here until we can make it orange or maybe black. So let's write some text over here. Let's call it Pie Cafe. Let's change its color to something like black. So I have this very nice font over here. It's called back to black. I guess it's not saved. I will have to sync it. Alerts, check something else to select any LLF like this font over here. We are just trying to make a tutorial over here. Nothing fancy. So let's bring this down. And just, just a simple design. And let's copy this circle over here. Make it smaller like this. And that's great. A couple of copies of this. We are just trying to look at design. And let's simply press Control or Command S to save this. And then go back over here. And you can see their design is placed over here. But doesn't look proper because the capacity is low. So let's increase the opacity. And now what you can do is you can change its blend mode to multiply. How cool is this? So you can already see this looks pretty realistic. Let's increase the size. A little. Note this, this one. Though I was like this one and this group them. And let's increase the size like this. And I can maybe create a couple of more of these and change the color to this color. So I'm just trying to fill, place everything up sorter. We would have a decent and design like this, like this one. And I guess we are good to go there, simply press Control or Command S. Let's go back over here and we have a very decent looking design over here. So obviously I've worked a little hard on this one. But you can totally make a design like this over here. And it is one more thing you can see that it is bulging a little too. What you can do is to make sure that your design looks a little more realistic. You can select it. It's a smart object. It wouldn't matter averse you were to do over here because you can always edit it, press Control or Command T, right-click on it, VOIP. And you can even make it like this, like this over here so that it would look more realistic. And there is one last thing you can see over here. There is the shadow over here as well. So we all have already learned, and this is the reason I saved this part. If I turn this on, I have, I basically have the shared over here and all I have to do is change this to why is it not working? Okay, I have to invert this. So let me hide everything else. So this is what I have. I would have to invert this, so I will press control or command I. And now what I can do is I will come over here and change this to multiply. So basically, I got the shadow from the mug, cup, whatever you wanna call it. Let's turn this on. And I think I would have to position it a little written. Let's adjust the cup instead. Okay. So it is changing the mode instead. So I think this is on right? Okay, and this is alright. So now we have the shared overhead as well. And let's group this as well, Control or Command G flirts, call it body. And we are good to go. And let's just say you want to completely change this design or let me change this color to blue. Colors in the color of the light first. Let's change this to maybe this crazy color, maybe this blue. And I want to change this color as well. So I can go to body and double-click over here. I can change the whole design if I want. Let's make a very simple thing to adrift or whole design. I will create a hue and saturation adjustment layer on top of it. And just to make sure, just to edit all the colors, I will move this to edit the colors. So I get discolored its own right. This press Control or Command S, basically whatever you will do over here, it will get updated over there as well. So you can see we have this design. Let's double-click over here. Let's copy this color and make it very light. So how easy versus this, you basically created your own mockup design. And you basically have to just make sure that you are renaming things properly, naming your layers and grouping them properly. And then you can even sell this. So basically, now you have created this. You can save this whole PSD file and you can upload it on Envato or Creative Market or some other marketplaces as well. And you can totally send this. So yes, this was pretty much it. A very long tutorial on how to make your own coffee mug mock-up. But this was a really extensive and you have learned a lot of concepts over here. So I hope you guys really like this. You enjoyed this and don't forget to make all of this so that you would practice and make your own mockups. So see you guys in the next class. 88. Project 17 - Create Your Own Mockup: Hi guys. So yes, I have a project for you and we are basically going to do everything that you have learned in the previous class. And that is how to make our coffee mug mock-up. So basically I have already given you this image. You can find it in the project files. And all you have to do is simply import it into Photoshop and start making the mockup leg you have learned in the previous class. I'm really excited to see you everything that you guys are going to make and I will see you in the next class. 89. Packaging Design Mockup: Hi guys. I hope you all are doing great. So basically now we are going to learn how to make this packaging mock-up. I don't know why I decided to go with coffee again. No problem. So yeah, I made this coffee. He kind of a coffee packaging mock-up of island girl. And I thought I would share it with you guys because you just need to know the concerts basically and everything else is pretty much the same. Let me close this and let me show you this original packaging. So first of all, where can you download this form? This is a question which I get a lot and onset is Shutterstock. There are a lot of other sources as well. But if you try to find this on other websites, it is gonna take you for ever shared a store. I know Shutterstock is paid. So if you have a work around it, you can do it. Don't do it. Piracy is wrong. But sorry. So, yeah, if you know someone who has a Shutterstock subscription and if you have one yourself, just go over there and simply write whatever you want. For example, let's just say speaker box, then write mocker for it. And then you can basically get packaging for anything from over there. So I downloaded this from Shutterstock and let's make a mock-up out of this. So I have already made all the selections and cut out or everything because I didn't want to waste your time because the previous Toyota was like, I guess, 20 minutes long and I don't want to waste time just making selections. So yeah, here's the front. Here is the top, and here is the side. And also I have made I also cut out the background so that we would have the shadow as well to address the shadow as well. And here is the background. So let's change the background to blue it. Okay? So all we have to do is basically make shapes and a couple of adjustment layers and are more covered become bleed. So let's start with the top. There's bring this up. And let's create a solid color adjustment layer over here. Let's make it red for now, and I will clip it to the bottom. More about them. I mean bottom layer. And let's change its blend mode to Multiply. You can see that we already have such a good effect over here. If I zoom in over here and I can change its color to this may be something darker, I guess this, and we are good to go. So let's work on the front now. So just like before, simply select the rectangle tool and create a rectangle over here like this. I guess this is all right. And now what you will do is you will. Let's start from there instead, because they're tangled children, we saw tin that you won't be able to put our design on it. So I guess this is all right. I will decrease the opacity for now. It doesn't matter which colors you have. So I will press control or command, yeah, before transforming, always make sure to convert, to convert it into a smart object. Okay, So there is a mistake which I did. If you convert it into a smart object with the opacity a 100 percent, it will be saved in that way as well. So let's increase the opacity to 100%. Now converted into a Smart Object, Let's rename it design here. And now what we can do is we can read the opacity and we can play around with it. So I will press Control or Command T, right-click on it, go to Warp. Am I going fast? And I'm just going fast because I don't want to go to see the same thing all over again. I just wanted to cover this topic for you guys. So if you think I'm going fast, just let me know. But to be honest, this is the same thing as which we learned in the previous class. I made the previous class very long on purpose because I want to do guys to learn everything properly. So I guess this is all right. And we can burn it in from here. Like this. Over here. Don't worry if it goes out toe bones, we are going to then use a clipping mask on it anyway. So simply press Enter. So I will click on opacity and increase it to a 100 questioned. And now I can press Alt or Option and click over here. So you can see that everything is trimmed out. A little bit of overhead. It is not, we're looking properly. So I'll press Control or Command T and warp. And let's warp it a little. Press Control or Command 0 to zoom out. So lead score. Let's rename this to front and design here. Okay, so let's do it on the side as well. I will get it layer over here. Sorry, a shape layer like this. This seems alright. Then convert it into a smart object. Now we can decrease its opacity. Let's rename it as well. Side design here. So you can see that there are some areas which are not covered. So let's make it bigger and bigger. From the site of Giza. This is from the previous side to loan Verde. And just make it, this warp it. And we can have gestured then. So I will click on warp over here. So this part is easy. You can make her like this. Don't worry if it is going out of bombs. And four over here. I guess you will have to keep it like this because the design is going to be weird form here as anyway. So let's make it like this. Totally up to you. I'm going to keep it the way it was before, like this. Because now I'm going to dry. Their design wouldn't come over a lot because this is going to bulge a little. So I will press control, sorry, I will press enter. I will press Alt or Option and lipid down. Let's increase the opacity. So now we have two designs over here. There are some extra spaces. Let's see if we can cover it with this design. Yeah, we can cover it with front. And for this one, press Control or Command T, which includes the size. And I guess it's all right there as well. Press Enter. So now what we can do is we have some designs already. So I have the front and the side pre-made. So I can simply double-click on the front. So this opens up and I can bring my friend design over here. Let's simply drop it like this. They're just increase the size a little. This seems alright and simply press Control S to save it. So you can see that design is overhead now. Similarly, let's go to side, double-click on it. And I have the site design head as well. You can see that I didn't make the port anything over here because it is going to cut off anyway. So alerts for this design over here, like this. And let's make it a little bigger. And I think there are some areas which we need to cover. So let's make a rectangle over here and change its color to this as well. And just putting it over here too, what it press Control or Command S. And let's close this. Close this as well. Okay, So all markup is pretty much complete, but there are some adjustments which we have to make much to foreigners change the color to something light. And because I think this is too much, just make it something lighter like this. Let's change the top to the color of the packaging like this one. And okay, so let's go to front 29 over here and change its blend mode to multiply. This looks good already. But if I open up this design over here, you can see that there is a lot of shaking going on and some other stuff as well. So how did I do this? No problem. So now what we're going to do is we are going to double-click on this to open up Layer Styles. So we have already learned about the Blend If, at, how can you use blend if? So, basically, I'm going to bring this slider to the left. Bring this over here. Bring this to the left. And where it starts to look weird, I will break it and move this to the left like this. Bring this to the side a little. And keep on moving this. And look at the beautiful shine. How cool is this hit? Okay, you can simply do this for top as well. So you can double-click on this layer. So yeah, basically you can apply a blend if on adjustment layers as well. So let's move this to the side a little, where it starts to disappear. I will break the slider, move this to the right and it'll move this to the left. And we are good to go. And lastly, over here on the side, English to the left. And not too much because you're just completely black. Just a little bit. And hit, Okay. And, or mock-up is complete. So basically now you can double-click on this or maybe this. And you can edit your smart object, put any design over here, and it will get updated on the other side. So alerts create a simple circle over here like this. And whenever press Control or Command S, it will get updated overhead as well, along with all the adjustment layers, along with everything that you have done. So yeah, this verse pretty much it on how to make a packaging design. I hope you guys really enjoyed it, learn from it. And I hope to see you guys in the next class. 90. Certificate Mockup: Hello everyone, hope you are well. And today we are going to learn how to create a certificate mockup. So let me bring this design over here. I have this design. Let's not bring it right now. Let me first create the smart objects first, and then I will show you how you can use any design into a mock-up. So let's check the size of this first. Let's bring it after all because we're going to need it. It's size. Okay. So I have this certificate overhead. I don't know, did it form Internet just to basically use it as an example. I was lazy, I'm sorry, I could have made it myself. Anyhow, let's create a rectangle over here, which is going to be the same size as this certificate. Let's make it a little smaller from the right so that it would align properly. And let's hide the certificate. So let's decrease the size a little. So this is a design which I have seen on the Internet a lot and there are a lot of sort of good mockups for it. So we are basically going to try to do the same. So I have this rectangle over here. And if I make converted into a smarter, let me first show you the concept first. If I convert it into a Smart Object and I change anything in that smart object and then duplicate that smart object. It will get updated every year. Let me show you how. So let's just say I duplicate this over here and I make it smaller. But yep, sorry. First I will have to convert it into a smart object. So let's convert it into a smart object and let's call it design. Okay? Then I will duplicate it over here, and I will make it smaller, like this. Let's bring it back and let's call it left. Then I will bring it to the right, like this. And let's call it. Right? So let's just say I come over here. This is the, this is the rectangle I have. And I make some changes in it. Maybe just change the color. So I have this rectangle, I will change it to red. So all of these are over here. And if I press Control or Command S, you will see all of them got updated. Similarly, if I bring in the certificate design over here, let me bring the certificate designed and I will put it over here. Let's make it a little bigger so that we won't see the reds press Control or Command S. And it is updated over here. How cool is this? So we already have a mock-up basically. So if you update anything over here, it will get updated every year. Let's delete this layer because we don't need it. So now we can make fancy stuff on it. We can edit all of this. And if you want to just update the design, we can do it from over here. So let's make some shadows. I will right-click on this. And let's just say I want to make a drop shadow over here. Maybe like this. This seems alright. And I can even apply it and apply it on others. So what I can do is I will press oil or Option, and you can simply drag and drop your adjustment layer to others as well. So similarly over here and over here, and we already have a very cool mockup. Then there is one more thing which I have seen a lot. What people do is let's create a solid color adjustment layer on top of this. Maybe like this. Let's change it to white. And let's make it a little tilted like this. And maybe a little more. And let's increase the opacity or decrease it or increase it a little. The basically this looks like some kind of shine that this is a shine on the certificate. You can even reflect all of this if you want. So if you don't want to apply a drop shadow on this, you can make a deflection of all of this as well. So this is very basic. You can have, you have basically have multiple unlimited options to edit this. But always remember, since you have just made the smart object, if food is double-click on one of them and do edit, just one part of it. So let's just say I create, I basically copy all of the above design. Let's copy all of this. Press Control or Command J to duplicate it. Let's bring it down. And let's simply rotate it like this. Put it over here. Again, not too much because they're discovering the what is it called? A badge in the badge, maybe. Let's bring in this Don't little. So here was a, it was like this before. And if I press Control or Command S, If I bring this over here. So you can see it is updated everywhere and we have all the layers and everything else completely intact as well. So yes, you can totally settled this as well. You can basically put it on in Barto and other websites for mockups. And yeah, this is a pretty decent design. Obviously, you can try to make it as perfect as you want. You can define it. So yeah, this was pretty much it on making a certificate mock-up. I hope you guys like this. And I will see you guys in the next tutorial. 91. How To Make A T-Shirt Mockup: Hey guys. So now we are going to learn how to make a T-shirt mockup. I know we are covering a lot of topically to do mock-ups. But the MRC, the contract basically in all of them is the same. All of them. You just need to know how to make adjustments according to your image. So yes, I have this mockup over here which I made. It is very simple to be honest. And if you learn the conservator, you have already learned the advanced concepts by now. And you can make a mock-up, a very pretty, pretty decent looking more easily. So let's there's no deleted I wanted to design. So yeah, you can see that I have this dip over here. And I want to put our design over here. So now what I can do is I can create a rectangle over here like this. Okay, Let's change the color phone or we have, you've discovered a lot. Then I will convert it into a Smart Object. Then I can decrease the opacity. But I don't have to decrease the opacity because we don't have to make any adjustments over here at all. What I can do is, let's see, name it first and design here. And what you can do is you can basically press Control or Command D, click on WAP. And you can, you can make sure that it is according to the The, basically the dimension of the shirt. You have to consider the curves and everything which are going under the shirt, not under the shirt, under the Shape Layer. So this seems all right. And now what I can do is I can double-click over here. Let's go back. I have the design overhead as well. And I can simply bring this design over here like this. Let's hide this press Control or Command S, and it will get updated over here. So there is one more adjustment which you have to make and double-click on this. Okay, so why cannot I apply multiply over here? So if I apply multiplayer what here, the whole design will be gone because multiplier, basically the moves, everything with just completely white. What toward you can do is double-click on this. And to make sure that you could see the, basically, how do I call them? So basically if you want to see the bends in the shirt and you can select the blend if over here. Move this to the side a little like this. Okay? So yeah, and this won't work because we have to move the black slider and because the shirt is very dark, Let's move to the site. It is starting to look weird. Bring the slider, moved this to the right, move this to the left and return to the right mode. And we are good to go, simply hit. Okay, so this is all designed and our mockup is ready. So you can double-click on this over here, and you can edit this, and you can put any design over here and it will get updated over here. So yeah, this was pretty much it on creating our T-shirt mockup. And I will see you guys in the next class. 92. Project 18 - Create A T Shirt Mockup: Hey guys. So yes, I have a task for you, a project basically. And in the previous class we learned how to make a T-shirt mockup. So basically you are going to make one yourself. Now. I have this image over here and there are a lot of bends in the image. And it is going to be a very decent looking away. You can basically make a very good mock-up on this shirt. So if the shirt is very plain and the Malcolm doesn't look that good bird if there are lot of benzene and it kinda looks really nice. So yes, I have given you this image and you basically have to make a T-shirt mockup. I hope you guys have fun making it and I can't wait to see what you guys make. So see you guys in the next class. 93. Section 9 - Photo Retouching: Hey guys, welcome to Section 9. And this section is going to be all about retouching, basically advanced retouching. So I have couple of examples over here. So you can see that I have this image over here. And if I turn this on and off, you will see that before there was, there were a lot of pimples and red patches and oil. And if I click on this, the after look so good. So basically we are going to learn about advanced retouching, how to remove pimples and agony and all that stuff. How to use mood, your skin. We are going to learn how to add dimension to iOS, for example, over here you can see had discussed before and this is after. This looks so cool. Then we are also going to learn how to use frequencies plate so that you could do move dark circles. So this was before and this is after. Then over here we are going to also learn how to change hair color. Then we are going to learn how to basically remove yellowness from D8. So how to make them white. So this was the before and the after and how to add lifted. So there is a lot of different kinds of stuff in this section and a lot of other couple of tutorials apart from all of these. So I hope that you guys will really like this and I will see you guys in the videos. 94. Advance Healing Brush Options: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn about the healing brush, some advanced tricks and techniques about the healing brush. So basically healing brush is pretty much like the clone stamp tool. But obviously it considers your skin while you are working with it. So not your skin, the skin of the subject who saw it in for a bad joke. Anyhow. Yeah. So you can see that I had this image over here and here is the before and here's the after. First of all, I always say this and I will say this again. I only did this just for the sake of the tutorial. But you are not support to remove the moles of a person because moles are natural and there is no shaman them. And you are not supposed to remove them because anything which isn't actually on the face, you are not supposed to remove it. Okay. So that being said, I'm going to remove these. Sorry, but yeah, I only selected this image because I want you to teach you guys about the healing brush, some advanced methods, about some advanced tricks and tools about the healing brush tool. So yeah, let me delete this so that we could make it from the start. Okay, instead of reading it, I duplicated it. Let me delete this. Okay? So the first thing which I'm going to do is basically I'm going to create a new layer over here by clicking on the plus icon. This is another thing which a lot of people do wrong and that is the start working on those new layer. And with the original layer gets ruined, you should always get a new layer. And now if you want to use the healing brush by now I suppose that you know how the healing brush works. If you don't, let me show you. So if I click on one part over here while pressing all to click, take a clone. I can then click over here and the healing brush will do its work. So as you can see that even though I'm on a new layer, I can still do this. Why? Because I have said this temple to all layers. Usually it is set to current layer or current layer and below, set it to all layers. That way you'll be able to sample from all the layers and edited. Simple. So yeah, this is done. This is the first thing which a lot of people do wrong. That is that they start working on those middle layer. And later on, they actually ruined the original image. So always create a new layer on the top, on top, and then work on that layer after going to all layers. So vertice men by current layer and current and blow a few started to current layer. It will only sample from the current layer, for example, now if I try to take a loan from over here, it won't work because you're just trying to sample from a layer which doesn't have anything. And current them low basically means that current and below. So I can click over here and it will still work. So we only check all layers when we want to basically take samples from a lot of layers. But if you just have two layers, you can always select current and below. Okay? Okay, So there is one more thing. Let me press Control or Command Z so that we could just do these things again. Apart from this nephew, go to blonde sources. I have known sources overhead as well, clone sources panel. And the thing about clone source is that it also works for healing brush. It doesn't only work for the clone stamp tool, it works for healing brush tool because healing brush is like a variation of Clone Stamp tool. So if you cannot see this, you can simply go to window over here and then go to clone source. So if we simply click on it, you will get this bundle. So there are a lot of other options we are going to later on covering the clone stamp tool as well and just destroy all of this will come in handy over there as well. So there is one thing which I wanted to teach you and that is these clones sources. So let me show you how we usually do things. So let's just say if I want to remove this mode, I will zoom in over here, press Alt or Option to take a sample and novel I will draw over here. You will see that there is a plus on the screen. Okay? So basically it is telling me that I am taking, I'm using assemble from this side. Okay, let me press Control or Command Z. So what if I want to take samples from different areas, but do not want to take a source again and again. So if I click over here by pressing Alt or Option, know if I draw over here, you will see that the plus sign is on the top. Okay? But this time you can see that even though the mole is gone and this area got darker because this area was darker. So basically what you can do is you can take some bone samples. Let me show you how fought and prolific. Click on this first one. It is saying design file dot PSD. So basically I'm working on this file. I can even take a source, I can even save a source from another file. So for example, I want to save a couple of sources. For example, over here, because this is the light area, I will press Alt or Option and click over here. So this area is saved now. Similarly, I will go to the second one and let me select a very dark area, for example, over here. So I will take a sore thumb over here. Then I will go over here again. Let's take only just to resources. I will select some word, neutral kind of tone, for example, over here. So I will click over here. So now I don't have to take sources again and again. Let us just say I'm working on an area which is somewhat grayish but mid-tone. So I have already taken this as the highlight. You can see this is the lighter, this is the darker, and this is the sum bit grayish. So let's just say I want to remove this mole. So this is in an area which is quite grayish. So let me close this. Now. If I draw over here, you will see that it is taking source form. The plus is on the right. And similarly, if I come over here and if I click on the first one, it will take a source form over here. So I didn't even take source from anywhere by pressing order option, the sources are already saved. And now I can draw over here. Cool. And similarly I can draw over here. So you can see this is somewhat like a clone stamp, but it is decking skin into consideration. And let's just say this area is dark, so I will select the darker one. And if I'm zoomed out over here, you can see that it is going to take a source from over here. So I can draw over here. And just like debt is gone, I know this area got a little darker, but you get the idea. So let me show you what will happen if you use Clone Stamp tool over here instead of healing brush, because healing brush is just like clone stamp. Let's just see if I use clone stamp over here. So healing brush, like I said, texts the area into consideration, the skin into consideration. Clone stamp on the other hand, clones exactly the way. The thing is. For example, if I take a source from over here, and if I draw over here, you can see that there is a very bright spot over here. So yeah, because it actually took the exact pixels and start pushing them over here. While the Healing Brush on the other side, it takes the sample and also takes the skin into consideration. Easy-peasy. So let me do this real quickly so that we could do a little before and after. Here, over here, I'm just taking that loan sources quickly and editing everything so that I could show you the before and after a little bit over here as well. And there is one more thing which I always mentioned. If your monitor screen is dirty, you are going to take very much time editing your images because you will think that there are spots over there when there are not. So always screen cleaned your screen. So let me zoom out a little. So here is the before and the after. All of this is non-destructive because it is on a separate layer. Easy. So yeah, this first pretty much it on the Healing Brush tool. I hope you guys like this. And I guess in the next class we are going to learn about the clone stamp tool and the advanced ways of using it. So see you guys in the next class. 95. Clone Stamp Advance Options: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn about some advanced ways of using the clone stamp tool. So the Clone Stamp Tool is pretty much very easy. But now we are going to learn some advanced waste because it is important that you know the clone source options and how to use them. Because if I go to clone stamp over here, to be honest, and just taking a sample and then drawing with it. It is the easiest part. But there is very more to clone stamp tool then just this. So let me press Control or Command Z. So what I have done over here for this tutorial, if I zoom in over here, you can see that there was a glare on the image on the glasses. And basically I removed the glare using the clone stamp tool. Easy. So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. And while we're here, let me also show you both and the Clone Stamp clone sources. So in the previous class we learned about the clone source is and how to use them. Basically, these are the known sources. And then there are some other options over here which you can use as well. So if you cannot see it alone tools, again, you can go to window over here and the top and then slept clone source form over here. Okay, so first I will create a new layer over here by clicking on the plus icon over here. And I just like healing brush. As you mentioned in the previous class, you can do the same with the clone stamp. So if I select that launched him tool and set this to all layers or current and below, I can still take us to a source and then draw with it. If this first set to just current layer, since this is an empty layer, if I take a clone, it won't work. So always set to current and below all or all layers depending on your need. So I have said this to current and below. So our task here is to basically remove the glare from the glasses. And to be honest, if I tried to use the spot healing or healing brush over here. And if I apply this over here, this is going to look really weird. Okay? So it is basically ruining the image. So we don't want this. The other way is that we make a selection using the pen tool and then try to recreate these areas. But this is going to be such a pain. So instead we are going to use clone stamp. Okay? So, uh, let me tell you the options which you can use in clone source for clone stamp. So if you come over here, you can see that there is an option for flip horizontal, flip vertical. So what is meant by this? Let me click on this. So let me do the normal 1 first. For example, if I copy something like this area, Linda, something which is not symmetrical, for example, over here. If I take a copy from over here, and if I start drawing over here, you will see that this is basically drawing. I would think the same way it is. What if I want to flip my clone? So instead of just drawing, I will come over here and I will click on Flip Horizontal. Horizontal is this way, vertical list this way. So I will click over here by pressing Alt or option. Now you can see that it is already inverted and northern I will draw with it. You can see that it is drawing in. Basically drawing an opposite of what I selected. How cool is this? So basically we are going to use the same thing over here. We can do it vertically as well. For example, if I click over here, I take a source from over here. And now if I start drawing, you can see that it is drawing in an opposite direction. So it is drawing vertically. Okay. So alerts come back over here. Let's turn this off. Let's turn this on, and let's come over here. So basically I want to vertical, I didn't have this ONE. So basically I want to copy this area over here. I wouldn't be able to do it easily. For example, if I select this area. And if I draw over here, let me tell you why this won't work. For example, if I take this area and draw over here. The reason this one work is because let me just copy the eye. So for example, if I copy the I over here, this will look very severe because our eyes are actually inverted. So this is something which are not, a lot of people know about. If you look into your eyes, if you look into the mirror, you will see that your eyes are actually inverted solar and press Control or Command Z. So if this I is this one, we will have to copy the opposite over here if you want to fix something over here. Similarly, our whole face, basically this side, the left side is like an inversion of the right side and vice versa. So you get the idea. Basically I'm going to take a source, come over here and I'm going to copy it over here, clone it over here as an inversion. So I will come over here, I will invert this. Then I will take a clone or from over here, from over here. And novel, I will draw over here. You can see that it is an inversion. For example, if I draw over here, so it is drawing in an opposite direction. So let's take a clone again. Let's make it a little smaller and start drawing it. So I guess this is all right. So I'm only going to draw on the ADRs which are affected so that I won't have to deal with other areas a lot. So I guess this is all right, even though we messed up some of the ideas. But to be honest, if we zoom out a lot, This doesn't look bad. So just like dare, we were able to remove that layer from the glasses. So yes, exactly. Even though some of the ideas look a little too symmetrical, because this area was a little different than this. But now that layer is gone. And we were able to do it easily using the clone stamp tool. So yeah, this was basically pretty much it for the clone stamp that how you can invert it. Yeah, there is one more thing. I forgot to mention. Let me select that launched him to let me turn this off. So there is one more thing that you can do, and at least you can basically rotate your clone. Let's just say I copy this, I, and I want to draw it over here. But I want to basically tilted. Let me make that loan and little bigger so that you could see everything properly. So there's one thing that you can do is you can come over here. And you can where is it? Yeah. So basically, I guess the offset is the thing. Okay. So there's the August, so here is the angle, sorry. So if I change the angle like this, so basically it is changing the source. So now if I click over here and if I draw, you can see that this is tilted. And there is a short key for it as well. So no problem. So, uh, let's just say I want to copy the mouth and I want to like make it 20 degrees. So now if I draw over here, this whole thing is drawing in 20 degrees. And let me tell you, let me reset this and let me tell you about the short key for this. So let's just say I copy this hand. I'm taking this area because this is easy to recognize. Let me make it bigger. So I can press Shift Alt or Shift Option on Mac. So shift oiled because I'm using Windows and then use greater than or less than key, and then keep on pressing them. So basically it is, let me open this. So you can see the numbers over here. They will be increasing. So shift art and greater than two, you can see the number is increasing, so it is tilting the whole thing to the right. And similarly, if I press Shift oiled and less than key, so it is moving to the left. So if you are working on something very minute, you can simply press Shift Alt and then use the arrow keys or the arrow key. But the greater than and less than key to basically invert your clone and not inverted, basically tilt it and now you can draw with it. So I know I repeated a lot of things in this tutorial because I just wanted to make sure that you understand the concept. So yeah, this was pretty much it on clone stamp. So here was the before and the after. So I hope you guys like this. I hope that do guys will find this useful. This comes in really handy when you are retouching photos. So see you guys in the next class. 96. Make Eyes Shine: Hi guys. So I have a very interesting and useful tutorial for you guys. It is very simple, but very useful. So basically we are going to learn how to make eyes shine or you can see how to put dimension into ice. So this was the original image, here was the before, and here's after. And this is very simple. So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. So the first thing you are going to do is you are going to select the Ellipse tool. And let's make a circle over here. So I will make a circle over here like this. And I guess this is alright, nor bigger than the eye. So let me put this over here and let's go back to shift and I can tell the field, we don't want the fill me basically want a stroke. So I will select a white stroke over here. And let's make it bigger. So not too much. Let's decrease the size. And the alerts decrease the stroke. The stroke is a little too much. So I guess 50 something its own right. Which we still want some more stroke. So let's keep it at 50. And yeah, I guess this is own, right? Our little more. I guess 60 wouldn't be alright. So yeah, this is all right. So basically we are going to make these dark areas a little brighter because we don't want to mess around with the brighter ones. And we are also going to apply some Gaussian blur on this store. Yeah, these areas will get lifted up as well because this will get spread to the sides. So yeah, this is done. Now we are going to do is we are going to come over here and create a mask. And now I will select the brush tool for mobile here. Let's make it a little bigger. Let's decrease the hardness. And I will select black as my foreground color requests. I want to remove some areas. So I will remove some areas from over here like this. And if I want to add something, I will press X on the keyboard to invert this. And I will add some videos back. So this seems all right. Now I'm going to right-click on this and converted into our smart object. Okay? So basically we are going to apply a Guassian blur on this. So I will go over here, click on Filter, then go to blur and Gaussian blur. And let's increase the blur a little. Not too much like this, but somewhere in between. Maybe like this and simply hit, Okay. And now basically we are going to apply a blend mode on it. I'm going to come over here and the blend modes. And over here I am going to select overlay. So again, you don't need to understand what these blend modes do, but you need to understand their implementation. So basically it is bringing the darker ADRs. It is making the darker areas brighter. So here is the before and the after. How cool is this? And I think we need to make this ring a little smaller. So I will make it normal. Control or Command D. You can make it a little smaller, just a little. Press Enter, and then apply overly again. And we are good to go. So here is the before and here's the after. How cool is this? And if you think it is a little too much, you can always increase or decrease the opacity a little. So I can decrease the opacity or I can increase it. I'm going to keep it at 100 percent because I like it. So yeah, this was pretty much it. If you are into photo manipulation and this is going to come in really handy for you guys. So, yeah, see you guys in the next class. 97. Project 19 - Make Eyes Shine: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. So now we are going to do a project. So basically I have given you this emit. It is pretty much same as the previous image which we worked on in the previous class. And that was how to make eyes brighter, lighter. Or if you want to say how to put in depth in your eyes. So I have this very beautiful image over here and you are going to apply the same concept over here. So this is your project for the day. Don't forget to submit your projects to me and I will see you guys in the next class. 98. Remove Dark Circles From Eye Using Frequency Split: Hi guys. So now we're going to learn how to remove dark circles in Photoshop using frequency split. So what is our frequency slut? I'm going to teach you, but let me show you the before and after of this image. So here was the Saudi, So here was the before. There's the after. So you can see that there was a lot of dark circles over here. Not a lot, but there are still visible. And here is the after. So let me delete this. Let me, let me just show you the group first. So I have this layer which is called blurred. Then I have this layer which is in-between, which I'm going to use to draw. And then this texture layer. So let me delete all of these and let's make it from the start. So first you have this image. I'm going to make three copies of 32 copies of it. So I will press Control or Command J two times 282 copies of it. And let's call this one texture. And then go to this one. And let's call this one blood. We are only renaming the sorted. We could refer to them easily. So first I'm going to apply the blur on blurred layer. Obviously. Let me hide this layer so that we could see the blood properly. I'm going to go up over here, go to filter and click on blur and then Gaussian blur. So this is a little too much. Let's crank it down. So let's keep it in a way that you could see the image. And the image starts to get difficult to recognize. So I guess this is all right. You can still see the features but they are blurred out. No. So let me hit, Okay. Okay, So coming to the texture layer, let me turn this on. And what we're going to do is we are going to apply the blood layer on the texture layer. So I will go to Image and I think apply earlier, okay, So the applied layer over here is grayed out. The reason it is read out is because it is only, it can only be used on raster layers. So this is a smart object. So we are going to right-click on it and convert it into a, the raster layer. So simply click on raster layer. Now we will go to Image again, then go to Apply Image. And over here, you can see there are some changes happened over here. So over here, we are going to select the layer and we are going to reflect the blood layer. So you can see that the assembler playing over here, I will set the blend mode to subtract. Set the scale to do an offset to 120 opacity, 100%. You don't have to know what is meant by all of this. You just need to do it. And then simply hit, Okay. Then you will go to Blend Options, then words basically, and said this to linear light. So basically I have this texture layer and I have this bird layer. So what, I didn't tell you what we have done over here, we have basically extracted the texture away from the image. So Northern we will draw over here. It will only affect the color and not the texture. So let's create a new layer over here. Between these two. And now what I will do is I haven't select the brush tool. Okay? I will take a sample from anywhere near and let's decrease the opacity. I will set it to 10 percent. And now I will simply draw with it. So let's take a sample. I'm taking a sample of the colors using Alt or Option. Press Alt or Option and take a sample of the color near, nearby and simply draw with it. So the reason we decrease the opacity is because you will have to do multiple strokes to remove it. And that way you don't mess up everything. And if I zoom in over here, you can see that the texture is still here. So this way, you are only working on the color, the brightness, and nor the texture. And the reason it is applying properly is record is visit because the layer is blurred out. So let me make this smaller and let's apply it over here. Not too much. Similarly over here. Let's keep it at a decent size and apply it again and again. So this seems all right. And when you are done, apply a little bit at the bottom as well, so that everything would blend out properly. So let's zoom out, zoom out a little. Let's group all of this. How do I select all of this in just one go. Just click on the first one, press Shift and click on the last one. And it will select, even if there were like 50 layers, it will select all of them. So I will press Control or Command G to group them. So here is the before and here's the after. How cool is this? So this is basically a coiled frequencies plate because you divide the texture and the color and then you work between them. So again, before and after. So this was pretty much it on how to remove dark circles in Photoshop. I hope you guys liked this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 99. Advance Skin Retouching: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn about advanced skin retouching. So as you can see that I have this image over here and let me show you the before and after. So here was the before. You can see the skin was really, really bad, not bad because the acne isn't something which is afford in a person, but it is like a disease and it can happen to anyone. But basically the skin wasn't room looking very good because there were a lot of red patches and some pimples over here. And we basically removed all of it. Suggests we are going to learn about skin retouching. No. And the reason I selected such a difficult image is because vert kind of advanced tutorial voted B if the image was very simple. So yeah, let me just delete all of this. I will tell you later on why I created a black and white and just one layer over here. And let's simply delete it. Okay? So let's create a new layer over here. But before there, I am going to create an adjustment layer over here, and I'm going to create a black and white adjustment layer. So what does our black and white adjustment layer do? Basically, when you create a black and white adjustment layer, you get these options. So you are getting all of these colors. So basically, I guess you get to RGB and CMYK colors. Yeah, that isn't it. And you can play around with these colors. So let's just say I want to make a little more red. I'm sorry. I think I have phlegm in my throat. So you guys must be getting I'm tired of this anyhow. So let's just say I want to make it a little more red than all of this will be in black and white. So if I play around with this, and if I move this to the left, you can see that it is making reds darker. And if I move this to the right, you can see it will make rates because since there is a lot of red in this image, and this is making decisions affecting a lot of areas. So let's move to the left. And if I move it to the left and not, not too much, but somewhere over here, if I move it too much, it will get black. So somewhere over here. So what is the purpose of this? So if I turn this off and then on, you can see that all the black spots are actually the red sports. And now we basically have a guide that what we want to edit. So if you edit this or using this, you will be able to edit in a much better way. Because if you just start working on this image, you might skip some of the areas. And we always tried to go for perfection. So yes, basically, we will turn this on the whole way while we work on the image. So now I will come over here and create a new layer on top of it. And let's select any of the clone stamp tool, okay, so there are multiple tools which we can use on this image. And we can use the spot healing brush. We can use the healing brush, we can use the Patch Tool. We can even use Content Aware. Move on this, on some ideas. We can use the clone stamp tool. So basically there are multiple things we can do. We can even make a selection using the Polygon Tool, polygon lasso tool, and then use content aware on it. So it is totally up to you and depending upon the image, but you want to use on it. But the non-destructive way is that you create a new layer and start working on the image using the Spot Healing Brush and the healing brush. Because the Patch Tool, the Content-Aware and if you use the Lasso tool to make a selection and then filtered using Content-Aware. All of this is somewhat destructive. So I have created a new layer over here. Let's call it fixed. And I have a select Spot Healing Brush. And let's zoom over here. So again, there are, these are sparks over here most visibly. And like I have told you before, that you are not supposed to remove moles from an image because moles are natural, they are natural beauty. And if you remove a more from a person, you are basically making changes in her, his or her image, basically in his or her body. So we are not going to remove moles from this image. We are just going to work on the pimples. So let me turn this on. And if any point you think that you are working on a mall, simply turn this off so there you could see things properly. So while we're over here, we can simply work on the image like this, or you can turn this on. So I know these are the moles. I'm not going to mess around with them. And let's simply remove these areas to just do a little by a little. Don't do too much at a time because it ruins the image. So I can turn it off and on to check things and seems all right. So let's move this area and this area. Then this area. So I'm working on a smaller areas first. Then I will come over here. Because if dark areas around a mall is solely a pimple is clear, it is much easier to clear it. So this is all right. And now let's make it a little bigger and let's apply spot healing on over here. So don't use healing brush unless you have to, because part healing is good too, is really good. If you have the area around a mall. For example, this area was completely covered with Saudi, I keep wanting more. And if all of this area was completely covered by pimples and I didn't have any area. So I were to have taken a sample form, for example, over here or over here using the healing brush and then I could have applied over here. So yeah, don't use the healing brush unless you have to move over here. So let's check if it's not. So there are no morals over here. There are some over here, like this one I think, but we will have to remove it because we have to fix the area around it. So I will come over here. Similarly over here. And let's remove all of these areas. So just dab on the areas which you want to remove like this. So if you think that this is getting boring, you can always move a little head. I was thinking about fast-forwarding this. But if I do this, you might not be able to understand the areas which I am working on and you might get confused. So I am not fast-forwarding this on purpose. Okay, so you have to make sure that while working on the ADRs, for example, over here. So this is the cheekbone over here and this area is shiny. So don't do anything like this, for example, from dark to light AD and then dark again, this is going to ruin everything. So if I turn this off, you can see that this whole area is running now. So let me press Control or Command Z. And let's start working on this again. So make sure while working that you use dark and light areas properly. Okay, so there's one more thing which I want to show you and diet is how can you use the modes in Clone Stamp, Saudi in Spot Healing. The mortar also available in healing and spot healing as well. So let me turn this off. Let me come over here. You can see that this area is some Word doc. So where do you can use this? You can select lighten over here and you will draw over here. You will see that all of that area is gone and some of the dark areas remain. So let me turn this off and it's trigonal. So you can play around with the modes as well. And my shoulder do, don't ruin the shine. So I will make this really small. Let me move this to the normal again and work on this. I guess this is all right. Similarly over air. So yeah, the reason I didn't fast-forward this is because I'm doing my little commentary over here while I'm doing this. So yeah, if you, if you're getting bored, you can always fast forward. But I just want to teach you everything while I do it. So this is all right. So yeah, I guess we weren't even have to use healing brush at all in this image because everything is working just fine using the Spot Healing Brush. And if something got messed up, we can always use Healing Brush on the image. This is all right. And let's work on this. So this can potentially ruin the image a little. So we are going to do this in two parts. So let's do this part first, Then this part. And let's refine it. So you can see that the cheekbone, the bend in the cheek is necessity. Turn. Now there are some extra areas which would create it via IV will removing all of the impulse. So I guess this is all right. So the reason we did it on black is because if you think you did a decent job in black, when you will turn it off, you will see that you did a pretty good job in journal. So yeah, there are some areas which got messed up a little. So for this area, we can select the healing brush. And I think I should sample from over here. And let's work over here. So because this whole area seems to be messed up, I cannot do sport healing on this. And healing brush comes in really handy if you want to take a sample from very far away and then use that sample contaminated area. So this seems all right now. And some over here as well. So make sure to keep the original thing, things while editing. For example, over here you can see that there is this thin gap or something. I don't know what it is called. And if I remove this, the image is gone and get ruined. So make sure that you don't remove the original, the original things in an image. Extra structure of the image. For example, this cheap book on bone over here. So I think we are done. So let me do before and after. So here is the before and here is the after. So this was pretty much it on advanced skin retouching. You can always make it smoother and you can always make some ports on dimensioning into it. We have already learned about the adding dimension into images in blend if section. So you can always apply that overhead as well. So yeah, I hope you guys like this. I hope you guys learned a lot and I will see you guys in the next class. 100. Remove Glare From Glasses: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to remove glare from the glasses. I know we have already learned the similar technique in the Clone Stamp Tool yeah, and the clone stamp tool tutorial. But in this image, the reason I am doing this again is because the image which I showed you before, it was very simple and to be honest, not very difficult. And this image is somewhat difficult. So this was the before and here's the after. And I want to teach you that how can you use the clone stamp tool and other tools properly to remove glare form an image. So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. Let me zoom in over here. So in this image, basically, if you take a clone form over here, you might not be able to copy it here properly. So for this reason, first I'm going to teach you how you can use the clone stamp tool from inside or using the Healing Brush tool. And then we will refine it using the clone stamp tool. Let me zoom in a lot. Let's create a new layer over here. And let's just savy you spot healing brush over here. So what will happen if we use the spot healing brush? So it is gone, but it kinda looks weird. So if we work on this, so yeah, again, it is gone, but it kinda looks weird. So what now we are going to do is we are going to select the Clone Stamp tool. And now I'm going to tell you how you can use the rotation, which I was telling you before, to your advantage. So, so, so before applying the clone from over here, but you can do is it is a very little technique which I used to do. And that is zoom in and out and break down this area. So I will click over here, for example, over here. Let's click over here. So I am breaking this down into chunks like this, like this, like this. So this is a technique which I developed myself and it has helped me a lot. So I will draw over here. So, uh, you have basically broken down and the glare, and now that you can do is you can select the patch tool. So the passcode is not going to work on this because if I select over here and if I use it to, the patch tool doesn't work over here. And because it only works on actual images, not empty layers. So normally we can do is we can duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. Combine this with this layer. Right-click and convert it into a smart object. I think back to doesn't work on smart objects. Let's try it here. So we will have to convert it in, rasterize it first. Let's come over here. Or you could have just simply selected both of them and press Control or Command E. So this will, this is like our smart object, but it combines the layers as our register. So now you can do is you can select some of these areas like this. Move this to the side. And that area is almost fixed. Similarly over here. And now you can even do the idea that you have fixed before. Similarly over here, this, over here, like this. Then you can do this as well. And some over here. So let's do note. And I think we did a pretty good job. So it is the before and here is the after. So this was one technique which I wanted to show you. Let's do it using the technique which we learned before. Simply create a new layer. Let's zoom in. So now what we can do is we can select the Clone Stamp tool. And we are going to invert this over here. So if I click over here, and if I draw over here, so basically I want to invert it. I will go to clone sources and click on invert horizontally. So now what we can do is we can come over here, make a selection from over here. But you can see that if I draw over here, this doesn't look right. So I will have to let us make it bigger. I will click over here. So basically I will have to use my short keys, which are we have learned before. So I will press Shift or Alt and then less than or Shift Option and then less than. And I will rotate this. So you can see it is being rotated. So I think it still needs to match. So Shift Alt less than make sure that you don't overdo it. And no, I think it's a little too much because it was supposed to be form over here. So Shift and this time greater than and no, let's draw with it. So I'm going to draw over here like this. Similarly over here, let's make it smaller. Make sure that you don't edit this part because this is the part of the spectacle, the glasses. And I think we are good to go. So yeah, I think we messed it up a little over here. So and you can take the clone and being in like this. And I think you will have to rotate it a little to the right, I guess, to the left. So yeah, this is all hidden try because there is a possibility that you think they're due on working. All right. Even working over here like this, making a tutorial for you guys, I even mess mess up things. So yeah, learning design and learning Photoshop. All of this is a lot of it and try. So I guess this is all right. Let's draw now. Still not. Alright. Let's take a source from over here. And let's try it. Let's try no. So form over here. And let's draw now. And I think this is a little too much. So I think we mastered opposed to turn it over here. So let's try it now. And yeah, let's do a little bit over here. Slip the shiny part. Let's rotate it. And let's look just once over here. And I think we are good to go. So here I think there is a little part which messed up a little. But if we zoom out, it doesn't even matter much. So if you want, you can refine it even more. So here is the before and here is the after. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to use these basically two techniques on how to use how to remove a glare from an image. And yeah, I hope you guys find this useful and I will see you guys in the next class. 101. Project 20 - Remove Dark Circles: Hi guys. So yes, I have a project for you guys and we have the same image. So basically you are going to use reconceive split to remove the dark circles of this image. The reason I'm going I'm giving you the same image just because I couldn't find any other image. So, yeah, but this is a very important topic and I want this to be your project. So what I do word, learn how to remove dark circles from images properly. Because if you are, if you were to get into photo retouching, this is something which is extremely important. I cannot emphasize this enough because you will come across images in which you will find that there are dark circles. And you will try to use clone stamp on them and you are going to ruin everything. So yeah, do learn this technique, do apply it, and don't forget to share the results with me. And I will see you guys in the next class. 102. Edit Face Features Using Liquify: Hello everyone. So today we are going to learn how to edit face. We just using Liquify. Liquify has evolved a lot in the previous years in Photoshop. And I think the feature we are going to use right now, it is only available in Photoshop 2020 and above. I'm not really sure. But if you cannot find it, it's because you don't have it. So make sure that you are on one of the recent versions. So I have this really beautiful image over here and we are going to liquefy some of the fears features. Not because it's a government is not beautiful, she is extremely beautiful. But, uh, there are times when grind tells you that he or she wants you to edit some of the images and if you are into photography or if you, if you've worked in an agency who takes photographs. So you will have to edit some of the features, and this is the way it is. So let's learn it. First of all, I will come up over here and go to Filter. But before that, let's get a copy of the image. So I will press Control or Command J. It is already a smart objects, so we don't have to worry about the effect being permanently applied over here. We can always edit it. I will come up over here, go to filter and click on Liquify. So you can already see that I can hover over the image and it is showing me some of the sliders. Sliders, but some areas. So make sure that you have finished tool. If you are on Photoshop 2020 and above, I guess only then you even have these two by default it is lifted to Forward Warp, change this to fish tool. And also whenever you have a face in him in an image, photoshop will automatically detect all the features. For example, the eyes, the eyes height. Notice my upper lip, lower lip mode, everything basically. You can use the sliders. For example, if I want to make the left eye bigger, I can use this to make the eye bigger like this. And let's set it to 0. And let's do from over here. So this is a more natural way because using sliders you cannot see what you are doing. You can see, but you cannot make a proper estimate. So let's zoom in a little. Not too much. Just a little. So let's just say I want to make her face a little bigger. So I will click over here and I can make it a little choppier. I can make it a lot Jabir depending upon the client's need. So I can even make it very slim. But let's keep it natural like this. And let's just say that I want to make the nose a little up or down. I can do this as well. You can see that How amazing is this? And this is all using just Photoshop. So I can make the nostrils were going to a small nose and you can even make the chin up or down. You can bring if you think the forehead looks, it'll link, you can make it smaller. Like this or not. We are going to go crazy. So you can go crazy like this. So let's just say if you are working on a caricature. So you can make a caricature like this and you can even increase our smile. So she has at most open to, I think this is going to look really weird. This looks quite weird. So whomever you are, who's pictured this is, I'm sorry if I'm working on making your features we're about this is just for learning purposes. So yeah, the eyes look really weird. Everything to the word, everything to the extreme. So here's the before and the after. I know it's look really, this looks really weird. I think there is an option to reset all of this as well. Okay, you can just simply can't sell it, then go to Filter again and then liquefy. And yeah, don't overdo it. Just do just make things a little bigger or smaller. If you think that they need to be. Don't really mess up the actual structure of the image of the face basically. So yeah, this is a feature which comes in really handy. Again, if you are into photo retouching, you can quickly make adjustments and don't have to basically work on editing a lot because in the previous version, but we used to do was create a new layer. Then go to liquefy at each thing individually. And it used to mess up the whole image than we used to combine the previous layer and then bring back the areas using Content-Aware. It was basically a mess. So yeah, this is pretty much it on the liquefied tool, the face tool basically not just liquefy. So yeah, I will see you guys in the next class. 103. Change Hair Color: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to change here color in Photoshop. So as you can see that I have this image over here. And let me turn on this layer and you can see I changed the color. I can even edit it if I want to. I can change the color to whatever I want. So let me teach you how I did it. Let me just delete this layer and let's make it from the start. Let me delete this as well. Okay? So the first thing you basically have to do is make a selection of here. So for dad, you can either go and try the Quick Selection tool. But for this image, I think, sorry about that. I think that color range would work the best. So I will select color range over here. Let me bring this to the side and I can click anywhere to make a selection. So we have already learned that if you click with the eyedropper tool over here and here, color range will make a selection of Derek specific color. And if you want to add more colors to the range, all you have to do is come over here, click on this Plus Eyedropper Tool. And now what you can do it, you can click on parts which you want to add. Or the probe way to do this is you can click once and then drag and draw with it. So basically, wherever I am moving this, all of those areas are being added. Similarly over here and over here. So I guess this is all right. Okay, so the next thing that you can do is you can basically play around with the fuzziness. So if you increase it a lot, the selection, selecting here would become very difficult to. We will decrease it to the point that here looks all right. And I guess this is alright. And then we can hit, Okay. So at this point, you can try to do is you can select the Quick Selection Tool over here. Make it a little bigger. Press Alt or Option to get mud the minus one, or you can click over here. So what happened? Where did the selection rule? Okay, it's here. Sometimes it happens in Photoshop. So I will press Alt or Option, and then I can click on these parts to remove them. But if you overdo this, there is a possibility that some of the extra areas which you shouldn't be slurred would also get deflected like this. So in this case, what we will do is we will simply leave it over here. Let's try adding these areas to the flexion. Okay, this is not all right either. And what we will Louis, we will simply create a mask. So I will come down over here and click on the mask. And we have created the mosque. So let me duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J and simply delete the layer, mask them over here. So there I would have the original layer as well. Okay, So coming back to this, alerts refine the selection tool. I will press Alt or Option and click over here to come to this black and white mode. I don't know what this is called. Who? Okay. So basically we have to remove these areas. And this area, so much we can do is first of all, let's select the brush tool, just make it a little bigger. Let me move this to the side. Let's zoom in a little. And I can select black as foreground color, and I can simply start drawing over here. Okay, So why is it not doing? Okay? So we're in the previous tutorials, I said the opacity to 10 percent and our desire just not working. So no alerts drove at it like this and simply remove these areas because we don't warn them because every time when I press Alt or make the brush smaller or bigger, the screen shifts. I don't know why this is happening. Sorry if this is annoying. Okay, so we have done this. Let's move over here. Okay, So this part shouldn't have been here because I think when I did it before, it wasn't here. So let's try using, sorry. So let's try using the black brush over here. Like this. But let's change its blend mode to overlay. Okay, So this is not all right. Let's go back over here. And let's see where we went wrong. So what we can do is we can try making the selection. Again. We don't have to select the other ideas. We will just click over here. Because I think this idea is going to be a pain sorted. We could add this to our selection. So I am basically adding this to my Selection hit, Okay? And okay, so don't make the selection via shifting the mosque. Let's click on this object over here, not this, but this. Let's turn this on, Select Color Range, and let's make a selection. So I will add all of this to the selection, then simply hit, Okay, so now we have this selection over here. I know this is still rough, but at least we can select the click on the mask, like the black brush and dangerous to normal and then draw over here to remove all of this to at least this is gone and now we can refine this. So let me click over here again by pressing Alt or Option. The selection is much refined now. So let's click over here. And let's draw with this similarly overhead. So now the overlay method is going to come in really handy for us, for alerts and draw these ideas first because the shoot me in the selection. Like this person, they get smaller. Okay, so make the brush bigger. And let's change the blend mode to overlay. Okay? So now what we can do is we can select black. And now you will see that we are going to basically to refine our selection. How cool is this? Like this? Let's move out. And if there are some areas which need to be added, we can go to, or we can change the color to white. And let's add them like this. And I think this is a pretty decent selection. So I will click on older option and click over here again to see the selection, I guess this partial Ruby here as well. So let's draw with black over here. Change it to normal. Let's draw over here. Make it smaller. And this seems all right. So let's turn this on. And, uh, so our selection is complete. We have made the mask. We have basically separated the hair from the subject. So this is the subject and this is the here. And now what we can do is we can simply come over here and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer over here. Let's clip it down by pressing Alt or Option and clicking between the both layers. And now what we can do is we can change the hair color. How cool is this? Okay, So there are some areas like over here, we need to refine, so no problem. Let's just change the color first and then we can try to finding it. Okay, so let's say we want this greenish color. So let's zoom in to see which are the areas which are not proper. So over here. So let's do them while we are over here. So let's select. So instead of, yeah, so instead of doing the over limiter, let's try to find edge over here. So go to Quick Selection, click on Select and Mask. So let's click Refine Edge and let's draw over here like this. And if you think you need to see what's going on, so what you can do is, let's done all of this on. Let's turn this off and click over here, and then click on Select and Mask. Okay, So the reason we are seeing everything is because there is a layer below it. So I will hide this. And now let's go to Select and Mask. Okay, so let's select, Refine Edge and see which are the ADOS which we need to add. So this, all of this needs to be added. Ok, so we selected the wrong tool. We need to reflect their true press Control or Command Z. Let me select, Refine Edge and knowledge stria. So you can see Photoshop is quite intelligent. It can understand that I am trying to make an opposite selection. Not the person but the here. So this is all right. Similarly over here and over here, I know it is messing up a little, but no problem. You can edit it. And similarly over here. So these are the areas which need to be added. And then it'll rid of this. So yeah, just selecting here is quite difficult. So this seems all right. Now we're gonna do is we can click on Alt or Option. So we just need to refine these areas. We can select the brush tool, make it bigger, select white, go to overlay. And we can add back these areas to which doesn't seem all right. Similarly over here. And I guess this is all right. So let's click on left, press Alt or Option, and click over here. Let's turn this on that or just turn this on. And I think we are good to go. So there are some still some areas which we need to refine. So let's select the brush tool, make it black. And we need to refine over here, change it to normal. This is such a pain. Every time you use overlay, you need to turn to change it to normal. Otherwise it doesn't work properly. And over here, you can do the same. We can add some of the areas like this and this. And yes, you can basically use the Refine Edge to further refine it again and again, It's totally up to you. So let's draw over here with the financial tool. And it is going to try to make a selection. And then what you can do is you can select the brush tool and some of the areas back. So yeah, this seems all right because the skin below this needs to be you should be able to see the skin below this. So seems all right. Okay. So there are some areas which are still not proper, like over here. So let's try refine edge over here as well. Like this. So you can see that this is totally free hand. I didn't practice all of this. I didn't make a tutorial, tutorial before. But when you are actually making a selection, actually making design, there is a possibility that you will have to redo this over and over and over again. Logos motion of the tutorials which you guys see are somewhat practiced. And you think that it is just easy as 123. But in reality, it is all hit and dry. So now I think this looks decent because there are no harsh edges. And novae are here. I think there's one more thing which we can do is we can go to Select and Mask and overhear and data are some sliders. So you can basically use the feather slider over here, not too much because it will bleed out. So let's increase this a little. Maybe like 0.6 pixels. So this looks much feathered out now. And now you can change the color. So this just looks really good. So this was the original and let's keep it this grayish, bluish kind of color. So here is the before and here is the after. So I know along editorial, a lot of refining and all. But this is how you are going to learn how to design properly and how to make rope or selections and photo manipulation and everything. So I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 104. How To Whiten Teeth: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to whiten teeth in Photoshop. So let me show you the original image, and this was the original image which I had. And you can see that the teeth were quite jello and then I edited it and they are right now. So let's do it from the start. Let me delete this layer and let me show you how I did it. So first, I will come down over here and create a hue and saturation and just one layer. After that. Let me bring this down a little after that, we will make sure that you're not selecting the mask, click on the actual layer itself. Then we will come over here and click on this arrow. We have already learned about this and simply select the yellow as part in the whole image. So I think this part is like the more shallow part. So I will click over here just once. And if I bring this down, let me bring this down. You will see that Photoshop has automatically selected the range to let me zoom out a little. So now what I can do is I can refine this range. So before that, I will move the sliders to the extremes so that I could see the actual selection. So I will bring this in a little, then bring this in a little. And to make sure that we are making a smooth selection, I guess this is on right? Okay. So I will now bring these to 0, back to 0. And now what we can do is we can simply decrease the saturation a little. Play with the lightness, a little, increase the lightness, decrease the saturation of a little mood. There's increase the lightness. And I guess we are good to go. Let's decrease the tradition a little more and increase the lightness. So here is the before and the after. How cool is this? So by now, these much tutorials into the course, you would have realized that we are now doing the same things over and over again. So this is the contract. This is the same concert which we learned in, in the, in the class in which we learned how to change a lot of a car. So we simply selecting a color from the car, which created a range. And then we move the sliders to the extremes to make a proper selection. And then we came the color of the car. So this is basically the same concept. The reason we are practicing on so many images is because I want you guys to learn that no matter what image comes in front of you, you can easily edit it if you know the basic concepts. So as you can see that we have simply edited it. But there is some problem. If I turn this on and off, you will see that on not only the teeth, the yellow from the teeth are gone, but from the beard and other areas as well, macaws, there are, there is a lot of yellow in other areas of the image as well. So no, not a problem, but we can do is we can simply click on the Mask. Let's select black brush. I selected the brush. Let's make it bigger and we can toggle it on and off. So let me just increase the hardness. So now what we can do is we can simply mask out these areas. So you can see that I am masking out the areas so that only the hue and saturation adjustment layer only affects teeth and nothing else. So I think we are good to go. So for example, if I draw over here, it will bring back this area. So let me press Control or Command Z. So here is the before and here's the after. How easy was it? So yeah, understand the concepts properly and you will be able to edit any image in Photoshop. I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 105. How To Apply Lipstick: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to apply lipstick in Photoshop. So I have this model over here. Very good picture. And if I turn this on and off, you can see that this is the original image. And I applied some lipstick, lipstick on her lips. So yeah, let me delete all of this and let's make it from the start. So let me, sorry, by actually touched the mic. So let me zoom in over here on the lips. So basically what we are going to do is we are going to create a hue and saturation adjustment layer. Or we could also create a solid color adjustment layer. So I created a solid color adjustment layer over here. And let's turn it to reflect that. And what I will do is I will invert this math too. I will press Control Shift or Control, I just Control I to invert it. So now this whole mask is gone. And now what we can do is we can, but before doing this, let me bring this back. We will change the blending mode. So basically you can select a different kind of blending mode from over here and you can multiply. Then there is Linear Burn, Linear Dodge too. There are a lot of them. But I think for this image, multiply would be all right. And now I will get a negative mask over here. So I will press Control or Command I. So now what we can do is we can select the brush tool and let's make it smaller. Let's zoom in over here. So basically you can draw with it. So for example, if I draw over here, sorry, I need to flip to white. So now if I draw with it, I am basically bringing this solid color adjustment layer back so I can draw the outline over here. I guess this is how they do it. And powerless. They draw the outline first, I guess. So this its own right. Then over here, simply draw the outline. It would be much easier if easier if you are using a tablet. I'm just using a mouse. So I have drawn the outline, I messed it up a little over here. Let's zoom in more and let's draw on the inside. Don't worry, if you draw on the teeth as well. You can always remove it. So this is all right. I guess we have covered the major area. And let's draw here a flow inside. Simply fill it like this. So some area, some of this area as well. So we messed up a little over here. Simply press X to invert the color. And let's draw over here, press X again to get back white. Let's make it a little bigger. And I guess we are good to go. So yeah. This is not the final answer, but at least we have applied the lifting. So for this part, let's invert the color and draw over here. So let's zoom out. So we have the lift ticket least now, let's zoom in a little. So now what we're going to do is you have guessed it. If you have guessed it right, you are starting to understand Photoshop. Double-click over here and open Blending Options, Layer Styles basically. And you are going to play with the white slider. So I will move this to the side a little. And the part where it starts to look weird, I will press Alt or Option, bring the slider and move this to the left. So you can see there, there's a transition going on and we are starting to see the shine because I guess she had some lip gloss on. So yeah. So simply hit. Okay. And here's the before and the after. You can zoom out to see if it looks all right. So yeah, I guess he heard some lip gloss on Android and artist via the lifts are quite shiny. And this is the final result. And you can even change the color. So you can either select this color and try changing it to make it darker if you want, for example, this or some other color. But I would recommend you to create a UN saturation adjustment layer over here because it is much easier to change colors using hue and saturation. So normally we can do is we can change the, uh, sorry, we need to apply it below. So I will press Alt or Option and then clip it down. We didn't need to clip this down because this was just an opposite layer. And we made this selection, opposite selection. So normally we can do is we can change the color of the lips. So let's just say you want play pinkish kind of, yeah, this seems all right. Pinkish kind of color. You can make it like shocking pink if you want, like make it very dark. And decrease the saturation, increase the lightness or decrease it. And I guess this seems all right. So yeah, if I think I could have made the made the selection a little better, not the selection, the drawing of the lifts a little better. And you can always refine it into totally up to you. You can select the brush tool, make it less harder and draw on these areas. So, but this is a pretty decent lipstick. So here's the before. Let's group and both of these, select these and press Control or Command G. So here is the before and here's the after. How cool is this? So yeah, this is pretty much it. I hope you guys like this. Don't forget to practice this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 106. Fix Blurry Images: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to remove blurriness from an image in Photoshop. So as you can see that I have this image overhead and it is quite blurry. So we are going to make it less blurry. We cannot make it as good as the focus you get from a camera, but we can minimize the blurriness. So let's come over here. Let's duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. And after that, let's go to Filter over here. Other and then click on hi Boss. Okay, so we have this high-pass filter over here. And by default, it must be something like this. So, but you have to do is simply crank it down to 0 and then increase it little by little. So basically, you have to stop increasing it at the point where you start seeing the face properly. So there you could see the face features properly. So I guess at the seams. All right. And I will simply hit, Okay. Now that we are going to do is we are going to change the blend mode. So I will come over here to the blend modes. And over here you can select different blend mode to overlay soft light, hard light. So let me show you the difference. So this is overlay. Let me zoom in a little. So overlay. Let's click over here. Soft light, then Hard Light, vivid light. So you can basically see the difference. So vivid Light and then Linear Light is like way too harsh. So yeah, you can increase or decrease the blurriness, but if you do it too much, you will increase the sharpness and that way your image could get ruined. So make sure to use something very soft, soft, light, hard light. Or you could, there's one more thing you can do. You can select Linear Light and decrease the opacity a little like this. So let me zoom in to show you. Sorry, That means a woman. So here is the before, very bloody, and here's the after. So again, this is still not perfect. I know. But we can decrease the blurriness. We cannot completely remove it. So yeah, this was a very short tutorial on how to remove gladness in Photoshop. I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 107. Puppet Warp To Move Body Parts: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to use Puppet Warp to move body parts. So it's a very fun tutorial. You're going to love it. So you can see that I can move the body parts, any part I won't even the elbows and oil. And I can make her dance if I wont. Say, Hey, this is really fun. Lettering, press Enter, and let's make it from the start. So let me hide this and delete this. Let me turn on this layer and it will hide the layer mask. Sorry, we hide this. You have to press Shift and then click to hide the layer mask. And I basically created, basically I remove the background and then I applied puppet warp on the person. So we are not going to create the selection again because we have learned this a lot by now. And there is one more thing. If I zoom in over here. When you apply color decontaminate on a person, usually here, what happens is that the mass looks great. It looks awesome. But this is the reason it is always recommended to keep the original layer. I don't have the original layer over here, just the layer with the mask. And if I turn off the mask, sorry, press Shift and then click. You can see that the hair looks really weird. It's because we have applied color decontaminate on the here. And the mass looks awesome. But the original image gets ruined. So it is always recommended to keep the original layer intact. So yeah, no problem. This is not our purpose at the moment. We just want the subject. So we are going to duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. And I'm going to apply the layer mask into the subject. So I'm going to right-click over here and click on Apply Layer Mask. So basically this is a separately or no in simple words. So I will hide this layer and we can work on this layer. So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to come over here. Let's click on Edit and then go to Puppet Warp. So by default, show mesh would we own it would look something like this. Let me zoom in over here and it'll, So what you can do is you can basically put points. So for example, uh, basically you are supposed to put points on joints. So if I put a point over here for example, and then over here. So this is like a joint. So now I can, so northern I move this, it is moving everything. So let me press Control or Command Z. I would have to put a point over here as well because hips are also a joint. So now if I move this, you can see that upper parts are moving a little as well. But basically mainly the lower parts are moving. So to make sure not everything moves, I will put points on oil their joints. So for example, justice also kind of a joint because you can move up and down. And elbow is also adjoined. And then your wrists then treat them over here. So now if I move this, you can see that only this part is moving. Similarly, if I move this, only this part is moving. And I can turn off the mesh there, zoom out. And now you can make her dance. So yeah, this comes in really handy if you want to edit a specific part, for example, makeup person wave, add someone else. For example, we can insert this position. So now it will look like then she is dancing. She is she was she was already dancing. But we have changed the position of the hands. So this seems alright. And simply press Enter. So if I turn this on, so basically we have two different positions and all. And I can move this to the left. I can create another mesh and move this to the right. And I will have visibly have different positions of the same person. And you can basically create a poster out of it or whatever you want. So you have Puppet Warp is a very fun tool to be honest. I don't use it a lot, but it is a handy tool and it is a fun one as well. So yeah, I really hope that you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 108. Section 10 - Basic Animation: Hi guys, welcome to Section 10. And this section is going to be all about animation. August right off the bat. I would like to tell you that Photoshop is actually not a good program for animations. We have better programs for it, for example, After Effects. But there are some really simple things which you can easily make in Photoshop. So I taught we weren't covered them. So for example, in this image, let me play this. We will see that we have this looping pattern overhead. So we can basically create this looping pattern animation in Photoshop. Similarly over here, we have this really cool Parallax effect. So let me play this. And you can see that this is such a good parallax effect. I have made another one. Let me show you this one as well. So basically you can make these really nice parallax effects in Photoshop. And finally, we are going to learn how to create the cinematograph in Photoshop. So let me play this. So you can see that this seems like this waterfall keeps on falling. And this is called a cinematograph. So yeah, this is going to be really exciting and I hope that you guys will really like this section. So I will see you guys in the videos. 109. Moving Illustration Animation: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to make our moving illustration animation in Photoshop. So yeah, you can basically animate some of the things in Photoshop. There are limited options, but there are, they are quite fun. And you can basically make pretty good stuff in Photoshop. So you can see that I have this image over here. And if I play it, you can see that this is a moving animation and it is just applied to her shirt. How cool is this? So let's make it from the start. So let me delete everything and then we will make it from the start. I will also turn off this panel. So basically when you will open your Photoshop, this is what you will have. So the first thing which we have to do is we will have to get that timeline over here. So you can go to window over here and then move down and here you will see timeline. So simply click on this. And by default, you won't see something like this. So let me open the same image in another file. And under Photoshop document so that you would be able to see what happens when you don't have when you do it for the first time. So let me close this. Let me close this. So when you will open timeline for the first time, you will go to Window, click on timeline. It will say Create Video Timeline. So basically everything that you will do it will, it will create a layer. It will create a composition for that layer. Okay, So let's hide this for now and let's work on our image first. So basically, we need to cut out the shirt from the subject. So there is a lot of contrast in the image. So what we can do is we can come over here and select the Quick Selection Tool. And you can try using Refine Edge as well. And first, duplicate the layer by pressing Control or Command J. And now let's make a selection to again, the image was, image has a lot of contrast and we were able to make a selection into just two clicks. So simply click on the mask. And we have the shirt as a separate layer. So if you want to refine it a little, you can go to Select and Mask, and then collect and finance to tool and zoom in a little. Alerts increase the transparency, which decrease the transparency a little. So you can basically draw with it over here like this to make sure that the flexion is refined. And I guess this is all right and simply hit Okay. So that extra areas are gone. Let me zoom out. Let's turn this layer on. So we basically have the shirt on a separate layer now. And Norbert we are going to do is we are going to create a pattern. So I will come to adjustment layers over here and over here, you can select pattern. There are a lot of different kinds of patterns. So the one I selected was, is this one water. So I guess it was this one. And you can also scale it up and down. So I think I need to make it a little bigger. I guess like this, a little bigger and simply hit. Okay. So the reason we created a pair 10 is because you can move apart and as much as you want, and it will never end because it is a burden. Okay? So now if we create an animation out of it, and if you move it to the left like this, we can make it move. And we can be, we can basically make it move infinitely. So as much as we want. And now what I'm going to do is I will press Alt or Option and click it, clip it down. So we basically have Our main thing ready. And now we basically have to animate this pattern. Because you can see this looks completely all right. There is one more thing which I did over here. I double-click over here and when to Blending Options. And this is like an extra step. You can basically apply blend if on the shirt a little. So that a little bit of shirt, a shirt is showing like this. Then hit Okay. And now if you move the selection, this is something which it will look like. Okay, So coming to timeline again, I will come up over here, click on Window, and then click on timeline. So when you will click on Create Video Timeline for the first time, it will create compositions, basically anything that you can edit in a video format. And that is called a composition in video editing. So when I will click on Create Video Timeline, it will create a competition of all their lives. Let me move this up on it. And so you can see that there are competitions for everything apart from the layer which is locked and we don't need it anyway. So the first thing which we need to do is we need to animate the layer. I guess this is the only thing which we need to do. So let me click over here. And you will see some options over here. So you can play around with a lot of things. But our concern over here is position. So when I right-click on position over here, you can basically put keyframes to a few known about for Adobe Premier Pro or After Effects or any editing software, video editing software, there are basically keyframes. So basically what is a key-frame? Key-frame is it tells you the starting position of an animation and then the ending position. So what I can do is I have said the starting position, do this which is still. And what eigenvalues, I can move this to the end, maybe at four seconds. So this is showing seconds. Let me zoom out a little. And now what I will Louis, I will move this to the left, a little like this, and let go. And you can see that our key frame has automatically been placed over here. So novel, I will play this. When I will click on play over here, you can see the animation playing. So it is quite slow. You can make it faster if you want. So it is, I guess this is alright. And if you wanted to make it really fast, let me press Control or Command Z. I will zoom out a lot and I will move it to a very far away like this. Before that I will have to set this over here. And now I will move it very far like this. Let's zoom in. And this is going to move like crazy. It is super-fast now. So yeah, it is a very simple concept and you can pretty much make really good animations using this method. And we are good to go. So let me press space bar to play and the animation is playing. So yeah, this was pretty much it. It wasn't that difficult. Basically, you need to do whatever you want to do. You have to do this over here first. And then you can create our timeline. And you can edit the part which you want to edit. It simple as dead. So I hope you guys really like this and yeah, I will see you guys in the next class. 110. Parallax Effect: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this parallax effect in Photoshop. So let me show you. Let's hit Play. So you can see that we have this really cool Parallax kind of effect. And we made all of this in Photoshop. And it's come over here. I have this image as well. So how cool is this? So basically we are going to make these, let me just open these files and make them from the start. So I will open this file. And let's close these because I don't want you to get confused by all the options over here. Let's close this as well. And come over here. And we have this image overhead. Let's place over here. Okay? So let's start with this one because I think this one is simpler. We have this image over here and we want to create a parallax effect. So parallax effect basically is a kind of effect in which the main subject or the main thing is coming closer and the rest of the things are moving a little further away, but slower than the mean one. So let's create a new layer by pressing Control or Command J. Rather, I will create two more layers. I will tell you why. Okay, So the first layer, we are basically going to cut out the subject from the background or the other way around. So I can come over here and click on Quick Selection Tool. Then go to select and mask over here. And let's click on Select Subject over here to basically make a selection of our subject. 13 making a selection. So we are just using Select Subject. Then click on Define here to refine the hair. And if you want to do with the selection manually, you can totally do it. So let's hide these layers to see if the selection looks all right, and it is. All right, Let's turn on these layers and let me hide the subject layer. So let's see, name these as well. So I will call this subject. Let's hide this. So for this layer, basically I won't do remove the subject from the background. So what I will do is I will click on this mask by pressing Control or Command. This way I will get a selection of the subject because we have already made the selection. Then I can go to Select, click on modify and then click on Expand. Over here, said the expansion do maybe like 22 or 30 pixels and hit Okay. And you will get this kind of extension. Then go to quick selection tool. And if I can do basically right-click and click on Fill, make sure that this is set to content of it and hit, and hit. Okay? So this is something which we have covered in the basic course that how you can remove anything from images if you want to learn how to remove objects from any image or a person from any image like we are doing over here. This is the concept. So I guess this is taking a little bit of and because the resolution of the image is high. So after this, I am going to degree that resolution as well because it is going to take a lot of time when we even be animating this. So I will press Control or Command D. So a person is gone and there are some areas which doesn't look all right, so no problem. This is going to be covered anyway. So let's go to image, go to image size. This is not the part of this tutorial, but as I have guessed, I was right and the resolution is extremely high. So let's set this to Lake maybe 1500 and hit Okay. And I guess this is all right. Because the resolution was way too high. So this is our subject. So we have our subject, we have our background. So this is the background. And we have an extra layer as well. So we will hide this. We only need, only need these two. So after doing these steps, and you can go to window, then click on timeline to get the timeline and click on Create Video Timeline. So as I've told you before, he then or lock layers and never show up over here. Only the ones which are not hidden and not blocked. So this was 17 were subject, Let's call this going on. So it got updated overhead as well. So let's animate the subject first. So I will, yeah, there's one more thing which you have to do to be able to animate things. To get the transform any mission, you basically have to convert your layers into a smart object. So we will click on both of them, right-click on both of them and convert them into a smart object. So let's look over here. So we have transform over here. Let me show you what will happen if you don't convert it into a smart object? So if I open this, you can see that transform is not available. Right-click and convert to smart object. So am I going faster? I think I'm going a little fast with this. So if you think added I'm going a little fast. You can always pause. So let me zoom out a little and let's click on Transform. So we have learned in the previous tutorial that when we click on the keyframe, we have to sell it to the initial position and then the final position. So the initial position is the one we have overhead. And let's do the end five seconds. And this will be the final position. So I will make it quite big like this, like super crazy. And this is alright. Simply hit Enter and you can see a keyframe has been placed over here. So this is the animation we have. So this is not enough. We need the background to move as well. So let's rename it to back ground. I think I don't know why the name got changed. And let's zoom in and we have to animate the background a little as well. So I will click over here as well. Click on Transform. Let's zoom out a little. Press Control or Command T. And I will make it a little bigger and then move it to the side as well. So that means object is always moving faster in a, in a parallax, the means object, it's always moving faster than the background. So we didn't make it really big. Otherwise it will move really, really fast. So I think we are done. So let's hit play. Okay, so the background is not animating why I guess I didn't move it to the left when I was resizing it. So I have placed a keyframe over here. Let's do this again. And let's move to the left, put a keyframe over here, then move to the end, and now make it bigger. And much more to the left a little, not too much and hit Enter. So, yeah, now the background is also animating. So when you will press Enter for the first time, you will see a bar over here. So this is basically buffering it. It will making the file ready for viewing. So this will take some time. And if your file is way too big like it was before, it is going to take much longer. So once the first buffering is done, when you will press, press Enter again or click on Display button over here. You can see that, but it looks effect. How cool is this? And you can even post it on Facebook in anywhere else as well. But basically as a GIF. So I guess we are done over here, and let's move to this example. So let me hide this for now. And over here, instead of two, we have three things to animate. So basically this front montane, then this back mountain, and then the sky. Okay? So I will make four copies of this. And let's call this fund their score. This back. So far, mountane back mountain. Let's call this sky. And I think we just need three layers. We already have this one. So let's delete it and are originally received. So we have to basically make a selection and all of them out on a separate layer. So I will select the Quick Selection Tool. And let's make a selection of this moment in first to make sure that the front one is selected. And I haven't make a selection like this. Over here. Let's zoom in. Because over here the contract doesn't look alright. So we will have to work on it a little because you can see that. And the reason it is bleeding out is because there is, there isn't too much contrast. So this is all right. This is all right. So this back one is a part of this moon beam, so we are not going to select it. And I think we are good to go. So let's remove our this area. We don't want this to be the part of the front one. And you would have to work on it a little more. So I guess this is all right. So let's zoom out. And what I will do is I will simply create a mask. So I will click on the mask. In this way, the mountain has been extracted. Simple. So this cold front. And now alert selecting the back. So I will click on the back, one click over here. And let's make a selection of the mountain like this. Let's move over here. Whereas order option to get this minus, and then you can remove this. So this is all right, So far so good. If you're getting bored by me making selections, you can always fast-forward this. I'm just making sure that you understand what I'm doing. So this is all right. I guess this is a decent selection. Zoom out. So yeah, if this is an extra tip, if you think that the selection doesn't isn't working, all right? And thus the flexion you are making isn't looking alright. Always zoom in a little, because after zooming it in, the selection becomes much better. So I guess this is all right. Let's do this. I guess this seems all right. Now, this also needs to be added into this. So let's select all of this part over here. Let's zoom in. I've been recording for such a long time today, for so many hours there, my mode is starting to feel rotten. All the sacrifices I made for you, where is? Anyhow, our mountain is selected and we can create a mask on it. So now if we hide this and this and this, you can see that this mountain is on a separate layer. And there is this little part which I think we didn't select properly. So let's come back over here. And I think this part needs to be the part of the mountain. So what we can do is we can click on where it is it. We can click the brush tool with white. We can draw this back. So why is it not working? Opacity is 10. So yeah, change to reflect the brush tool and draw this back. And this seems all right, good. Disconfirming. Okay, so the last thing is the sky. And for the sky, it is very simple. We can flip this guy and you can simply draw with the Quick Selection Tool like this. And this guy will be selected simple as that. Let's come over here and remove this area. We don't want this. Make it smaller. And then try to select it. I know these sections aren't perfect, but we don't want them to be perfect. So click on Sky and let's get a mask on this. So if we hide everything. So here is the mountain, front mountain, then here is the Back Mountain, then here is the sky. So for the sky or you will have to do some extra work. You will have to fill in all of these areas. And for this, what you can do is you can first, first we will convert all of these into smart objects. But for this, let me apply and the landmass first. Then I will click on the layer by pressing Control or Command to make a selection. And then I will invert the selection. So I will press Control Shift I. So instead of Skype instructed, everything else is selected. So now I just need to fill all of this area. I can do this using content aware. So I will click on Select and first mortified this selection tool. Click on Expand. And let's set it to 30 pixels and hit, Okay. And now I will right-click on this, click on Fill, quantitative it and hit Okay. So as far as I think, this is not going to make a perfect content aware it is not going to fill it properly because there are clouds over here. But to be honest, this is not our objective over here. We just want to make sure that there are no empty spaces. So this seems all right. Or you can also refine it a little more by clicking the Patch Tool over here, selecting this area and when this over hair. Pretty good. So yeah, the sky is done. Let's come to the background and then come to front. So the main thing is front, which we need to work on. So let's convert all of these into their own smart objects. And let's move this up a little so that you could see all the layers. And let's go to Timeline and animate this. So I will go to Window and click on, sorry, timeline over here. Let's zoom out. So let's click on Create Video Timeline. And we have timeline for all the layers which are not hidden or locked. So let's start with the front one. And click on Transform ones. Let's zoom out and it'll alert moved to the end. And let's make it really big. So let's make it like this. Move this down a little and press Enter. So this is what this will look like. Okay, seems alright. Then go to click on black back. Let's animate this as well. So if we made this one really big, the back one would be just a little bigger. So let's click on Transform. Go over here, click on the back one, and just animate it a little. So there is a problem over here. If I zoom in over here, you can see that I can see the sky below this. So I will press Control or Command Z and reanimate this part and also data, data, some space over here. So what we can do is let's press Control or Command Z to go back over here. And the starting position should be, we can make it a little bigger from the start. Like this. This would be the starting position. Let's zoom out a little. So let's click on Transform again. And let's come over here. And I will make sure that there are no blue spaces below this. So I will make it like really big, bring this down. But make sure that we cannot see the yellow species over here, like over here. So I will bring this to the side a little maybe. So press Enter. So this is Arthur. Not bad. So let's go to the back one and try animating this click on Transform. Move over here. Press Control or Command T. And let's make this a little bigger, not too much, just a little. And finally the sky. So let's go to the sky and let's set the starting. Make sure that when you are putting in the key-frames and their starting position is at 0, and then move it to the point where you want to animate it. Press Control or Command T. And what I can do is I can make the sky a little bigger like this, and at the same time, I can make it, move it to the left like this, and then press Enter. So you can see that this is our final effect. Let's buffer this. So I'll press space bar and let's buffer day. So basically this is the buffer line going on that they seem basically means that it is making the file ready for us to view. So anytime now. So we are done. Let's come back over here, press enter. And how cool is this? 111. Project 21 - Create Parallax Effect: Hey guys. So yes, now we are going to do a project. You are going to do a project, and it is going to be a parallax. In the previous class, we learned how to make these really cool Parallax effect. And I have given you on the image and you are going to do the same. So this is the image I have given you and not very difficult. And you are going to make a parallax on this image. So don't forget to share your projects with me and I will see you guys in the next class. 112. Create Cinemographs: Hi guys. So now we're going to learn how to make a cinematograph in Photoshop. So this is like the last video of the animation section. And let's get started. So let me play this for you. Let me move that to the left and let me play this. And basically, you can see that this is a cinematograph. So cinematograph is basically a still image. So all of this is still, nothing else is moving. And just our single part of the image is moving on repeat. So let's make this. Let me, instead of deleting everything that we open the image, another Photoshop file. So let me open this. Let me close the timeline for now so that you won't get confused. So I have this image over here, and basically I have a really simple objective and that is I want to animate the waterfall. Okay? So the first thing which I am going to do is I'm going to, I'm going to cut down the waterfall and the selection doesn't have to be perfect. So what I'm gonna do is I'm going to go into masking mode. So I don't think we have covered this before. So if you go into masking mode, for example, over here. So this is the masking mode. You can see the layer has converted into red. And now if you select the brush tool and if you draw with it, why is it not drawing with black? Okay, yeah. So uveitis already selected, we have to draw with black. So if we draw with black over here, for example, like this. And when you will come out of selection, more common, boost, tender more, you will see that all of this is selected. So this is like a free hand way of making a selection using desktop brush. So I will come over here, click on the Mask Mode, and let's draw on the waterfall. So I have told you before, if you want to draw a nice straight line, just click once, press Shift and click at the bottom, and we will have a straight line. So doing using this technique, we can make some straight lines to make our selection much easier. And then later on you can refine it. So let's fill this. Click ones like this, like this. So yeah, let's make it a little bigger and draw over here. Okay. So there are some other areas as well here. So you can just draw a little extra areas like this, because no waterfall in the world is Dead Street. So this area as well, and here as well. And I guess we are good to go. And some of these areas and these areas. So I guess we are. All right. There's at some of these areas as well. Some at the bottom. So knob and you will click on Normal more. You will end up with this lecture. Simple, and this section is actually opposite. So you will have to press control shift I. And now you have the selection of the waterfall. So novel too can do is you can click on the mask. And this way you were to fall has been extracted. So let me duplicate this layer and right-click to Delete Layer Mask. This way we will have the original layer as well as the waterfall. So now we have to animate the waterfall and let's rename this water fall. So this is pretty much like the previous tutorials. Just a little complication in this one is Dad, when you animate it, you have to duplicate the bottom lid and mascot up as well. And already if you're getting confused, let me explain this to you. So I will go to window again and then go to Timeline. So we have this timeline and let's click on Create Video Timeline. Before that, I will duplicate this layer and lock this layer so that we would have the original layer as well. So I will click on the video timeline. Let's rename this as well. Let's call it reached. So this is the waterfall and desist and the rest of the image. Why is it showing this one? Let me hide this. Okay, So it will also create layer composition S3. You have even if, even if it is locked. So I guess we can press Delete to delete this or not. How can we delete this layer? Delete drag. So if we unknown this, you can delete this. Okay? No problem. So. Let's work on the image. So we basically have to animate the waterfall to what we can do is first we can right-click on it and then convert it into a smart object as always. And then press Control or Command T. And let me move this down on it. And so there you could see everything and let's transform it. So why is it not transforming properly? Okay, yeah, press Shift so that it would get transformed properly. And let's move it down. Before doing this, we're doing this completely wrong. We have to come over here, click on Transform. So this is the initial keyframe. Then come over here. Press Control or Command T. And let's just do this for 1 second instead of five seconds. Press Control or Command D. Let's bring this down like this. So press Enter. So now if I click over here, this is what we have. And I think the image resolution is really high. And let's check. Yeah, I think it's quite high. Alerts change this to one hundred, ten hundred and six hundred by 100. Knowledge play this. So there is a problem over here and that is that water seems to becoming down, but it is coming on the image itself. So what we can do is we can create a new layer by pressing Control or Command J. Bring this to the top, and we will create a mask on this layer. Simply click, click on the layer mask and invert the mask. So I will press Control Shift, I, sorry, simply press Control I to invert the mask. So basically this emit exist on the top, but it is invisible. And now what we can do is we can select the brush tool and draw in the ADRs. So let me move this over here. And what we can do is we can simply draw in the areas of this image. So we can draw in these areas like this. We are not removing the water foil. We are basically just drawing on top of it like this. Let's make it a little harder. Draw over here, like this. And overhead there is some small type effect. So let's draw over here as well so that the waterfall over would fall into this area. I don't know why I can still see that below layer. We're okay. So let's make this. So Northern we will zoom out and let's play this. You can see that the water is just coming down over here like this. So there is one more thing which we can do. We can decrease the size of this composition. And now if we play this, so it will end abruptly like this. So I think we are good to go. So now what we're going to do is we are going to apply some fared on it. So I will click on fared over here. I clicked over here first. Let's click, click this layer, waterfall. Click on this, then fade and drag and drop it over here on the left part. Then drag and drop it over here on the right part. So now you will see that, you will see some feared effect over here, like this. When you're done, simply group this layer. So I will press Control or Command G. So grouping the layer makes it easier to copy it again and again. So now what we can do is we can duplicate this layer. Left duplicate just wants to see everything is all right. Let's move it to the end and play this. So it is playing again and again like this. So let's move it to the left ventricle. Like this. A little more. So before it even ends, the other one will start like this. And it'll more. And we can make multiple copies by pressing Control or Command J and adjust all of them like this seems. All right. Let's make a few more copies. This, this. And I guess we are good to go. Let's move this a little fund. Okay, so let's play this press Space-bar or simply play over here. So it is surrendering editor. Let it render, or you can call it buffer. And we are good to go. Let's play this. So this looks so nice. So there is a problem over here, and I don't know why I can still see the layer over here. So maybe there's something wrong with our mosque. Capacity is full. I drew, I do with my brush tool, which is 100 portion. And we can still see this. I don't know why. So let's get a new layer on top of this. Put it over here with the same mask and everything. And I guess this is all right. I don't know why this is the fixed, but this fixed it to let's play this and let it render a little. And let's split this. So how cool is this? An alternating again. So yeah, this is pretty much it on how to create a cinematograph in Photoshop. And to be honest, this looks really nice. And yeah, I know this looks a little updraft because it keeps on doing the same thing over and over again. But you can always use a couple of more fade effects and adjust the timing properly so that it will look like that. It isn't fake. Okay, good to go. I hope you guys like this. Don't forget to recreate this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 113. Project 22 - Create Cinemographs: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. So I have another project for you guys, and that is you have to create a cinematograph. So in the previous class, we learned how to create this cinematograph, a waterfall and emitting. And basically you have to do the same for this image. The concept is pretty much the same. And yeah, I know you can definitely make it easily. So I hope you guys have fun making it and don't forget to share your project with me. And I will see you guys in the next class. 114. Section 11 - Photo Manipulation: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. So welcome to Section 11. And this section is all about photo manipulations and affects. So you can see that we have really cool effect over here. This is called a pixel stretch effect. We are going to learn how to make this. We will also learn how to make this really cool double exposure effect, which is very popular and trendy. We are also going to learn how to create this decay effect, but I like to call it the 10 or snap effect. So you can see that this was the original image and then we can move it into something like this. Then this is one of my favorite tutorials to make, and that is how to create this floating sphere in Photoshop. So you can see that this was the before and we created this floating sphere. Similarly, we are going to learn how to create a glitch effect. And we are also going to learn how to convert anything into gold. So you can see that this was the original image and we converted her into this like gold statue. So yeah, these are couple of the tutorials. We have a lot of other tutorials as well. So we are going to cover all of those. So I hope that you guys will really like this section and I will see you guys in the videos. 115. Transparent Glass Effect: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn how to make this transparent glass effect in Photoshop. So let me show you, even if I move any of these, you will see that they are actually transparent. And you can see below them similarly on this one. And even if I import solid or any other better-known below them. So if I come over here, if I create a solid color adjustment layer over here, for example, red, you can see that. You can still see the transparency. So let me delete this and let's make them from the start. But first let me tell you there is something which, which is on my mind. And I think that is a lot of creators or tutorial makers who don't tell you this. To be able to remember all of this, it's practically impossible. So if someone comes and start putting in values over here, basically you will use blend modes to create this. And they start putting in values over here, there is a 99 percent chance that they have written down a written down somewhere and then they are referring to those values. So yeah, you need to know and that either you are suffering from values or you need to understand the concept behind each and every layer style over here. Because if you know the concept, you will be able to make this easily. So now what we are going to do is we are going to delete one of these layers. I will give this as a reference because I don't want to tell you that I know a lot about layer styles and I know everything. And that is why I am just putting in values. I do know a lot, but not so much that I will be able to remember everything. So let's create a new layer over here, and let's come to the ships. And we can select a shape from custom shapes. Or we can simply select a polygon on a triangle. So let's go to custom shapes. By the way, if you cannot see legacy shifts over here, click on the gear icon over here. And over here, you can go to, let me see where can I find the shapes? So if you go to window and window, there should be options for shapes. Yes, Click on the shapes. The shift spending will open up. Let me make this a little bigger. If you cannot see the legacy shifts, which are the origin Photoshop shapes, you can click on this burger icon and click on legacy shapes and Lord. And when you click on this, this panel will open up, this folder will come up. Then you can close this. And when you will go to Shapes, you will have all the legacy shift and porch of 19 and all the other Photoshop versions. So let's check what we can make the effect on. So there are animals, arrows, textures, banners. So let me see what would be the best one to make this on shapes. So let's select a shape, maybe this beards. And we are already working with hearts and clubs. Let's make spirituality. So I will make a ship over here like this. Okay, so since I have done this one, this is for, this is for those people who have already learned to make just one of these. You can duplicate it as much time as you want. So I have the left and over here I will click on this, press Alt or Option, and I can simply drag and you can see I can drop it over here. And the effect has been applied over here. There is one more thing which we have to do is and daddy's turn the fill to 0. And we have defect on this as well. But not all objective over here right now. So let's close this and let's try making on this shape. Okay. So before we start making the law transparent glass effect on this shape, you need to understand the difference between fill an opacity. Okay? So opacity basically being stoned, transparency and filled as the same. So where does the difference? There modally word is the difference. So for example, if I double-click over here on this layer and I apply a simple Drop Shadow Warrior like this. So you can see that there is a drop shadow over here. So now what I'm going to do is I am going to decrease the opacity and fill again. So if I decrease the opacity, everything was of a. But if I decrease the fill, you can see that the color is going away. But the drop shadows. It is still over there. So the only difference between opacity and fill is dead fill takes opacity takes away everything. Fill only takes away the fill, the actual color of the object, and not the effects on it. So this is the first step. We have decreased the fill to 0 and let us go to blending options. So I will double-click on this. And then we have a lot of options over here. Bevel and Emboss quanto certain inner glow. You can play with all of these options to get the effect you want. Okay? So I'm going to try to replicate this over here. But if I couldn't, I will differ from the properties of this image, this object basically. So I will go to bivalent emboss. Okay, so by default, it does applied everything over eight because I, I guess I have done this before. And the reason it is of it applied everything is because it has saved everything. So what we are going to do is let's remove the drop shadow. Let's remove the will and Emboss. Let's turn these on. But we said the values, so reset to default. And then reset to default. Let's give it a drop shadow. Can I press Control or Command Z on this? Okay, So no problem. Let's start with the drop shadow. I will bring this down a little. And let's spread it a little. What happened? Let me bring this down. Okay, something that I got mashed up. Let's cancel it. And double-click on this again. Click on drop shadow. So let me bring this down until I can increase the size in the spread. And I guess this is alright. Okay, so let's go to bevel and emboss over here now. So there are a lot of options. Again, it has said this to the work I have done before. So let's reset it. And let's try playing with these values. So if you can see that there is depth over here, if you increase the depth, let me zoom in over here. You will see that. You will start to see some depth in your image like this. Okay? So let's keep it to like a 100 percent, maybe 200. And then we can increase the softness and the size. So if you increase the size, you will see that if you increase the size a lot, you will get that glass kind of effect. So let's keep her late 16. I still remember some of the settings. Let's say this often is to aid. And I guess this is all right. So let's set the opacity, let me do motor later. Let's set the opacity of highlights to maybe 70. When I say maybe I actually remember some other settings from the previous one. And let's bring this down so we don't want any of the shadows. All right. And yeah, you can set the angle and the altitude as well, but I think this is alright, let's go to contour. And in contour, and this makes a lot of difference. There are different kinds of presets and they actually determine how your effort will look like. So if we click on linear and cone, so you can see that these are actually graphs. So you can play around with them to see which one looks the best. So I think the one I applied was the ring or a double. But we can try around with different settings. So I think it was ring double or ring. So yeah, I think it was rink and simply hit. Okay. Then there is one more thing which I applied. Keep on anti-aliasing as well. Then there is one more thing which I apply it and dad was certain. So let's reset this as well. So I will set the color to white over here and hit Okay, and by default capacity would be 100% and this would be normal. So what you can do is you can apply this will keep the blend mode to normal and decrease it to 10 percent. Make sure the addition and the size is not a lot, but it doesn't matter much because our capacity is very low. And I guess we are good to go. Then I guess you can also apply some inner blue to this image. You can play around with the settings to, I guess this is all right, Let's put some noise into this and we are good to go, but it is a little too much. So let's decrease this and simply hit Okay. So in simple words are, and effect is ready. And you might think that they look similar, but the settings of this and this completely different. So what I can do is I can duplicate this by pressing Control or Command J. Let's put this one over here. And I can copy the effects from this to this. So this one, it looks just like this one. So yeah, I have made this before and I can even apply this on any text if I want. So let's just say I delete this. I bring this one over here, and I write some text over here. Alerts, right? Coma, my wife's name. Let's make it bigger like this. So now what I can do is I can come over here and I can copy, press Alt or Option, and drag and drop this over here. So effect has been applied. Then I can decrease the fill. And we are good to go. And wherever I haven't moved this, it will be according to the background behind it. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to make a transparent glass effect. I know. I didn't explain the blending modes to do a lot. But to be honest, as far as blending modes are concerned, and this is something which you start to understand with time. So play, I can tell you a lot of the values. Let me just show you this. Let me just open this. And if you want, you can copy the values. So let us go to bevel and emboss. Take a screenshot of this or save this part of the video, then discount or over here, it is set to ring double sum, Inner Glow, some certain and then the drop shadow. So you can see if the values if you want, but dad wouldn't teach you anything for them. But I made this effect over here. And I'm gonna be honest, I'd even, I don't know exactly what everything does over here. I know to some extent. But what I do is I simply open the shape and I start playing around with these sliders until I get the result I want. So start playing around with these sliders, these options, and you will know exactly how they work, and then you can make your desired effect using it in the beginner course, we also learned how to make the emboss or engrave effect. And there was also the same same concept basically. So, yeah, I hope you guys didn't like this and see you guys in the next class. 116. Glitch Effect: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this glitch effect. So I have this image over here. Let me turn this off and you can see that this was the original image. And I have created a glitch effect on it. So this has like really the Troika and off field to it. And it kinda looks really good on images in which there is a lot of going on. If you apply this on an image when they did is just one subject. It may look good. Berta, it looks really good when there is a lot going on in the image. So let's make it from the start. Let me select this and bring this down and delete this, and let's make it. So the first thing which I'm going to do is I am going to create a duplicate of this layer. So I will press Control or Command J two times. And let's call this one thread. And this one cyan. I will tell you the reason why. So basically we are going to play around with channels, get red and cyan effect. Because when we apply the glitch effect, you are basically moving the red and cyan to the side. Let me teach you how. So I will double-click on the breadth-first. And over here you can see in channels, there are red, green, and blue RGB. So I'm going to turn off green and blue, and we will end up with just red channel. Simply hit. Okay. Then we will go to science. In this one, we will turn off just R and we will keep green and blue. You can see that we have this ion effect over here and color basically and simply hit Okay. Now what we will do is we will select, for example, red and maybe cyan. And we will move one of them to one side. So I will use the keyboard, the arrow keys to move the red layer to the left, 1, 2, 3, 4, and then go to sand and 1, 2, 3, 4. So I think I did it a little too much. So let's bring them back just one step. And you can see there the effect is created. How cool is this? So if I turn off, for example, red, you weren't able to see it because there is also an image below it. But if I give this layer on, you can see that these are only science. And if I turn this on, you can see that these are only reds. And if I turn both of them on, the intersection of these two layers is this layer. But apart from this, it looks like this retro kind of glitchy effect. So let's combine these layers by pressing Control or Command G. So here is the before and here's the after. This effect is so easy and so easy to make and looks awesome. So let's try this on another image. Let me come over here. Let me bring this image over here. So very simple steps. Step 1 is we will create two layers. So I'll press Control or Command J to make two layers. You can rename them if you want or don't. Totally up to you. Double-click on one of them and turn on all the other gentleman. Accept, read it. Okay. Then double-click on the second one. Turn off red and keep the other channels and hit. Okay. Now you can simply click on one of them and use the arrow keys to move left and little. And then this arrow key to move right a little. You can do it a little more if you want, but I guess this is enough. So you can see that we have the glitch effect. So I will press Control or Command G to group it. So here's the before and here's the after. Let's zoom in a little. So before and after. You can move this to the left a little. If you think this is a little too much. But you get the idea. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to create and the glitch effect in Photoshop. I hope you guys like this. I hope you guys will make it. And I will see you guys in the next class. 117. Double Exposure Effect: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this double exposure effect. Okay, So before we start making it, let me tell you that there is no hard and fast rule to make this effect. It is totally up to your own creativity, how you're going to make it. So you can follow this tutorial to get the ideas. But I would really recommend you to test around and try playing in Photoshop to make different kind of develops budget effects. That being said, let me go to my Images and let me bring my images into Photoshop. So let me bring this image first over here. I'm just going to keep over and give this overhead as a reference so that we could refer to it anytime we want. Okay, So I have this image over here, and basically I want to remove the background first bird. Before that, I think I should have created different layer, sorry, different document. So I can click on file over here, click on New. Let's set it to 1920 by 1080 and hit Create. So I will work on this document. So I can bring this image over here like this. Okay? It is very big book on. The resizing is turned off. So we can simply bring this over here and it will be resized as well. So let's close this layer. Okay, So the first thing which we have to do is hand at is basically remove the background of the image. So you can select the Quick Selection Tool or any other tool. But since we have the automatic tools, we are going to try them first. So I will go to Select and Mask. Click on Select Subject. And I am not going to refine the hair because for this tutorial, finding the here is not our priority because we are going to make it messy in the first place. So simply hit OK. Oh, OK. And we have created this mosque and then you can get it a mask on it. Sorry, We created a selection. Now we can make a mask on it. And let's come over here and let's remove some of these years. So I will press B on the keyboard to get the brush tool, make it smaller. Sled black. Increase the hardness editor. And let's remove these here because we don't want them in the final image like this. Okay, so the first thing is done. Let me duplicate this layer and let me delete this layer mask because I want to keep the original one. So let's rename it as we go. So or regional. General. Okay. And let's call this grown or just call it subject. Because this is all subject. Okay, so what we've done so far, we have renamed or original layer and then we cut out the background form or subject and to move some of the hairs. Okay? So the next thing which we are going to do is basically create a hue and saturation adjustment layer on top of this. And we will make sure that it is clipped to the subject. And we will D saturate or subject. Lurched turn off. What happened? Sorry for this. Automatically appear anyhow. So alert. Let's turn off our original layer because we don't want this at the moment. And it will select both of these, or maybe just let the subject, and I'm gonna make it, I'm going to transform it. So select it, press Control or Command T. And I'm going to transform it because I just want the focus to be on the head, on the head of this object, and maybe a little bit of neck and the body. So I guess this is alright, let's make it smaller. And this seems all right For simply press enter. And this is what I want to, why didn't we resize the saturation, this one layer we don't want do because it applies to the whole Canvas anywhere. So I guess this is all right. We are good to go. Now what we are going to do is we are going to bring in our other image, this one. So I'm going to bring this over here. Like this, press Enter. But now the human situation is being applied to this layer. So we will bring this up and you into tradition has been unclip. Let me hide this and I will clip it again. Sorry, clip it again. Okay, so let me turn on this layer. So we are going to use this mask to apply our mask on this layer as well. So I will select this layer, click on this mask while pressing Control or Command to get this selection. And now I can click on this layer mask over here. And all of this image now is not limited to all of this area. Easy-peasy. Okay? So there is one more thing which we could do know and apply a hue and saturation adjustment layer on top of this layer. So we will come over here and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer. Clip this to this layer. I think we need to make some renaming, do some renaming, several double-click on this, let's call this crease. And I guess we are. All right. So let's click on hue and saturation, this one. And let's decrease the opacity. So I am making it a black and white double exposure. You can make it any other way you like. You can even make it colored if you want. Totally up to you. So we are good to go. Now alerts, work on this. So what I can do is I can basically bring in these areas, but before that, let me adjust it a little. So if I move this, you will see that it is moving the whole mask. But if I a, unlink this from the mosque, from over here, you can see that I can move the image like this. So this seems all right. And I can link it back again. So now what you are going to do is you can basically remove some parts of the mask. And that way you will be able to get the effect you want. There are two ways to do this. You can either work on the subject or you can work on the trees. So since we want to remove the mass will move over here. Let me right-click on this and convert this to Smart Object. Now create a mask on this. Again. Select the black brush tool. And now we can draw over here, make sure all the moulds are set to normal opacity 100 percent. Decrease the hardness. And let's draw over here like this. Don't overdo this. Just a little. And this seems all right. And now we can draw it on the dress as well. Make sure that it is completely subtitle. And for this part, you can simply, Yeah, For this part you will have to go to this object layer over here. And you can hide these areas because we want this to look like dead trees are coming out of her head like this. And there is one more thing which we can do that you can see that we can still see that they're the head of the subject. So we can come over here and create a solid color adjustment layer. And make sure that this color is the color of the solid color adjustment layer and simply hit Okay. So now the background is exactly the same color as this image. And that way it looks like that the trees are coming out of her head. We can Applies remove some of the mass from here as well. Sorry, from over here, like this. And then come to the subject and alerts remove some areas from over here as well. I guess we are good to go. So let's see how we did. This was the one which I made before, and this is the one over here. So over here I made sure that there are some trees. No problem, I can bring them back. Let's put some trees over here as well. And I think you did a pretty good job. So yeah. I guess we are done. And you can bring it up a little if you want or you can resize it like this. Maybe. And we are done with our double exposure effect. So here are all the layers. Let's do a little quick recap. First, you got out the subject, subject from the background, and then you desaturate the subject. Then you bring in the second layer, for example, trees or mountains. And then you decide to date that layer. Then you copy the mass from your subject to your trees or mountains, whatever. And then you mask out the areas of the subject you're going to want to be able to see so that it would look like that both of the images are blending. So yeah, this is pretty much it. I hope you guys like this. This is pretty simple yet really. It looks really amazing. And yeah, I hope you guys like this. See you guys in the next class. 118. Project 23 - Create Double Exposure Effect: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. So now we aren't going to do a project and you are going to create a double exposure effect. So in the previous class, we learned how to create this double exposure effect and you are basically going to do the same. Now, I have given you a couple of images, a couple of options. So this is the subject, and these are the mountains or trees, whichever you want to use, you can even combine all of them if you want. Yeah, the doubles Fujian, the exposure effect doesn't have to be with one image or two. You can even use all of them. But for starters, I would recommend you to make with just one of these three and extra points for anyone who can integrate more than one image. So yeah, see you guys in the next class. 119. Water Color Effect: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. So today we are going to learn how to make this watercolor effect. So you can see that this looks like a watercolor painting, but this was not the original image because we Photoshop this. So yeah, let's make it from the start. Let me bring in the image. This was the original image which I had and I will bring it into Photoshop. So yeah, everything which we are going to do is it is going to be using filter. Filters, basically filter gallery to be precise. So let's duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. And let's apply some filters on it. So I will go up over here, go to Filter, then go to filter gallery. And it sometimes takes some time to load. And also it is by default, applying some effects on the image. Let me zoom out a little. So let's delete these because it is applying them by default. Okay? So let's come to Artistic folder over here. And you can see that there are a lot of effects over here. And depending upon the size of the image, it takes some time, takes a lot of time. So to minimize this, Let's cancel this. But you can do is you can go to Image, Image Size and simply decrease the image size. So I'm going to set it to 1 thousand and hit Okay, because the image is way too big and it is going to take too much time. So now let's go to Filter again before dad can always convert your layer into a Smart Object. So I will right-click on this and convert to smart object was otherwise we won't be able to edit the filters. So let's go to Filter, then go to filter gallery. And by default it is applying these effects and we don't want these, so I'm going to hide these. So let's zoom out a little. And now we can apply some effects on this. So you can see that there are a lot of effects over here in filter gallery. But the ones on this one is really nice. Okay? So the one which we are going to use is watercolor over here, or here, watercolor. And you can see that there are some options over here. So you can play around with the brush settings, the shadow intensity, the texture, the texture a lot. It would look something like this. But for the watercolor effect to what I have found is that said the texture and shadow intensity to 0 and increase the brush size so that the lines over here would be really prominent. And you can, you can crank it up to like 14, like a lot. But no, it looks like it doesn't look like a watercolor effect. It looks like the actual estimate, the actual image. So we can set it to maybe 10. And I guess this is fine. And simply hit OK. No, Don't hit, Okay, and we have to apply another effect. Okay? So once you have one effect applied, if you click on another effect, for example, this one, it will replace direct effect and we don't want this. So I will come back over here. And before applying another effect, come over here, click on the plus icon. And this way you can stack up multiple effects. So now it has applied the watercolor effect two times. So you can see that it is applied this two nines. So now we are going to use this palette knife. Let's click on this and we will bring this down. It also affects the defect you are trying to make. You have to remember they're, the venue will have an effect on top of another one. It will look different. So we have the palette knife over here and it gives you this kind of effect that you can increase or decrease the intensity, the stroke, stroke size. So let's keep it high and bring this down maybe. So let's bring down the stroke size to maybe 10. And I guess this looks alright. So without color, palette knife, it looks like this and visit, it looks like this. Simply hit, Okay. And we did a pretty good job. But there is one more thing which I want to add, and yeah, I think it looks really good on watercolor paintings. Let me close this, minimize this. And I have this image of watercolor. So I basically downloaded it from internet. And I'm going to bring this over here, and let's drag and drop it over here. And let's rotate it like this. And I'm going to resize it. So this looks fine. And let's apply a blend mode on it. So I'm gonna come over here and let's check which blend mode looks best on it. Multiply looks. All right, collarbone looks on right? Linear Burn looks. All right. So let's see which one we can apply. I think multiply it looks the best. Even just looks all right, divide. Let's go to multiply. Let's increase the size a little. And I think we can invert it, so I will right-click on it and flip horizontal. There's increase the size a little more. And we don't have to cover the whole bird. So there are some areas which are not covered and some areas over here. And this looks like a water paint color effect and someone has dropped some corners on it as well. So yeah, Let's see, before and after. So I will combine both of these. Whenever I say combine 99 percent entertains I am seeing and grouping them. So let's group these images by pressing Control or Command G. So here is the before and here is the after. And how cool is this? So yeah, if you want to make a watercolor effect and impress them when they're due, made a painting thing you can do difficult using Photoshop. So yeah, I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 120. Thanos Snap Effect - Decay Effect: Hi guys. So who is ready to get disintegrated by ten hours? Okay, so this image is already, this effect is actually called a disintegration effect or spread effect, but I like to call it a tennis snap effect because 10 or killed half of the universe using this. So yeah, now we are going to learn how to make this. So if I turn this off, you can see that this was the original image and this was after I snapped the fingers. So yeah, let's delete this and let's make it from the start. So let me hide this imaging showed you the original image. Let's delete this as well. So this is the original image and we simply remove the background store. By now we have removed so much so many backgrounds. I think I shouldn't teach you how to remove anymore and you simply bring back the image. But let's do this foil for this image. So I will go to Quick Selection Tool. I will go to Select and Mask select subject. Then we can also click on refining here if you're using Photoshop 2021. And then simply hit or k and the background should be gone. Why didn't the best-known away? Okay, So I guess in the layer options you can select, so the output is actually a selection. So you can set it to a new layer with layer mask. And now I hit Okay, so now we have the background removed. We can delete this layer if you want or keep it totally up to you. So I want to keep it. And for this layer, I'm going to right-click on it and apply a layer mask on it. So this is a completely different layer now and we are going to work with it. So let's rename some image layers, and let's call this rigid original origin. Okay, Let's call this one subject. So we are going to make another copy of this by pressing Control or Command J. And I'm going to tell you why. So I will hide this layer for your, for this layer. And let's convert it into a Smart Object, Convert to Smart Object. And then we are going to go to filter and we are going to go to liquefy air. Pockets are wise and liquefying opening. It's open now. And yeah. So with this tool and this tool, a warrior Forward Warp tool, but you are going to do is, let's make it a little smaller. You are going to warp this image to the right or to the left wherever you want to create the effect. So I'm going to warp it like this. I know this is going to look really crazy, but this is what we want. To lay this over here. We are simply extending it to the end. Let's do it from the top as well, like this. Make sure to bring in some of the skin because otherwise everything would be completely black because of the here. And I guess we aren't good. Alerts distort this little. Then I guess this is alright, simply hit. Okay. So we now have this crazy kind of stuff over here. But this is not the final. Obviously. Let me close this and let me bring back this image. So this is the concept. We are going to apply a brush over here with a mask and we are going to hide some of these areas. And then we are going to use this layer. This one could bring back some of the ideas from this image. So let's work on it. Let's create a mask on this layer. And I will invert it. So I will press Control or Command I. So the mosque has been inverted and we cannot see any off this hideous. So let's come to this layer and create a mask on it as well. Okay, so now we are going to go to the brush tool. Where does the brush tool over here? Or you can simply press B on the keyboard. And over here in the brushes, I have this explosion brushes. So if you want to download this, I think I have already don't know, read these for you. If I go to images, you can see that there is this a zip file containing Explosion brushes. So you will have to simply. Extracted, right-click on it, extract here. And when you will double-click on this, it will automatically get installed in Photoshop. So now we can use these brushes. So let me show you some of these brushes. So if I come over here, you can see we have this crazy brush. Then we can come over here. This one over here, this one, this one. I know they are really big. So this one, this one, this one. So we are going to use this explosion brush is 0, 0, 1, 1. And let's apply it on our subject. So let me make this a little smaller like this. So what we are going to basically do is remove some part of this area which we want to disintegrate. So I will click, click over here on the mask, then go to, then select black as my foreground color. And I will start drawing over here like this. So make a couple of strokes if you want. But make sure that you move a lot into the image because only then you will be able to get dead disintegration effect. So I'm going to apply a lot of this. Even if it gets ruined from the side, the image, it's a mask we end, we can always bring back our image. I think I did it a little too much and I guess we are good to go. So this is the first part. I guess this is all right. Now what we're going to do is we are going to come to this image and we are going to do the opposite. So if I make this white and if I start drawing with this brush, you can see that we are bringing back all of this, but we are not going to overdo this. So let's go to the brushes, and let's select a brush, which doesn't have a lot going on in it. So I guess this is all right. Let's make it a little smaller like this. So in the start and the particles are very refined and as you go away, they start to become a little bigger. So I'm going to keep it really small. Come over here. And let's draw some over here. So brush tool and just make small particles over here first. Like this, can make it a little bigger, bigger particles like this. And you can even change the brush if you want. So I guess to make sure. Okay, So there is one more problem. You can see that there is a lot of repetition over here. So to make sure that, for example, if I click over here once, then over here, then over here, you can see that there is a repetition going on and the effect wouldn't look good if we keep on doing the repetition. So let's let a brush which suits best for us. So basically we can select any brush we want. So I can see that this looks all right, but we don't want very big particles. So I think I'm going to use this one. I'm going to use this one. But like I said, that we don't want a partition. So what we're going to do is we are going to come to Brush properties. And over here, you can go to ship dynamics and increase the angle jitter. So let me show you what will happen. Let's create a new layer over here. And let's just say I draw with black over here. Whenever I would click ones, the angle will change. So angle is changing. So this is nice for us because we want the angle to change. There's delete this layer. Let's go back to this layer. And now we can draw with it over here with white, make sure it is right to get different kind of effect over here. But I think there are still some problems because on this specific brush, there is an ending to it and this kind of looks really weird. So let's look at some other brush. I'm, I'm still not satisfied with this. And that is why I want to make sure that we get the proper effect. Same with this one. I don't know what's wrong with these brushes. So I guess we can set this brush. It has the same problem. There is a line on the top. This one is all right. Let's make this one. Go to brush settings and ship dynamics and increase the angle jitter on this one. And let's apply this brush on the subject. So let's look over here. Yeah, this looks alright. Let's make it really small phone number cause the starting should be really small. So click like this. And when you move away, start making it a little bigger. And when you are like really aware, you can make it even more vigor. And this seems all right, or to make it small again, let's apply it a lot on these areas because this has to be really fine. So you can draw with it like this as well. And I guess this is all right. Some over here and some parts over here. So you can do random clicks on these parts as well. But the most of it should be from this area. And I guess we are good to go. So for this image, you can come to the mosque, select the brush tool and simply select soft round brush and draw back these areas because we want them to be proper like this. And I guess this is on right. And for this, let's remove these areas and written. And I guess we are quite done, but I think we should apply some of the brush over here as well. So which brush or was it? I guess it was this one. So let's make it a little smaller and apply it over here a little more. So yeah, I guess we are done. And yeah, this is that it's a disintegration effect or the tunnels snap effect. So though, yeah, I hope you guys really liked this and do try making this because you're going to love it and you can show it to your friends if you want. So yeah, see you guys in the next class. 121. Pixel Stretch Effect: Hey guys, I hope you guys are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this pixel stretch effect. So let me show you the before and after. This was the original image which I had, and then I convert it into something like this. So it's very easy, very simple, and it's really fun to make. So let's make it from the start. Let me give this over here and let me go to InDesign files. And let's drag and drop this image over here. Sorry about the messy desktop. Okay, so let's start with making the selection of our subject, but before that we will create a copy of our subject. So let me press Control or Command J to duplicate her. So we have another copy. And now what I'm going to do is basically make a selection. So for debt we can select the Quick Selection Tool, go to Select and Mask. So always try using the automatic tools in Photoshop or making a selection. And if it still doesn't make the selection properly, then you have already learned other techniques as well. So we can also click on refining hair to find her here and simply hit Okay. So the reason we cannot see the change is because we already have a background layer. So let me hide this. So yeah, it did a pretty good selection, but there are some areas which doesn't look right. So yeah, like I was saying, always try to use the automatic tools first and then you can use other ways to refine your selection. So to be honest for this tutorial, the selection, the first lecture doesn't isn't required basically. So I can simply draw over here. Sorry about my mobile. It's ringing. Let me turn on the do not disturb mode. Okay. So why is it showing me in the back and on what's happening over here? I have white selected, okay? So this is what happens when you don't have completely white selected. So now and I haven't draw with it. It won't be a problem. So make sure whenever you are using when you hover your masking, always make sure that you have complete white or complete black selected. So I guess this is all right. So there are some areas which aren't all right, so we can go to a quick selection, go to Select and Mask. And with the refine edge tool over here, we can refine this a little bit. So look over here than over here. Then over here, I know it doesn't messing up the fingers are little, but nobody's we will fix it right over here and over here as well. Okay. So far now, we are just going to ignore the fact that the fingers are not proper because that is or not or objective over here right now, simply hit, Okay. So we have a lot of layers created. Alerts, simply delete them so that we would have the background layer, the original layer, and the one with the mosque. Simple. Okay, So let's create another copy of this because we want to be able to edit them off later on if and if you need it. So I will rename this as mosque. And let's call this one subject because we are going to apply the layer mask to this. So whenever you apply a layer mask to a layer, it basically converts it into a simple destructive object. So we have, let me hide this. So we have this object over here. So I guess this is all right. So now what we are going to do is let me make it a little smaller because we are going to create debts, swish, swish, whatever it is called over here. And let me duplicate the layer first. So I will press Alt or Option and bring it over air. And I will press Control or Command T and make her really straight like this. Okay, So this might not work for every subject because in this case, I can make a straight section of all the pixels over here. So if you have a subject which is not straight like this, or you cannot make her or him straight like this. You can make, take chunks of the subject from different parts and then combine them to make the pixel stretch. So I'm going to go over here and select this single column marquee tool. So it basically selects one line, one single line, one single column of pixels. So I'm going to click somewhere over here. Like this. So it is selecting a lot of pixels. Let me zoom in a little. So I want to make sure that I select this ankle as well. And I guess we are good to go. So I'm going to create a mask on this. So now you can not see anything because you can if you zoom in a lot. So there is just one single pixel line. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to right-click on it and convert it into a smart object or you can apply the layer mask. And now if we press Control or Command T, and if we stretch it, how Google is this? So we have this pixel stretch over here. Let me move this out of bones, a little soda. We go to swish it a little later on. And let me put our subject on the top. Okay. So far, so good. So let me select her, bring her over here. So we will have to resize her a little. So I will press Control or Command DTI, make sure that her head is touching the top and the foot is touching the bottom. And let's extend it a little more over here. Like this. Like the subject to move a little forward. And I guess we're good to go. So now we are going to do is basically select or pixel church, let's call it picks a little stretch. Are TCH these are the spellings rate. I'm sorry if I misspelled it. Okay. So I'm going to create a mask on this. Let's come over here, create a mask like this. Then what you can do is you can press Control or Command T and click on the subject. And then press Control Shift I to invert it i4 ink. So by inverting the selection, let me show you what will happen now. And I will draw over here, for example, with black. It, it won't let me draw into the subject. So let just see I'm going over here. And if I tried to draw inside, it won't let me because the selection is actually outside everything else apart from the subject. So let's draw over here. So we are basically going to remove the whole right side of our pixels stretch. Like this. I think I messed it up a little over here. Don't worry, we will fix it. And I guess we are good to go. So this is All right. Let's go over here and see if everything is alright. So I'm gonna make it a little harder. I don't know why is it glitching whenever I make the brush size bigger or smaller? And four over here, I will invert the color with white. And let's draw with white over here to bring this back. Press Control or Command D. And I guess this is all right. Okay, so the next thing which we are going to do is basically make a swish out of this pixel stretch. Okay, so if you have the mask selected, this is going to mess up everything. So for example, if I select this press Control or Command T, right-click and click on warp. And now if I change anything, for example, from over here, sodium, why didn't it work? Click on warp. Warp chromosomes are not allowed for LinkedIn layer mask associated with smart objects. Okay, so I guess this won't work for a smart object. So we will right-click on it and convert it into a raster layer. Right-click, click on WAP. And now if you've warp it, it will be all right. But the problem which we are going to face is that it is going to mess it up a little over here. If I press enter over here, you can see that it is messing, messing it up. So we are going to unlink the mass, the mass basically. So now if I move the layer, you can see that it is moving and the mosque is still over there. Okay? So I can even move the mask like this. But that is not our objective over here. So I will click on this, press Control or Command T, right-click, click on WAP. It zoom out a little, and you can make a swish over here like this. So bring this down, bring this up like this. Like this. Bring this a little more down. Move this to the right and eternal. And I guess this is alright. So let's make it a rest controller command T. So I guess the, I don't want this extra space over here. So let me press Control or Command T and let's remake it. Let's do this again, like this, like this. And let's move it over here. And I guess this is good to go. So there is a smaller problem. It got moved a little, no problem. We can go to Warp again. And bring this down on it and making sure it is not master from the top and simply press Enter. Let's zoom out. And our pixels stretch is basically done to, we can unlink, we can basically link this again. There is one last step and artists some shadows. So we can get it on new layer between the subject and this pixel stretch. So create a new layer. Let's call this shadow. And select the brush tool. And we are going to basically draw some shared over here with black like this. But it's going to be very hard. So we are going to change the blend mode to overlay. And now we can draw with a low opacity. So let's third opacity to like 20 percent. And we can draw a very nice shadow with this. So I'm gonna come over here and I'm going to draw some shadows over here like this. This is all right over on the hand as well. Not too much. Just a little. And I guess this is all right. And over here, so over here we can draw a shadow as well because there is a loop. So we can draw a shadow like this. And will be honest, previously been edited, I made a selection using the pen tool over here. But the opacity is so low that I don't think we can see the difference. So let's draw some shared over here like this. There's zoom out. And let's draw a little more, I guess, in helping dad gold. So let's draw it again. Like this. Make it a little bigger and like this. So yeah, basically we are done. So this is without the shadows and the shadows. With the shadows, it looks obviously different and better. So yeah, this is all pixels stretch effect. So let's do a little recap. And basically you will cut the subject from the background. Then you will create a new layer and basically take a single line of pixel from the subject and stretch it. To make this pixel stretch, then you are going to mask out the extra areas using the subject and basically add some shadows and you are good to go. So this is a very fun effect. And yeah, I, for board one thing, sorry. I guess the hand corner right over here, we can refine them if you want. You can come over here, select this layer and add the hands back. But to be honest, we are just focusing on the stretch effect right now. You can refine this if you want, totally up to you. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 122. Motion Blur Effect: Hello everyone. So today we are going to learn how to make this motion blur effect. So if I turn this on and off, you will see that this was the original image. And I created this really cool motion blur on it. So do you want to learn it? Of course you do. So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. Okay, so I have this image over here. And if you want to create a motion blur on an image, make sure that the car is on a road like this. Because if you try to make this effect on a car standing on a porch or anywhere else? It would look weird because the motion blurred basically means the car is on the road and it is moving fast and datas where you see that effect on the back. So yeah, it makes your data select, select an image in which the car is on the road. And preferably at an angle like this one, this image over here. Okay, so let's make the motion blur effect. First, I will duplicate my layer by pressing Control or Command J. And let's make study, create a mass on the car. So what we're gonna do is we're going to select the Quick Selection Tool and then click on Select and Mask. And we're going to make a very rough selection of our subject over here. In this case, our car. To click on Select Subject. Don't worry about the rough selection is your purpose is to just make a selection of the card. So our car is on a separate layer. That is what we want. And let me turn on this layer now, let me hide this. So basically we are going to remove the car from the image as well. So first I will click over here and then click on the mass when pressing Control or Command. And then I will go to select over here, and then click on modify and then click on Expand. So let's keep it at 30 pixels. So basically we are going to fill this area with the content of it. So select any selection tool, right-click over here and fill. Okay, So it is not allowing us to fill the area because or Lear is actually a smart object. Let's right-click on this and rasterize this. Okay, now and we will right-click on this. It will give us the option to fill. Make sure that this is set to content aware if not anything else, and hit, Okay. So now Photoshop is basically trying to move the car. I know it is not going to do a proper removal because this is somewhat a complex image, but the car has been removed and that is our objective. I guess there is some shared overhead width which would make things difficult. So we can select the patch tool and simply select this area and move this over here. And the shadow is also warn. So I know that all of this looks really weird. The road is moving to the side, but no problem. Because when event we will blurt it out, we will apply the motion blur. All of this won't even matter. Okay, So we can turn on this layer. So the car is on a separate layer. And let's rename this car. Let's call this background. So you might have seen that in the beginning of the course I wasn't really renaming the layers, but now I have started to do so because this is an advanced course and the advanced and the professional way of doing things is by naming them. So all regional. Because if you have for your layers renamed. And like I said, this is an advanced course. You are probably going to share your document with other people as well as you go forward in your carrier and renaming things is really important. Anyhow, back to the tutorial. Let's lock the background and we are going to convert it into a smart object. Again. Why? Because we are going to apply motion blur on it. And since it is a filter, we have the layer as a smart object. We can edit it later on. So let's rename it again. What was the name back ground. So now we will go to Filter and over here and go to Blur. And then we are going to go to radial blur. So I am seeing motion blurred, but I actually meant radial blur because the effect we are going to make, it's AKI motion blur, but we are going to use the radial blur because it is much more effective. Okay? So instead of spin, you are going to make it zoom and crank, crank it up to 100% So the basic concept over here is wherever you will put this point, the blood will start from there and zoom out to other areas. So in this image or our main point where the blur will start its overhead. So I will put this over here, somewhere over here and keep this too good. At first, later on you can change it to best. And that is the reason we converted this layer into a Smart Object. So I will hit okay, so you can already see that it looks, this looks quite good. So you can double-click on this again and adjust it accordingly. Okay, So what would happen if we bring this over here for example? So it will start from over here and everything will spit out from over here. So it will look really weird. Let me show you. So you can see that this looks really, really, really weird. So let's press Control or Command Z. Click over here again. And let's adjust it a little. I guess it should be a little down it okay. So yeah. I guess this looks really good now. And yeah, so there is one thing which is missing from the image and that is the shadow of the God. God also masked out. So what we can do is we can come over here, select the brush tool, make sure that this is not set to overlay opacity 100 percent. The settings from the previous tutorial are saved over here. So select the brush tool. Let's zoom in. Let's zoom in over here. Let's make it smaller. So I have white as foreground color, which means I will bring in their areas. So let's simply draw the shadows back. Like this. Don't go too far because otherwise you will start bringing back other areas. So this bottom part of the image also got removed. So I will try to bring this back. And apart from this, make sure that the shadow is over here. And I guess we are good to go. And you can soften this editor if you want. Select the black brush and try to soften it a little like this. But from far away, it won't matter too much. Again, you can always refine these selections, define everything which you are doing. So I guess we are good to go. So let's see before and after. Let's combine these layers. Saudi, you combine nor combined. We're going to group them by pressing Control or Command G. Done on this layer. So here is the before, and here is the after. How cool is this? So very simple to make, very fun to make, and it looks awesome. So if you are a photographer, this is also going to come in really handy for you guys. Of course you can. Sure you show your pictures in this way if you want. So I hope you guys liked this and I will see you guys in the next class. 123. Realistic Glass Reflection: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make realistic reflections in Photoshop. So I have this pair of, I guess they're called AirPod Max or something like this from Apple. And let me show you the original image first. Let me combine this. So here is the before. This was the original image and I cut out the headphones. And here is the after. How cool is this? So you can see that there is a very realistic reflection over here. Similarly, if I come over here, you can see that there was no refraction and this was completely pale kind of ball over here, not realistic at all. And then we created our reflection on the ball. So let me delete all of this, turn this on. Similarly over here. Let's delete all of this and let's make it from the start. So let's start with these Apple AirPod Max or whatever they are called. Let's go to Quick Selection Tool and let's go to Select and Mask. And let's select our subjects. So let's click on Select Subject. And I guess it is going to do a decent job here, pretty much a very good job basically, and simply hit. Okay. So I guess there is one thing which got messed up and that is this part over here. So what you can do is you can select the brush tool, come over here and try to bring back these areas like this. Draw them back. Again. Making the preferred selection is not our goal over here for now. So I am just doing a very rough job of war over here. This seems all right. Not all right, but this will get the job done. Okay? So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to right-click on this and apply the layer mask because I want this to be on a separate layer. And there's one more thing. I want a good background, So I can simply click on adjustment layers over here. And let's click on Solid Color and select any color like this light pink, and bring this down. I guess a return more light. Or we can select a color form and the subject like this and make it a little lighter. I guess for this image we would have to make it a little darker. So this seems alright and simply hit, Okay. So we have this layer, Let's call this subject. So I'm actually starting to, as we move forward into the course, I'm starting to speed up the things gluten because we are doing so much repetitive work. I think by now, whenever I open a tutorial, you should be able to know what I'm going to do. So, if not the whole tutorial, at least some part of it, for example, making the selection and renaming and everything. So let's duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J, and make sure that this layer is at the bottom. Okay? So now I will press Control or Command T, right-click on this and flip vertical. I will bring this down like this. Okay, So while bringing this down, make sure that you are pressing shift because if you're not, you might move this away from the center. So keep on pressing shift. This way. You won't be able to move it to the side. So let me bring this down like this. Press Enter, and let's bring it up a little, just a little. So since this is below it, we won't mess things up because if it was above this, it would have come up like this. If we missed anything and if it is below, it won't make any difference. So we are very close to the end NOL we are going to create a mask on this layer. And the concept is very simple. So let me set the brush tool. So we have white selected, we have black selected. So if I draw with black over here, this will go away, right? And if I select white, this area will come back. So we know the basic concept of a mass there. Divide brings back the idea and black takes it away, right? So what if feels, use our gradient over here from black to white? So if I draw a gradient over here from black to white, like over here in the mask. So if I draw like this, how cool is this? So we basically drew our gradient from black. Black means in visibility to white by it means visibility. So it is a gradient from invisible to visible. And now we have a reflection. How cool is this? So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to make it a fraction. Let's do it on the other subject. So very simple. I will select the Quick Selection Tool, go to Select and Mask select subject. Why is it taking so long? Then hit. Okay, so our background is a moved alerts create a solid color adjustment layer over here. Copy a color form the ball like this, I guess this is all right. Okay. Move the ball up alittle, right-click and apply a layer mask on it. Then press Control or Command T and go to flip vertical. Before flipping it vertically. Also, I guess some part of the area and didn't get removed of the ball ball layer. So we can select and there is a tool. I know this is getting destructive right number. Never use a razor tool. So yeah, let's go move it up a little press Control or Command T, then right-click on it. I did it wrong again. First we will duplicate this by pressing Control or Command J. Bring this layer to the bottom, right click, press Control or Command T, right-click and go to flip vertical. So the layer has been inverted. I will bring this down a little, up a little, and then create a mask on this. Go to gradient. And let's create our gradient from black to white and visibility to visibility. And we are done. Our symbol was it. So yeah, this was pretty much it on how to make realistic deflections in Photoshop. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 124. Change White To Any Color: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to change it to any color in Photoshop. So why is it a different topic than any other colors changing tutorial? Let me show you why. So first, let me show you the before and after. Here is the before. Here we have a white shirt over here and here is the after. So let me delete this and let me show you why VR may even making this tutorial in the first place. So what? First, I will make a selection over here. Let's just say I make a selection of the white t-shirt. And this is somewhat a very easy subject to select. Let me define it a little. And I guess doesn't matter. We're just focused on the tutorial, not the selection. Okay. So we have made the selection. And let's just say like any other color changing tutorial, I come over here and click on Adjustment Layers and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer over here. And now if I move the slider, the color should change, right? No. So everything else is changing. So anything which has a little bit of color because this has a little bit of yellow in it because of the background. But the pure white is not going to change. Okay? So hue and saturation and even lowering, lowering the saturation or increasing their lightness or darkness. It is not going to change the color at all. You can change these as much as you want. So this is not going to work for us. Let me delete this layer and let's make the selection again. Or you can press Control or Command Z. We can use this selection. So I will create a new adjustment layer overhead and I will create a solid color adjustment layer. So let's let like blue from over here and hit Okay. And you can copy mass from one layer to another. If you click on this mask, press Alt or Option, and drag it up over here. So you are going to replace them AS simply hit. Yes. And the mask has been replaced. How cool is this? Now we can delete this layer. Okay? So you can see that this solid color has been applied to this shirt, but this doesn't look any realistic. So we already know about this really cool blend mode. And it is called multiply. Goal is this. So yeah, I know the shirts, it looks faded. So for this you are, you can do is you can play around with curves a little. So I will come down over here and I will create a curves adjustment layer, whereas the curve, okay, So here are the curves. And what you can do is first you can clip it down to just this layer. And then what you can do is you can let me bring this down later. You can bring those down the darkness a little so that it would look more realistic and bring up the lightness. And this way, using the curves, you can make it a little more realistic like this. So now you can select any color you want. And it will look good. How amazing is this? But instead of changing colors, what I would recommend this, keep the original thing the way it is. Let me bring this up a little. And instead of using changing the color from over here, but you can do is you can create a hue and saturation adjustment layer on top of this. Clip it down as well. And this is now you have a slider. Instead of selecting random colors over here, you can use the slider. So you can move it to the left or to the right. And we have this color. I know that selection is not perfect over here. You can refine the selection if you want, totally up to you. And if you think that anything isn't looking right. So this is like a template for you. So you can double-click on this and bring this further down to make it a little more realistic depending upon your need. And you can change this. And I guess we are good to go. Yeah, you can change the color as much as you want. Let's keep it to red. Red looks good on this image. So let me select all of this not combined group at this time. So press Control or Command G, G4 gorilla. So here is the before and the after. So this is how you can change color of, change it to any color in Photoshop. I hope you guys really liked this and I will see you guys in the next class. 125. Floating Sphere Effect: Hi everyone. I hope you guys are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this floating sphere in Photoshop. So basically this is also one of my favorite topics to teach on Photoshop. And I love making this. It is so easy to make and it is so cool. So let me show you the before and after. Here is the before. We had a very simple image over here, and here is the after. And how cool is this? Let me delete this image so that we could make it from the start. Okay, so let's start by duplicating or layer. So let's do first rename earlier, let's call this ground. Then we will duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. And after that, I'm gonna come over here and select the ellipse tool. And I'm going to create an ellipse over here. But before that, I want to make sure that the ellipse is created in the middle. Okay? So if I try to create an ellipse over here, I might not be able to create it in the middle. For debt, I will press Control or Command R. And then I will bring in these guides. So you can see that they get snapped to the middle automatically. Similarly from the top, I guess I have already made these and that is why I can see them. So let me remove these and let me show you how I made them again. So let me bring them in again. So from the left you can see that it is automatically getting snap. And similarly from the top, you can see that it is automatically getting snap to the middle. So this is all right. So you can press Control or Command R to hide the scale again. And then you can press select the polygon, Saudi, the Ellipse tool. And we will make a circle from the very middle. So simply click in the middle. Make sure that you are pressing Shift while making the circle. And don't make it too big a decent size because this is going to be the actual size of your floating sphere. So this seems all right, doesn't matter what color this is, because we are just using this as a guide. So now I will bring this layer on top of this. And let's call this sphere because this is going to be our severe. So let me zoom out a little. So now I will go to Filter. And overhead in stylize, there is this option for where is it? Okay, Sorry, not in stylized but in distort. There is this option of sphere is so Filter Distort and then sphere rise. Click on this. And it basically allows you to convert your image into a sphere that basically brings in all the areas and you can simply hit, Okay? So you can see that we have this, It's kind of effect over here. Fish, I kind of effect. If we had an image which was a square, it would have been a perfect circle or a sphere. So Norbert, you're going to do is you're going to press Control or Command T. Okay. And Okay, so what's wrong over here? Yeah, I think I know the problem. 11, press Enter. So whenever you have a filter applied to a layer and if you tried to transform it, photoshop actually hides the filter for the time being. And this is not right for us because we actually need this to be able to guide into making a perfect sphere. So I would have to basically rasterize this. So we are not going to edit this later on anyway. So it doesn't matter if you convert it into our roster. So it is a rasterized image now, so I can press Control or Command T. And now I can bring in the areas. And if I want to bring in from the center, I will press Alt or option. And if I want to make sure that I can transform it as well, I will press Shift. So no, I am bringing this in and you can see that it is automatically going to get snap to the circle below it. So you can see that it is getting snapped. Okay? So now we know that this is actually snap to the circle below. Did this is actually literally below this, above this. So normally we can do is we can press Control or Command and click on the ellipse to make a perfect selection. And then we can come down over here and click on this layer mask. Now we can hide the ellipse and we can press Control or Command H to hide these guides. And practically we are done. So we can add some extra effects to it to make it look like that. This is floating. So let me bring this up on it and first, then we can delete this layer. We don't need this anymore. And let's select the brush tool. Create a new layer. Let's call this shadow. And I will make the brush really big, really, really big, and make the Hardness 0%. Click anywhere you want like this, press Control or Command T. And then I will toss form it like this. And I will bring this below the circle, below the floating sphere. So now it looks like that this is floating and this is the shadow of the sphere. I can decrease the opacity because this is a little too much. Let's keep it at like 80%. So now you can see that this looks really real. There is one extra thing which you can add if you want, totally up to you. So that you can do is you can create a new layer on top of this. Select the brush tool. And with the black, you can draw like over here. And with the white, you can draw on the top. So these are going to be the highlights and the shadow. But to make sure that this is only limited to the sphere, you can clip it down like this. And then you can draw like this. And then select white and draw like this. How cool is this? So we have this, this looks like a shine over here to this as a highlight and a shadow. And if you think that they are a little too much, you can decrease the opacity a little, maybe at 70%. So this is without these highlights and shadows, and this is with them. So, yeah, we are good to go. Let's see before and after. Let me press Control or Command G. Let's zoom out a little. So here is the before and here's the after. So before and after. So, yeah, this is a very fun effect to make. And oftentimes you have seen that people use these actual spheres in their hands. They actually buy these spheres. They are made of glass, and they actually hold them in their hand to get these kind of pictures. So now you can Photoshop this, you can fake this. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 126. Project 24 - Floating Sphere Effect: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. So now I have a project for you guys. So basically in the previous class, we learned how to make this really cool floating sphere in Photoshop. And now you are going to do the same. So I have given you this image and the photo is going to look really good on this because there's a lot of contrast and colors in this image. So don't forget to do the projects. And I will see you guys in the next class. 127. How To Create A Specular Highlight: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to create a specular highlight in Photoshop. So do you think this images edited or not? Do you think there is something extra in this image? If not, let me show you. So if I come over here, select this layer, and if I move this, you can see that we have a really cool specular highlight. So I can point it to anything and that part of the image will get highlighted. How cool is this? So let me delete this and let's make it from the start that this is such a small thing, but it makes a huge difference value are, I'm manipulating an image. So let me create a new layer and let's call this specular highlight. Let's call this or image. Just call this image. Not a good way to rename things. But let's keep it like this. So yeah, specular light. Okay? So basically this is an empty layer. What we are going to do is we are going to select the brush tool. And with the brush tool with white, we are going to draw over here. Not too much. After that, we are going to change the blend mode of this layer. So I'm gonna come over here, go to Blend Options. And over here you will select Color, Dodge. Okay? Then you will double-click on this layer to open up Layer Styles, or you can right-click on it and click on blending options. And over here you will uncheck Transparent, the shapes layer. Okay? And now we are going to decrease the opacity to maybe like 10 percent. Maybe 20 percent. Okay. So where did I go wrong? I think I messed up something. Okay. Sorry. So you're not supposed to decrease the opacity. So I worry about this. You're supposed to decrease the fill. So I'm going to increase the fill to like 20 percent or maybe 40 percent. And now when I will move this, you can see that we have this specular highlight and I can point you to anything. So for example, I am pointing this overhear and this doesn't look all right. So you can decrease the fill. And now this looks all right as well. So I guess 40 is a good number for most of the things. And for example, if I point this to this Apple logo, this looks really cool. I can appointed to this drink as well. So this looks like that a light beam is coming down on the image. So yeah, this was a very simple yet a useful tutorial for you guys. I hope you guys are learning a lot and I will see you guys in the next class. 128. Extrude Portrait: Hi guys. I hope you guys are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this really cool extrude portrait in Photoshop. So let me hide this layer to see before and after. So this was the original image and this was the before and the after. So I know this looks kinda weird, but if you are making a poster like a futuristic kind of posture, this looks really nice for it. So you can definitely make this effect for a poster. So let me delete this layer and let's make it from the star. Okay, so before I rename this layer, you can see that the original name of the layer is written over here. So this is actually the name, the file name, and then the name of the author, but the photograph or in this case. So whenever you download an image from the Internet, make sure that you are downloading it from a poor per, source. I usually use websites like Unsplash and pixel the cetera. And always make sure to credit the, sorry, not the author, but the photographer. Because that is the least you could do for using photography and their pictures basically. So let's go back to the tutorial. So let me duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. You can rename it if we want or don't. And I will right-click on this and convert it into a smart object. Okay? So now we are going to go to Filter. And over here you can go to Stylize and over here extrude. So data, a lot of options over here. Basically, you don't need to know what everything does. Simply remember the settings and it would be good to go. So for this kind of effect, set the size to 10, said that depth 250 and simply hit, Okay. So basically it is going to extrude everything which is in the image. So now what you can do is you can create a mask on this image. So I will get a mask. So I want to actually create a negative mask. So I will click on this and then press Control or Command. I started off doing these extra steps while making a mask, simply press Alt or Option. Then when you click on the mask, it will automatically create a negative mask. Simple. So now what you can do is you can select the brush tool by clicking on BP. And let's make it smaller. And you can simply bring back the areas which you want. So I will click over here, make the brush a little smaller, and I will bring the ADRs. So this kind of looks really good on an image which has a lot of colors. There were a lot of colors on her face, so I selected this image over here. I'm going to hide this because I don't want this to be here. And we can even apply it over here. So let me invert the colors. And with white I'm going to draw over here like this. Or if you don't want, you can simply remove it. And let me draw over here as well. I can make it smaller. Let me increase the hardness or little I guess we are good to go. So we can hide these extra things. So yeah, this is pretty much it. And you are good to go. So here is the before and here is the after. How symbol was it? And yet it looks so cool. So future the stick. So I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 129. Dripping Paint Portrait: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this dripping portrait in Photoshop. So it looks like data and the person is starting to drip from over here. So yeah, we are going to make this. So let me turn on those new layer. There had been turned all of this. Let me group all of this. So here's the before and the after. So I know it is getting mushed up a little form over here. No, here is the after. So let me delete all of this and let's make it from the start. So we have this image over here and we want to remove the background. So let's increase the size a little. And now let's remove the background. Okay, so I'm going to first try to do this using the automatic tools. I'm gonna go to Quick Selection Tool, click on Select and Mask. And then click on Select Subject to make a selection of subjects. Alerts zoom in a little. So I think it did a pretty good job. You can select the Refine Edge tool and alerts, zoom in over here and try to refine this. Like this, like over here and here. And simply hit Okay. Okay, so for this image, I tried it before. That is why I'm saying this. The automatic tools are not seem to be working. I can go to select and mask over here, come down over here. And you can see that there are, there are still a lot of fringes over here. So I can draw with quick, select the authority refine edge over here. And yeah, it is going to mess up everything. So let me cancel this. Let's go back and delete this. We are going to use one of the ways which we have learned before and that is using gotta range. So I'm going to select color range. Let me click anywhere. So I have clicked here once. I will then select this Plus Eyedropper tool. And let's draw with it like this over here as well. Let's zoom in over here. Similarly, we can come over here and make sure, make sure to draw between the fingers like this, because this was the area which even the AI couldn't sleep properly. So let's draw over here. And over here like this. Click on this very small points. Let's zoom out and let's draw near the hair as well over here. And now I will increase the fuzziness. So I will increase this until I started to see my subject a little. So you can see that I'm starting to see the subject. This looks like a zombie. So let's decrease this. And I guess this is alright. So now I will simply hit, Okay. So we have made the selection and let's press, Let's get our mask on this. So I will get a mosque. And let me duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J and delete the mask on this layer so that we would have the original image as well. So I'm gonna come over here and click on Alt or Option. And one more thing, we actually want the opposite of this. So let me press Alt or Option and click over here. And it is basically giving us the opposite selection. So I will press Control or Command I on this to invert the selection because we want to select this object. So you can see that some of the areas got messed up a little. And that is why you need to learn the actual ways of making selection because AI is not going to buy EIA. I mean, artificial intelligence or Photoshop is not going to help you every time. So I will press, I haven't press Alt or option over here. So this is what we have. So this is what we have to work with. So let me select the brush tool and let's start drawing over here. So this is the reason why we need to learn the actual tools and techniques first before trying to just start using AI. So let me do this over here. So over here I think there are some colors I can check by pressing Alt or Option and C. So I'm not going to add these areas. So there have been draw over here, this similarly in the hair over here and note this area and similarly naught this area. So I'm going to add these areas like this. Okay, so this is already very difficult from the start. So I'm going to change this to overlay. We have learned this technique already. And I'm going to draw over here so you can see that it is not letting me draw outside. So this seems on right? And on the hair we're not going to use this who goes under here? We always use Refine Edge. So this is all right. Let me press Alt or Option to check if everything is all right. And I guess we are good to go. So let's refine the hair first. I'm gonna come over here. Reflection tool, select and mask. And I think here seems to be all right, but we can still try to refine it a little like this. And similarly over here. Okay, so you can see that we have made such a preferred selection using the color range. So let me hit, Okay. So now you can try drawing back these areas. So let me draw over here, over here. So since I have overlay selected, I cannot draw outside. How cool is this? Like this? So we are bringing back some of the fringes. So be careful with that. And this is alright. And how perfect desk, no fringes at all. So we are good to go. And even over here, if I hide this, you can see that this is a very good selection. So I guess we are good to go. If you want to test it out. Let's create a solid color adjustment layer. Over here, we have learned the black dashed. And using the black test, you can see if you have made the selection properly. So I think there are still some changes over here. You can select this layer. And I'm going to duplicate this because we are going to apply, decontaminate on this to lead this layer. And on this one, I'm going to hide this one. And on this one I'm going to apply color decontaminate because I think still think there are some areas which are not proper. So let's click on Color, decontaminate and then hit Okay. So even those extra ADRs are gone. Now, there is, there is still some part of the image which is still a little green. So let's see if we can fix this. Let's try drawing over here. Let's invert the color and try drawing with black. Okay? Okay, so there is still some area. This has started to become the tutorial for making a selection. But let me teach you a very cool technique for this. So let me delete this layer to bring this upon return. So this is the image, this is the layer which we applied in, on which we applied color decontaminate. So we're going to call this the cone terminate, because this image is really weird. If I turn this off, if I turn off the mask, you will see, then this is all messed up. So always make sure that you duplicate the layer before applying color decontaminate. And this is our other layer. We are going to save it as a mask gets call it mosque. So yeah, what I was going to teach you was how can you add some how can we remove this area? Because we had prior to using color decontaminate, we have tried using the Refine Edge and nothing seems to be working. So for this, what you can do is you can create a new layer on top of this solid color. Sorry, not a solid color. Desk create a new layer on top of this like this. And I'm going to select the brush tool. And I'm going to, let's just say if I click over here and I draw over here. So I'm drawing with the brush. And let's just say I want to limit this to just this layer. So I will press Alt or Option and clip it down. And one more thing which I can do is I can select the blend mode and I can check which blend modes work best for this. Color actually works really good on this. So I will click on color and I can select any color which is similar to this. And I can draw with it like this. And then I can decrease the opacity to match it to the original color. And if I zoom out a little, you can see here is the before and the after. So before and after. So how cool is this? So now know we have a perfect selection. So this proves that AI is not perfect. Artificial intelligence is not perfect and you have to learn to make a selection properly yourself. Because otherwise your, your graphic design carrier is going to be stuck whenever you will face difficulty like this image. So we worked a lot on gesture the mask. No problem. So yeah, let me select all of this and simply press Control or Command G to group it. And for all of these layers, I'm going to simply duplicate them by pressing Control or Command J. I selected all of them, press Control or Command J to duplicate it and press Control or Command E to combine all of these. So I am just making sure everything is saved over here as well. And at the same time, I have my whole subject on a separate layer without any fringes or anything. So far so good. So let's select this image over here. So you can Google this simply Google ink splatter effect or dripping paint effect, and you will find something like this. I'm going to bring this into my image, like over here. Make it smaller. And I'm gonna make sure that it is from left to right, like this. And then I'm going to, so this is a clear dripping paint. I'm going to change the blend mode. So there are different kind of blend modes, but you can do is for this. So Lighten and screen seems to work the best for this. So why is lightened working on this? So basically lightened basically brings oil, the areas which are black and white, everything which is right. On the opposite, it makes black visible or invisible and white visible. So what we can do over here, we can make this bigger like this. And then what you can do is you can create a mask on this layer, select the brush tool and hide the areas. So why is it not hiding? Okay, So this is set to overlay. Now we can hide this area. We don't want this, we don't want, okay, so now it is hiding, showing below the layer. So we are going to select this layer as well, create a mask on it as well. And let's highlight this because we don't want all of this. And so now what you can do is you can unlink this from the mask and you can even move it. So I can move it up and return over to this side, make it a little bigger. And I guess this looks on right? So yeah, we are good to go. So there is one extra step which I did and that was I created a circle behind her. So I will get a circle like this. Let's select the color any way or form her dress like this. Hit Okay. And we are good to go. So there is still this area. So we can select this, select the brush tool and hide it. So let me into more detail and how good this looks. So this is basically you can call it an inspiratory or dripping paint effect, whatever you want. So I hope you guys really like this tutorial. I know it got a little long because we focused a lot on making the selection, but it was essential and we needed to do it. So I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 130. Liquid Portrait: Hello everyone. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this liquid portrait in Photoshop. So let me show you the before and after. Here is the before and after. So this looks really cool if you have black and white image like this one. So let's make it from the start. Let me delete this layer. And this is all original image. So this is not a very difficult thing to make if you know how to use liquefied properly. So first I'm gonna come over here and select the rectangle tool. And I'm going to create a rectangle on top of this layer. So I'm going to create a rectangle, make sure that you cover the ice like from the lids. And yeah, it will look good. And after that, I will select the fill and change the fill to the color of the background like this. So black is alright and simply hit Okay. So let me duplicate my subject as well, Subject layer. So I will, I will press Control or Command J. Then I will select both of these layers, right-click on them and convert them into a smart object. So I basically combine them. Then I will go to Filter and overhead, I will go to liquefy. So the liquify filter is opened. Let me zoom out on it. And so a, we are basically going to select this Forward Warp tool and we can make it a little bigger, decrease the hardness. And now we are going to bring in some areas from the site, make sure that none of the areas are looking straight. Let's make it smaller. And let's bring in these ADRs. So you can see, let me decrease the hardness, increase the hardness editor. So we can bring this down like this, not too much otherwise, all of this will get distorted. So make sure that you tried to do this inventing a stroke. You can start from multiple top and then draw like this, or start at the very lowest and draw like this. So make sure that these areas are bended towards the nose a little. And you can make this, bring this down further, more like this. Then you can do the same over here. Don't try to do the same thing on both sides. Tried to do a little different. Different would be better like this. And let's bring this area a little down like this. Let's bring in the ear that little. So make sure nothing seems to be straight. Return that owned it is better. And let's bring down some area from over here as well. Like on the right side. So this looks all right. And so when do will bend everything, you'll start to see that the skin gets bended and it gives like a 3D kind of effect. So this seems all right. Let's make this rounded as well. And let's bring this down to the side a little and then to the bottom. So I guess we are good to go. Simply hit Okay, you can see the preview as well. So hit Okay. And here is the before and here's the after. So yeah, a very different kind of effect. Some people may not like it, but it is a really cool effect if you have images in black and white. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 132. Convert Anything Into Gold: Hello everyone. I hope you are doing great. And now we are going to learn how to convert anything into gold in Photoshop. So let me show you the before and after. So this was the original image which I had and I convert it into a gold statue. How cool is this? So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. So I'm going to start with this image. I actually increased the box a little because I wanted some area for the subject. So I'm going to click on this. When I go to the quick selection tool. Let's select the subject. Using Select Subject. And you can refine the hair if you want for this image, even if the selection is not completely perfect. And you would be able to get away with it. So our subject is removed from the background. And let's right-click on this and apply the layer mask. Before that, I will lubricate the layer because in case we need the layer mask. So let me hide this, right-click on this and apply a layer mask. And it may bring this up a little. Okay, So now we're done with this. Let's rename this subject. So now we are going to desaturate this because we don't want any actual colors in this. We are going to apply our own gradient on this. So we are going to use a gradient map on this if you're wondering. So I'm gonna come up over here, go to Image Adjustment and go to D saturate or cancer. There is one more thing. Desaturate won't work if your image is a smart object. So if I right-click on this and convert this into a Smart Object and then go to Image and adjustments and desaturated. You can see that this is grayed out. So make sure that your image is our roster. So I'm going to go up over here again, go to Image Adjustments and D saturate. So our subject has been desaturated. There is one more thing which I want to do. Let's create a solid color adjustment layer over here because these kinds of effects look really good on black. So let's create a black solid color adjustment layer over here. Okay? So now what we're gonna do is we are going to apply same steps two times. So we have already converted or subject into black and white. We desaturated her. So we are going to duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. Then we are going to apply a blend mode on her. And that blend mode is difference. Click on difference, then press Control or Command I on her. So you can see that there is already a lot of detail in her journal. So I'm going to select both of these and then press Control or Command E to combine them. Then I'm going to duplicate this again by pressing Control or Command J. And we are going to apply the same step all over again. So I'm gonna go to Blend Mode over here and click on difference. And then press Control or Command I again. Then let both of these layers and press Control or Command E. So how cool is this? You already have this chrome kind of effect. And the only thing which is left to do is apply a gradient map on this. So I'm going to come over here, click on the Gradient Map. And over here we are going to create grown to Jell-O kind of gradient. Some of them, I'm going to double-click over here, and let's let some brownish color over here like this. It, okay, then come over here and select yellow like this. And it already looks so good. So you have to play around with this editor if you want it to have more yellow. So I'm going to keep the yellow 70 percent and 30 percent and hit Okay. So we don't want the map to be applied on the whole image. So we can press Alt or Option and click over here so that it will be applied to only on subject. So we are good to go. So the last thing which we want to do is basically create a reflection. So you can even enter tutorial and, or your design making over here. But let's go a little extra step. We have already learned how to make a realistic reflection. So what you can do is you can select all of this and press Control Shift Alt E, naught Control Shift or Control Shift E. So why is it not working? Okay, so as you are going to press Control E or Command option E. This way, it will select all of this and duplicate it on a new layer. So we have this shift as well. We can group this in case we need it. And this is on a separate layer. You can see it is called merged over here. No. So this is on a separate layer. We can hide this layer and I'm gonna make it a little smaller like this over here. And then press Control or Command T, right-click and flip horizontal, Saudi, not horizontal or vertical. But before that we will have to duplicate this layer. So I will press Control or Command J, then press Control or Command T to transform it, right-click and click on flip vertical. Let's bring this down like this. And to end. Now you know, what do you have to do? We have already learned this. Let's create a mask on her. Select the gradient tool, make sure that it is black to white. And let's create a gradient like this. Return from the bottom. And I guess we are good to go. So you can see that we have made such good gold effect over here. And now we can select all of this press Control or Command G. And here is the before. Okay, so let's bring this up as well. So here is the before and here's the after. And how cool is this? So I know there's a lot of yellow in the image. You can edit the gradient map to edit it according to your need. So, yeah, I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 133. Project 25 - Convert Into Gold: Hi guys. So I have a project for you. So basically in the previous class we learned how to make this gold effect, how to convert anything into Goyal. And I have given you an image for our project. So you are going to do the same thing on this image. So, yeah, I hope you guys lovemaking this effect. And I will see you guys in the next class. 134. How To Make Things Glow: Hey everyone. So today we are going to learn how to make anything below in Photoshop. So as you can see that I have this image over here. Let me turn this off. So this was the original image and then I convert it into something like this. So you might have seen manipulations having this kind of effect. People who make manipulations tend to use this a lot because this lighting or glowing effect looks really nice. So today we are going to learn this. Let me zoom out a little. Let me hide this instant, delete this, and let's make it from the start. Okay, so to make things easy for us, I already made selection of our subject. In this case, this is a moose, I guess this is a moose or anything else, whatever it is called, and also its horns. So if I come over here, I have this group over here. And if I turn off this layer, you will see that this is the layer of the whole animal and this is the Horns. So to save time, I actually made the selection before ahead of time so that we wouldn't waste time making a selection. You have already learned how to make selections in Photoshop properly. So I don't think there should be a big issue for you guys. And if you're wondering how I did it, first of all, I selected a subject to using flexor selective jet. And after that second, the Hans was a little difficult. So after making the selection using Select Subject, I refine the selection of the horns a little using the brush tool. That is all. So let me move these out of the group. Let's just duplicate the group and stirred. So I will duplicate this by pressing Control or Command J sorter. We would have the origins elections as well. And there's one more thing you can do is you can actually save them as baths as well. But we're gonna keep the group. So let's take them out of the group and the mean deleted. So we have the whole image. We have the animal. The animal. What's happening? Okay, so this is turned on as well, the animal, and we just have the horns. So let me turn all of this on and let's start with just the horns. So I'm going to right-click on it and apply a layer mask on it so that this would be on a separate layer. Okay? And let's convert it into a smart object. Okay, so everything will start with the horns over here because we want to apply the lighting on it. But before that, we want to make the image Docker. Ok. So there is this very nice alert over here. If I come down over here, because I'm going to apply the alert on this image. So let's click on the adjustment layers over here. And over here there is color lookup. So there are a lot of different kinds of alerts which I can use. I'm going to select this one. It's called night from day. And this looks really nice. All you could also use moonlight. So either one of them would do the job. So I guess I want to keep it to night from day. Let's hide this from manipulation for now. And let's work on the horns. Okay, so to get started, but we are going to do is we going to apply some blending mode on it. Okay? So I'm gonna come over here. And over here, there are different kind of blend mode you can apply. You could do is Color Dodge Linear Dodge, Linear, lighter color. The best one, which I think is screen for this kind of image. So I'm going to click on screen over here. And then I'm gonna go to, then I'm going to duplicate this by pressing Control or Command J. We're going to keep this at 0 blur because this is the original image. Then we are going to come to this one. And let's apply some blur on it. So I'm gonna go to Filter, sorry, Filter blur and Gaussian blur. So make sure that there is not a lot of blur on it. You can click over here to see which part you are editing. So I'm going to keep it at like to because we're just getting started. We are going to make a lot of duplication of the same hormone. So this is the first one. Let's duplicate this again by pressing Control or Command J. We still have screen selected. No problem, because this is what we are supposed to apply on this as well. And then go down over here, open this. Double-click on the Gaussian blurred, and let's increase it to like six. So we are increasing this by little by little. Hit. Okay. Then duplicate this again by pressing Control or Command J. And double-click on the Guassian blur. And let's crank it up like very high, maybe 20. So you can star, you can see that we are starting to get the effect. So I'm going to keep this at 20. Then duplicate this again by pressing Control or Command J. And this time I'm going to crank it up really high. And I guess I'm gonna keep it at like 60. And this is the last one. Press Control or Command J. And let's keep it at a 100 percent, a 100, not 100 percent but a 100 radius and hit Okay, So we ended up with this glowing kind of effect. Now what you can do is you can select all of these layers, press Control or Command G to group them. Learn good name. The group called globe. Horn blower would be alright. Own glow. Ok. So you can already see that there is a problem going on over here. While I was making a selection, I think there was some part of the image which I didn't select properly. So what you can do is you can simply create a mask on the group. So I can come over here, create a layer mask, then select the brush tool by pressing B on the keyboard. Make it bigger, make it black, and simply draw over here so that this would be gone. Okay, so far, so good. Okay, So let's come to the animal layer and let's apply the layer mask on this. I'm going to turn this on and I'm going to apply the layer mask on it. So I'm going to right-click on it and apply layer mask. Okay? So now I'm going to create a mask on it again and simply press Control or Command I to invert it. So basically we are going to bring back some of the areas. So I'm gonna come over here, select the brush tool. And the brush tool, make, make sure that this is for white, not black because we are willing to bring back some of the ideas. So now we are going to use the same animal, the original animal, to create our lighting over here because if anything is glowing in any image, there has to be some lighting around it as well. So I'm gonna come over here, make it really big, make it less harder. And let's draw with it. So I'm going to draw with it. And I guess I should decrease the opacity a little too, maybe like 50%. Okay, now let's draw with it like this. Similarly over here. And since this is only limited to this animal, I don't think we would be able to draw outside of it. So that is a positive thing. So the lighting over here would be the most. That is why we decrease the opacity. And as you come down, they will be less and less light. Let's undo this and do this again. And as you go down, there will be less and less light. But mostly the light would be at the top, like these areas. Okay. So there is more and more thing which you can do. You can go to the horns and create an adjustment layer on top of them. So you can select a solid color adjustment layer. Let's try Hue and Saturation. Let's limit it to the group. And you can try changing the color as well. So I can select any color I want. Though, if I weren't making a blue kind of manipulation, I could have used this, but I think the original one looks quite good. So I guess this is all right. So I'm going to just delete it and keep it like this. And similarly for this, but you can do is you can create a UN saturation on top of this, change the colors if you want. You can apply the curves on it as well. So we can create a curves adjustment layer lipid down. And since this is too harsh, we can bring the colors down until like this. And bring this up a little. And this looks quite nice. So let me zoom out Saudi remote. So let's see a little before and after press Control or Command G. So here is the middleman, so here's the before, and here's the after. And how easy was this? And I know the horns look a little different color than this yellow. So you can even change the color of the horns and it'll let me do this real quick before ending the tutorial. So I'm gonna go over here, click on Solid Color, hit Okay, and clip it down. And now you can click over here and double-click over here and maybe select a color from the skin, from the Fertile like this to make sure that everything is matching. And then you can come over here and try out different blending modes to see which one looks the best. So totally up to you. So I guess overlay looks really nice. So here's the before overlay, hand areas after overlay. And you can decrease the opacity a little to make sure that it is not too harsh. So now it is looking a little more realistic. So here's the before and after. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 135. How To Make Anything Shiny: Hi guys. Today we are going to learn how to make anything shine in Photoshop, specifically in jewelry. So if you are into product editing, and oftentimes you have to edit any products or maybe shiny product, maybe jewelry. This is going to come in really handy for you guys. So let me turn this off so you can see this is the before and the after. Similarly over here, you can see that this is the before and the after. And we have increased the shine. So yeah, if you also, if you are a photographer and if you take photographs of jewelry or maybe in different subjects, definitely this is going to come in handy for you guys. So let's come to this image and let me delete this and let's make it from the star. So you can see that we are just going to work on one layer to make the effect, to make these bulls shine. So let me zoom in over here. By the way, do you know how I zoom in like this? So if I have taught this in my and beginners tutorial, we're gonna scores. But if you still don't know how this works. So if you press Z key on the keyboard, z or z, and so you will get this plus icon. And if we press Left, click and drag right, you can zoom in or a few drag left, you can zoom out. So like this. So let's just say I found, if I want to zoom in over here, I will preserve and drag right to zoom in over here. Okay, So let's create the shine. I'm gonna come down over here and create a new layer. So basically this is the exact same concept as the one we did in specular highlight. So you're going to change the blend mode to color dodge. You're going to double-click on this and then uncheck transparency shapes layer and hit. Okay, let's select the brush tool and decrease the opacity to like 40 percent. Let's come over here. And now, and you will draw with this brush like this. Zoom in over here. So when you draw with it, you can see that, okay, So I have the wrong color selected, I have to select pure white. So now when I will draw with it, you will start to see the poles are starting to shine. And if you think that it is a little too much, what you can do is you can decrease the opacity or you can draw everything. And if these opacity later on. So I'm going to draw everything first, like this over here. Similarly over here. And let's do this overhead as well. Like this. I know it is bleeding out a little one, no problem. Okay. So this is a little too much. So what you can do is let me zoom in over here. You can decrease the opacity a little to maybe like 80 percent, maybe 90. So here's the before and the after. I guess this is a little too much. Let's keep it at 70. So before, after. So they are shining. How simple is this? And this is the same contract that you use in the specular highlight. Because if I draw over here like this, you can see that this is actually a specular highlight. So I'm gonna come over here and do the same thing over here. Let me leave this. Let's duplicate this layer, sorry, let's create a new layer over here first. Then I will go to Blend Mode and change it to color. Dodge. Double-click on this layer, and then I will click contrast, parenthese shifts layer and hit. Okay. So I have my brush with low opacity. I'm gonna come over here, make it smaller. And now I can simply draw over here like this. So don't try and draw on the same part again and again and again. It is going to make it super bright and it is going to look unrealistic. So try to draw it just once. Tried to draw it in just one simple Swift. Not too much. Similarly over here, like this. And over here. And if you are like too picky, if you wanted to prefer, want it to be perfect. You can make selection of the netlist first using a color range and then highlight. And you can try making it a perfect selection. But to be honest, when there is black at the background or anything else even you can always decrease the opacity and it doesn't even matter that much. So here is the before and the after. So I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 136. Create Dramatic Lights: Hi guys. So now we're going to learn how to make this dramatic light in Photoshop. So you can see that I have this image over here. There is a window, there is a goal over here sitting. And if I turn this off, you can see that this was the original image. And I added some dramatic lights to this. So it looks like that there is some light coming into the in from the image. And this looks so cool. So, yeah, let me delete this and let's make it from the start. Okay? So the first thing that you have to determine is that where the light is coming form. So you can see that the girl is sitting over here and there is some light over here. So basically the light is coming from over here, from the window, obviously. So, and also it is not coming from over here or over here. It is coming from the top or like over here. So this is our guide. This is how we are going to make the effect. So let's create a new layer. First, I'm gonna come down over here and create a new layer. And after that, I'm going to select the polygon lasso tool. So if you come over here, if you right-click on the lesser tool, you will get. If you right-click on the lesser tool, you will get this polygon lasso tool. And using the polygon lasso tool, you can make a selection in straight lines. You can see that I am making a selection in straight lines. So I'm going to click over here like this. And if I close the path, this selection is made. So let me undo this. So I'm gonna start from over here. Let's just say from over here. And I'm going to basically make like a triangle or a beam of light. So let's click outside like this. And from, and then over here, and then over here to make this. And then what you can do is you can press Alt Backspace to filled it with foreground color. So our foreground color is white over here. So I will press Alt Backspace, and now this is filled. But I think we did something wrong because yeah, this area is cut off. No problem. So we can do this again. I'm going to make a beam of light like this and making sure it did not going out of screen like this. Now I will press Alt Backspace. And this section is filled with foreground color, which is white. So I will press Control or Command D. So this is our basic beam of light. So after that, I'm going to right-click on this and convert it into a smart object. And then I'm gonna go to Filter and then Blur, and then Gaussian blur. So this is a little too much. Let's move it back and let's start increasing it a little. So I guess not too much, but also not too little. So I guess 20 is alright. Or maybe 18. I guess 18 is alright and simply hit, Okay. After that, we are going to apply a mask on it, but not on this specific layer. We are going to duplicate this by pressing Control. Saudi. Not duplicate this, but put it in our group. So I will press Control or Command G to group it. And now I will apply the mask on the group, Okay, so that I wouldn't disturb this layer. So let's call it BIM. And this is the group. So I'm going to click on this then. Not on the group, but on the mask of the group. So you can see that there is a white line on it now. Then go to Filter and then go to Render and click on clouds. So you're going to get blown away. When I will click on this. You can see that basically dare to render if it is used to create clouds. But in this image, but we did is we created a mosque and applied the clouds on the mask. So now it looks like this figure kind of beam of light. Cool is this. So now what you can do is you can click on this and if you think that this is dissipating a little too much, but you can do is you can decrease the Guassian blur. All of this is editable. So maybe let's keep it at 15 and hit okay. This seems all right, To be honest, not too much changed. And also you can increase or decrease the size of these clouds. So if you click on this and press Control or Command T, you will make the whole beam bigger or smaller. But if you click over here and basically unlink this, so this is not actually linked to this layer now, this group, so now I can make this bigger and the clouds are getting bigger without affecting the the beam. So I guess this is all right. Press Enter, link it back again. I guess we're good to go. So now what you can do is you can duplicate the beam by pressing Control or Command J. And you can place it anywhere else if you want. Okay, but before that, I think that this looks a little too sharp. So what you can do is you can come over here, go to Gaussian Blur, and I think it needs to be increased. So let's keep it at like 50 and hit, Okay. And now what we can do is we can duplicate this, press Control or Command T to transform it. And let's place it over here like this. Then duplicate it again. Place it over here. Replicated again. Press Control or Command T, said the anger, maybe like this. And this looks quite nice. So what we can do is we have basically made the beams of light, and this looks quite good. But what we can do is we can apply another layer mask on it to apply a gradient on this. So if I create a layer mask on this, it would be a layer mask on the layer mask and that is such a mess. You don't want to get into it. So what you can do is you can group this group for. So I will press Control or Command G to put this group inside another group, then create a new, then create a mask on this one. Select the gradient tool. And now what I can do is I can make this effect a little more realistic like this. So I am applying a gradient from black to white in visibility to visibility. And let's make it like this. Maybe from here. Not too much. And I guess this looks all right. Then we can come down over here and we can decrease the opacity if you want. Let's keep it at like 90%. And I think we are good to go. So let's see the before and after. Here is the before, and here is the after. So yeah, this is how you can create dramatic lighting in Photoshop. I hope you guys really like this. Don't forget to make this and I will see you guys in the next class. 137. Floating Crystal Effect: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to make this floating crystal effect in Photoshop. So we have already learned how to create a floating sphere in Photoshop. And this is pretty much like the same concept, but there is a different way to make this. And I have made this effect on different kinds of images. So did you could see how it looks like. You can see that I made it on this image and this looks quite nice. And it also looks really nice is because there is a person over here who is looking up. So this looks like there, this person is looking into this kind of prism kind of effect over here. And similarly over here than over here, and then over here. So let me come to my original image and it encloses all of these files. So how can you close all the files while you're working on the current document? So you can right-click on this. And there is an option to close others. So if you click on Close Others, it will close all the files as set for this one. So there is another advanced trick for you guys. Okay, so let me delete this and we can make it from the start. So the first thing which we are going to do is we are going to create some shapes. So I'm gonna come over here and create a new layer over here. And let's select the shape tool or maybe Polygon Lasso Tool. So we can start by creating a shape like this. So I'm going to click over here. Sorry. Click on Polygon Lasso tool, not just less or to wood. So I'm going to click over here. Then over here. I'm keeping them straight. Then over here and over here. Okay? So I'm going to change the color, foreground color to black, and I'm going to press Alt backspace or option plus Backspace. So we have this triangle over here, and we are going to apply this image on top of it. So we are going to make three more like this. So dad, we would have that prism kind of effect. So I'm going to create a new layer over here. Then click on this light over here, and click over here. And then click over here and close this. And then press sorry or Alt or Option Backspace. And this is going to get filled as well. Then create a new layer and similarly do the same process all over again. For this side. Then close it, press Alt Backspace. So we ended up with this weird kind of triangle over here. And I think it is a little crooked, but no worries. We are going to, I'm going to fix this. So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to duplicate this layer three times. So press Control or Command J, 1, 2, 3. And I'm going to put this layer on top of each of these and then clip them down. So I will press Alt or Option and clip it down. Then click over here, bring it up, lipid down, bring it up, clip it down. Okay, so nothing changed over here. So basically we applied these image on top of these. And now if we move any of these image, images, we are going to affect that prism kind of effect. So floating crystal or whatever you wanna call it. So I'm going to start with this side. If I move this to the side and you can see why it didn't bring the top. Okay, So let me turn off auto check. And let's click on this layer. And now if I move this, so we are moving this side over here. So we can move this up and litter. Similarly come to the right side and move this to the side. So it is so simple. So we basically have to simply move the image and you will start to get that Crystal kind of effect. Sorry. Let's come down over here. Move this to the side. So the basic concept for this is dead. Do have to find contrast in the image and make sure that nothing is close to anything which is of same contrast. And that way you will get these edges and you will be able to make this floating crystal. So let's get some blue over here so that we would have this edge. Let's click on this. And you can even make them bigger or smaller. So I'm going to make it a little bigger. And I guess this is alright. And this site seems all right. So I'm going to select all of this press Control or Command G to group it. So here is a before and after. So I can even rotate it a little like this. Press Enter. And if you think it got messed up on it and you can even transform it. But I'm gonna keep it like this for now. And there's one more thing that you can do is you can create a shadow for it. But for debt, I think I'm gonna make it a little wider. So I'm gonna make it a little wider, like this. Press Control or Command 0 to zoom in. Let's come over here and let's select the polygon lasso tool. Create a new layer. And let's create some shadow. So I'm going to click at this point, then over here than over here. And then over here. So we have this area. I'm going to press Alt Backspace. So this is going to act like a shadow. So I can apply some Gaussian blur on it. Before that I will convert it into a smart object. So I'm gonna go to Filter Blur and then Gaussian Blur. You can increase it or not if you want. Maybe like this. It okay, decrease the opacity. And also let's create a mask on it. Select the gradient and make it a little softer, a little more realistic. So the shadow is actually intense from the start and then gets to fade out or it will. So here it is. Let me select all of this. So here's the before. Let's zoom in a little. So before and after. How cool is this? So I hope you guys like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 138. Gold Paper Turn Effect: Hey guys, I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make this gold paper turn effect in Photoshop. So let me go and select the original images and let's make it from the start. So I'm going to bring them over here. So this is the original image. And let me take the size of these images. So this is a little too much. Let me cancel this. I'm going to create a new layer. Or I can simply delete this and bring in new images. Simple. Okay, so I have the images over here. Now, let me press Enter. And I want this image to be at the bottom. And we are basically going to create that paper turn gold paper turn kind of effect. So first thing which I'm gonna do is I'm gonna come over here, create a new layer. So I'm going to come and create a new layer over here. Then I will select the rectangle tool. And I will create a rectangle in the size of the whole image. I will tell you the reason why. So you can create a rectangle like this. But instead, I would recommend there to create a rectangle in the shape of your whole image. Because that way you will get the effect we're more proper. You can simply press Control or Command T and then resize this. So this rectangle is actually the same dimensions as this image. So I guess this seems all right, and let's make it a little more bigger. Press Enter. So now you're going to right-click on this and go to blending options. And let me move this to the side. Let me bring this over here. And you are going to apply our gradient overlay on top of it. So I already have a lot of gold gradient over here. You might have this by default. And you can see that I have all kinds of gradients installed. So I'm gonna go to this gradient and I can select any gold gradient I want. And if this is a little too much for what you can do is you can simply go to basic, stake, a basic one, and try creating your own gold gradient. So double-click on this and double-click over here. Let's select a yellow like this. And then come over here. Let's look like a brown color. Maybe like this. Then duplicate this. Sorry, not this, but this. Why is it not duplicating it? So let's click over here and bring this to the side, like totally up to you if you want to create. So this is like a very basic kind of gradient gold effect for us. Okay? Let me create another one, and let me make it a little more orangeish. Okay, So this isn't working, right? So let me make it yellow and change the color a little. So I guess this is all right, but this is already basic kind of gradient. You can select a pre-made gradient if you want. So simply hit Okay, and hit Okay over here. So now what you're going to do is you are going to select both of these layers, right-click on them and convert them into a smart object. Okay, So this is on a separate layer now. And now what you're going to do is we're going to right-click, sorry, press Control or Command T, then right-click and go to Warp. So now you can warp different parts of the image like this, press Control or Command Z. And what I'm gonna do is I'm going to select this anchor point and I'm going to bring it down like this and make it over here. Simply press Enter. And now you can see that we already have this goal kind of effect. But you can see that we don't have a proper and gold gradient on this. So you can double-click on this, come back over here, gradient overlay. And I'm going to use one of the gradients which I already have. So I'm gonna come over here, select any gold kind of gradient I want. So I'm going to click this one and maybe tinker with it a little. So maybe I would like to bring this over here. In this over here. Bring this over here. And I guess this seems alright, simply hit, Okay? And this is our gradient, simply press Control or Command S. And when I will go back over here, it is updated over here. So this looks so nice. And you can apply blur, sorry, our drop shadow on it as well. So right-click on this Blending Options. Bring this to the side, click on drop shadow, and you can move it up or down. It'll decrease or increase the opacity and simply hit O. Okay? So this source image, and know it looks like this. So how cool is this? And this is very simple and yet it looks really amazing. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 139. How To Make Light Rays: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make light rays in Photoshop. So let me turn this off. You will see that this was the original image and we created light rays. How well is this? So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. Okay? So the first thing which I'm going to do is I'm going to select the highlight, the basically all the light in this image. So what I'm going do is I'm gonna come over here, click on select, and then click on Color Range. So we have already covered Color Range in the previous tutorials. Like a lot of tutorials, you can click on the eyedropper and click anywhere and you can select that specific part. But vert, if you want to collect all the highlights or the shadows from the image, you can come up over here and select, and instead of any colors, you can click on highlights. You can even select shadows or midtones. So I'm going to click on highlights. So you can see there, there are a lot of highlights. Select it. I can increase or decrease the fuzziness. I can increase or decrease the range. So I'm going to increase the range and decrease the fuzziness a little, maybe a little, increase it a little. And I guess this is all right. So you can see that it is only selecting the highlighted areas which are bright. So I'm going to hit okay over here. So a lot of these areas are selected. So I'm going to press Control or Command J to duplicate this. So basically, if I hide this, you can see only the highlight. The highlight of this image are collected and are on a separate layer. Now, I'm going to turn this on now. So now I can click on this right-click and convert it into a Smart Object. So let's call them light rays. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to apply radial blur on it. So in one of the previous classes, we learned how to make motion blur, radial blur. So this is pretty much the same concept. I'm gonna come up over here, click on filter, and then go to Blur. And over here you can see radial blur. So click on this. Instead of the spin, we are going to select Zoom. Let's increase the amount to a 100 percent. Keep it at gold. Maybe best, best would be alright and simply hit, Okay? So this is going to take some time. And how amazing is this? So you can see that the light is coming from over here and collected. These are light rays. So basically photoshop converted those highlighted areas into light rays. So we actually applied motion blur on them, reading level basically. So I'm going to double-click on this. Let me cancel this and let me hide this first. So you can see that the person standing over here, the light is coming on them from this side. So the light is coming from over here. So what I'm gonna do is I'm going to turn this on, double-click on this. I know this is a very minute detail, but it makes a lot of difference. And I'm gonna move this to the side a little and now hit Okay, it is rendering. So now this looks a little more realistic that the light is coming from over here. There are much brighter areas over here. And the light is coming on the subject form over here. So this makes a lot more sense. So if you want to increase this effect, like make it a more intense, but you can do is you can simply duplicate the layer. So I'm going to duplicate this layer by pressing Control or Command J. And this is more intense and I can duplicate it again and again to make it more and more and more dense. So I guess this is a little too much. I'm going to delete the last one, like misled both of these and press control or command G to group them. So before and after. And I can even increase or decrease the opacity a little. So I will keep it at like 70 percent. And I guess this is all right. So here is the before and here is the after. How simple Was it? So I hope you guys really like this. And I hope that you will want to lovemaking this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 140. Speed Effect: Hello everyone. So today we are going to learn how to make the speed effect in Photoshop. So you can call it speed effect, flash effect, turning effect, whatever you want. So let me show you the before and after. Here was the before. This was the original image, and here is the after. So let me delete this and let's make it from the start. Okay? So you might have guessed it by now. The first thing which we are going to do is, is, is make a selection over the subject. So let me duplicate my layer by pressing Control or Command J. Then go to any selection tool. I'm going to select Quick Selection Tool over here. And let's click on Select and Mask and click on Select Subject. So we are going to select this subject. Photoshop is selecting it and you can even click on define here. The reason it's not showing below it is because we duplicated the layer, simply hit okay, now, so let me delete this layer because this is an extra null. So if I hide this, you can see that our subject is selected. So the selection might not be perfect, but it won't matter to us a lot because we're going to blurt out most of the areas. But there is one thing which matters and that is this area. So I think yeah, the Photoshop didn't claim the shadows. It wasn't supposed to, so we're going to bring them back. But before that, let me duplicate this layer again by pressing Control or Command J. Sorry, not this layer, but this layer. And let me hide this. So basically we are going to remove this person from the image. So I have this layer selected. I'm going to press Control or Command and click on the Layer Mask basically to make a selection. Now I can go up and over here, click on Select, On modify and then click on Expand. So just like in the video in which we created a motion blur for a car, if you remove the GAR. So I'm going to expand the selection like this. Then select any selection tool. Right-click overhead and click on fill. Okay, So it is not letting me fail because you should know this by now. Because this is a smart object and fill it doesn't work on smart objects. So right-click on this and no rasterize this. No, I can right-click on this again and we even have fill. So click on Fill, Content-Aware and simply hit. Okay. So basically Photoshop is going to try to remove this person from the image. And it did a pretty good job. There are some sloppy areas, but no problem. Does it not going to matter to us at all. So I'm going to turn this layer on and I'm going to right-click on it. Okay, yeah, before that I want this shadow over here. So let me zoom in over here. Click the brush tool. And let me click over here with white. I'm going to draw one here so that I won't have the shadow back. I guess my opacity is at 40 percent, that will make it a 100 and then draw with it. And now just looks all right, Let's zoom out. So now I can right-click on this and apply a layer mask. So a person is on a separate layer like this, and our background is also separate. Cool. Okay, so now we are going to duplicate this layer like a lot. So let me change this to subject, okay? And I'm going to keep this as traditional and make multiple copies of it. So I'm going to do it properly. There's College subject. So I'm going to make it like eight copies of it. So 123056781 is already the original one. So I'm going to call this one UTI, because this is going to be 80 percent opacity. And it's called this one 60. And let's call this one 40. This one 20. And last 110. I think we made two extra copies, so I'm going to delete them. So this is the original layer which is a 100 percent and everything else is 806040 2010. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to select the layer with the more capacity and I'm going to bring it up similarly like this AT and 60, and 40 and 20 and then 10. So this is at 100 percent opacity. You can come to this one and change this to 80. Intubation capacity to I know you cannot see any change over here because all these layers are below a 100 percent layer. So I'm going to click on this one. And instead of clicking on tuning of ICT from over here, you can simply press 1, 2, 3, 4 on the keyboard. So let's just say I want this layer to be 10 percent. I can click on, press 1 on the keyboard, Saudi, nor Well, this is so I have this layer selected. If I press 1 on the keyboard, you will see that opacity is 10 percent. Similarly 2345. Okay? Okay, So if I do 45, it would be 45 version of master. So yeah, I can simply press or maybe eight over here. So this is 80. Then come over here, click on 6, 60 portion over here, four, over here, to over here one. So now what you're going to do is you're going to let me bring this up on it and you're going to select all of these layers and using the arrow keys and bring them back a little. So like this, no, I'm going to select all of these layers, bring them all back a little, and then select all of these layer, bring them back. So you can see that we are starting to get that for you did kind of effect. Ring all of these back and finally, bring this back. Okay? So you can leave it at this point if you want. But if you want to go a little extra step in this video, we're going to do. So I'm gonna, I'm gonna keep this the way it is. And I'm going to apply a blur on all the other layers. So let me select all of these and right-click on them and convert them into a smart object. Okay, So I'm gonna go to that now. Then learn and then motion blur. So you can apply a motion blur in any angle you want. We want it to be straight like this. So this is good for us and simply hit, Okay. And I guess we are good to go. So there's one extra step we went. You can do if you want to extend it further mode. So you can simply duplicate this layer. I will press Alt or Option and look at this like this. Make sure that this is below this layer. And we're the fear starts. You can put it over here and you can duplicate it even more. So if you want to make it even further and press Control or Command J and bring this down. And you can extend it even more like this. So this is a little too much, I guess. So let me delete this. And I guess this is all right. So we can select all of this plus Control or Command G to group it. So here is the before and here's the after. And how cool is this? So I hope you guys really liked this and I will see you guys in the next class. 141. Create Flame: Hey guys. So now we're going to learn how to remove halos or fringing using a very special technique and that is using dodge and burn, just using Dodge and Burn. And I know that you guys must be really tired of me making a whole section, maybe I guess 15 to 18 tutorials on making a proper selection and masking and refining their selection. But the reason I made such a big section for all of this is because you guys would have a lot of examples in which how you can make a proper selection and then how you can refine those flexion, how to make a proper mask and refine that mask. And I think all of this is pretty much very important if you want to go advanced on the whole Photoshop thing. So I have this image over here, and here is the before, and this was the original image and here is the after. And you can see that fleshiness very proper. And I'm going to show you how you can move the fringes using Dodge and Burn via E-Learning. So main techniques because all the techniques which I am teaching you, they might not work for every image. So you need to learn all the techniques or diet you can hit and dry on the image which you have. You want to make a selection on Moscow. So let me delete all of this and let's make the selection and the mask from the start. Okay, so I have this image over here, and I don't think it is very difficult to select because there is a lot of contrast in the image. So you can simply take the magic one tool, click anywhere. And we are pretty much done with the selection. So what you can do is simply come down over here, click on the Mask. Let's invert the mask by pressing Control or Command I. While we're here, I think this is not the most effective and fast way to do things. Let me delete this. Click over here again. And we always invert the mask. How about we come over here and while making them or ask, you, press Alt or Option. Aha, this works. So the wavy make a negative mask. You can also make a negative mass but the selection. So if you want to make a negative mask of this lecture, simply press Alt or Option and then make a mask. So yeah, this was new for me as well. So let's create a solid color adjustment layer below it. Let's make it black and bringing down. So yeah, the selection seems fine, but you can see that there are some fringes over here. And obviously the hair, the hair always messes up. But let's zoom out a little and select this stat, any selection tool, click on Select and Mask. Let's zoom in a little. And alerts apply Saudi naught and this lemon press Control or Command Z. We have to use the Refine Edge. So alerts apply a refined edge over here. And this seemed on right. And similarly over here, I know there are some white areas over here. We are going to fix those. So the scenes alright. And hit Okay. Okay, So how about vertebrae? These extra fringes, like over here and over here. How can we remove these? So there can press Control or Command 0. So make sure that you have selected the mask, not the image. Click on the mask. And over here you can see what this discipline, you have, the Deutsch and the burn tool. So later on we're also going to learn how you can define your images using the Dodge and Burn. How is you can remove? How do we see it? Dark circles using Dodge and Burn. But for now we are just using this for making our selection better at refining the selection, the mask, and moving the fringes. So we will select the burn tool over here and set this to shadows measured their decision to share those. So let me zoom in over here. Sorry, zoom in over here. So there are some fingers over here. Let me select the burn tool again. And if I tried drawing with the burned on over here, let's see what happens. You can see that it is only affecting the white areas. Are there fringes? So if you turn on the click over here by pressing Origin option turned on this board, you can see that this is only affecting the white areas. And you have guessed it, since Bernoulli doing this, the Dodge tool will do the opposite. So we are basically using the overlay again, but that you can see that this is another way of refining, just like overlay, like this tool press Alt or Option. So we can click on these areas over here. And similarly over here. You can see that these areas are ongoing in. How cool is this? Let me zoom out and let's try overhead as well. And let me tell you about the Dodge tool. Since we are using Burn tool, we have shadows over here to burn do it applies on black areas shadows. But what about the Dodge Tool? If we take the Dodge tool, we will have to change this to highlights. Now let's zoom in. Let's zoom in. Select the Saudi Dodge Tool. And now if we turn on this more, you can see that we can draw back the white areas. So it is basically the opposite. So let's turn it off so we can draw back the white areas if we mess up any weird. So I guess burn is all right because we don't have to add to our image or flexion. So let's apply it all over this area. Let me do a quick rough job. I'm not trying to make this perfect. I'm just trying to show you how this looks. So let's zoom out claim deed areas. I should have copied the layer so that I could show you the before and after Humbert, I forgot. No problem. So this seems alright. So the last thing is we have to make sure that these extra areas are gone. So there select, Select and Mask, and we can use color, the contaminant on the hair. Simply hit, okay, So extra areas are gone. So let's delete this layer. Let's copy this layer so that we could see before and after and there's bring you down and delete this. And let's and make a selection on this again. And let me tell you why. Make a selection on this again. Sorted we could see the border and after at least properly. So here it is. Let me zoom in. So here is the before and here's the after. Before, after. Me zoom in again and before, after. I don't digital data is and not a lot of change because this was a pretty much a simple image. And when your image is simple, Photoshop trends to make a very good selection. But yeah, even if there were some fringes, they are gone. So before and after. So this was the last technique on how to make a proper selection and how to make a proper mask in order sharp. Novae have at least 15 to 18 videos on the topic of selecting and muscling and everything. So I guess I hope that you guys really enjoyed the whole section. And you will be doing all the tasks. And I will see you guys in the next class. 142. Use Multi Window For Easy Editing: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to use multi window to make editing easy. So you can see that we have already made this tutorial. In this tutorial, we learn how to basically create a gloss effect on the lips. But that is not our purpose right now. Basically, I want to teach you that how can you use multi window to make good editing process easy? So this whole section was all about photo manipulation. And multi window comes in really handy if you are manipulating something. So what does multi window? Let me show you. So if I go to Window up over here, window, then go to Workspace, sorry, not workspace. Go to arrange. And over here you can see that it says new window for design file. To design file is the name of my file, my document, and it will say the name which you have renamed your file to. So if I click on newborn off or design file dot PSD, basically it is referring to this document. So if I click over here, you will see that it will open up this same document over here. So let's just say I select the brush tool. Let's invert the color. And if I draw a stroke over here like this, you will see that it will get updated over here as well. So these are not separate documents, these are actually the same. So I can simply press Control or Command Z on this one and it will happen on this one as well. Okay, so what about the multi, even though, let me show you how you can open both of these files side-by-side. So if I come over here, click on Window, Workspace, sorry, arrange, keep on going the workspace. So you can see that there are a lot of options. And if you had three or four images, you could have opened them using these options as well. So we only have two. So let's just say I want to open them horizontally. You can see that this one is on the top and this one is at the bottom. Similarly, I can click on Window and then arrange and arrange them vertically. So this is what I wanted to show you. So this one is over here. I can click on this, sorry. So I can move my using my hand tool. I can arrange it over here. Similarly, I can click over here and I will zoom in over here. So the problem with this tutorial was that we had to zoom in and out again and again. But we can fix that problem by simply simply zooming in over here on this document. And let's just say I simply delete this so it will get deleted from both of them as you can see. And I can come over here again, create a new layer. Select the brush tool, white brush. I'm just gonna do a very sloppy job over here. Just to show you, you can see that it is being applied over here as well. So like this, maybe some over here. Okay, So now I will double-click on this to open up Layer Styles. And even though this is covered, no problem, I can, sorry, I can bring this to the side. And then bracket. And we have deathblow. Okay, So we have made the lips shiny. So you can see before and after in, zoomed in version and as well as zoomed out version. And how cool is this? And even if you have like multiple images, Let's just say I open this as another one. So if I click on Window, Arrange and open this as new window as well. So now I will have three of these. So I can click on Window and range. And now I can stack all of these vertically or horizontally like this. So why didn't it work? Let me put this here. Let me zoom out. And so these are all separate. Now I can click on Window, Arrange and then stack them all vertically. So you can see I have this very zoomed in version. Then I can come over here and I can zoom it a little. And then come over here and keep it as original. And this way, you can even show your projects to your clients in this way. So yeah, this comes in really handy if you are into photo manipulation, if you are into retouching and if you want do zoom and do image and see the zoomed out versions as well. So I hope you guys will really like this advanced drink. And I will see you guys in the next class. 143. Section 12 - Advance Tips & Tricks: Hi guys, welcome to Section 12. And this section is all about advanced Photoshop Tips and Tricks. So I am going to show you the folders over here. So basically we are going to learn a lot of simple tips and tricks which come in really handy in Photoshop, like making Photoshop faster and how to use libraries. How to use advanced layer options, some Photoshop, Easter eggs, which are not really important, but they are really fun. Then layer comps. So let me open this layer comps are amazing. I totally loved them. So if I come over here, you can see that I have this design over here. And instead of making two or three or four different, kind of a different Photoshop files. Conclude this one Photoshop file. And I can use layer comps to make different versions of them. How cool is this? So we are going to cover these as well. And yeah, there are a lot of other things as well, like how do you choose an action droplet, how to create your custom toolbar, how to set our workspaces, how to create a PDF in Photoshop, some little quicker exporting options and some other color correction options as well. So yeah, this is going to be super exciting and yeah, I'm really hoping that you guys will really find this useful and really love it. So I will see you guys in the videos. 144. 142) Make Photoshop Faster: Hello everyone. Hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn how to make PhotoShop faster. So if you had been working in Photoshop for a long time and you think that your Photoshop is starting to lag a little. So all of this is going to come in really handy for you guys. Okay, so I have divided this video into three parts. Number one is BRC, then scratch disk, and the third one is memory usage. So if you're working on a file, for example, let's just say I create a new layer over here, then create a new solid color adjustment layer over here. Maybe decrease its opacity a little on, maybe down to 0, or make some other adjustments over here, you will see if you go to History panel, let me come and go to History panel over here. So you will see all of these steps are being saved over here. So you don't have to press Control or Command Z again and again. You can see if I press Control or Command Z, it goes back. And if I press, sorry, if I press Control Shift Z or Command Shift Z, it reduce it. So all of these history states are being saved. And when you are working on a document for a very long time, these tend to become like a lot, maybe 30, 40 or even 100. And this makes Photoshop lag. So what you can do to fix this is you can simply go to edit. And over here. So go to edit. Over here, you can go to purge and then click on all ok. So when you would click on oil, it will basically delete all the cache or cash, whatever you wanna call it, and also the history states. So if I click on, Okay, over here, you can see oil history states are gone. So basically you won't be able to undo all the things you want to do over here right now. So I would recommend there whatever changes you want to make first you make all the changes and then apply then apply a perch on your document. So number one is perched, number two is scratch disk. So to do be able to set your scratch disk, you can go to edit over here. Let's go down. And over here, you can go to preferences or there is a shortcut for it. You can simply press Control or Command K. Okay, So preferences are open. And over here you can go to Scratch Disks. Over here, Scratch Disks. And you can set up a scratch disk. So what is a scratch disk? Whenever you are working on a document, photoshop basically uses our desk as a scratch disk, are temporary disk to save everything that you are doing as you do it. And if you scratch disk, whatever drive you have made into a strategist, if it becomes if it becomes full, you won't be able to work in it and Photoshop will give you an error. There. Your scratch disk is full. So always set up scratch disk which has a lot of space. So in this one I have like 236 GB free space. And I have said this up. I should have said this up, but this is actually an extraordinary drive. So that is why I'm not setting this up. So yeah, this is the second step. Cancel it because I have already stated, and the last one is memory usage. So let me press Control or Command K again to open up preferences. And over here in performance, yes. So here in performance you can set up your memory usage. So I have like 64 GB of RAM, like I have a lot. So if you have less, normally people have it for eight or 12. So you can set the memory usage for your Photoshop. So I work on Photoshop a lot as you can see or whenever whenever I'm working on Photoshop a lot, I set it up to maybe 70%. So dad, 70 percent of my RAM is being used on Photoshop and not other programs. Even though if I have opened other programs like After Effects or grown contacts, a lot of memory you want then my Photoshop works great. But if I have like Illustrator and aftereffect open-air at the same time, I usually set it up to like 50 percent or 40 percent so that other programs could benefit from the RAM as well. So let me hit Cancel because I have already set this up. So this was yeah, pretty much it on how you can make your Photoshop fast. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 145. Power Of Libraries: Hi guys, I hope you are doing great. So yes, we are finally going to learn about libraries. So a library is probably my favorite feature in all of the Adobe programs because it is actually active among all the programs. And if you have Adobe Suite, you can use it in all the programs by just creating one assert. So let me show you what libraries actually are. So as you can see, that I have some assets over here. And how did I make them? Let me open up my illustrator and you can see that these are all the assets which I have created over here. And I simply drag and drop them into my libraries and also divided them into folders. For example, display picture, icons, logos are carried me and my Academy logo and oil. So if I come back to Photoshop and if I open libraries, libraries are actually available in all the Adobe programs. So if I open this up, even in after effects on any other program, I will have all of these assets over here. I won't have to actually import them externally. So let me show you an example. For example, I want this icon into my document. So i 5 port this document over here like this, and simply press enter. You will see if I bring this up, there is a cloud next to it. For just like a Smart Object, the icon of a smart object and there is a cloud own it. So basically this means that this is a cloud assert, assert on in the libraries. So if I double-click on this, you will see that it is opening up as a separate file in Illustrator because I created this in Illustrator. So now I can basically click on this. Let me ungroup this. And I can change its color, for example, to something like this, green it okay? And then I will press Save. When I will press Control or Command S, You will see that it will get updated over here as well. So now when I will come back over here, you will see it is updated over here as well. So if you have a Cloud assert and if you use it among like 30 different folders, you can simply change only one of them in the actual libraries and it will get updated every year. So yes, Not only you can update your assets anywhere, you can just create them once and make changes whenever you want. So let's just say later on in the future, I decided that I wanted to remove this red bar from my logo. I won't have to go to every single document and remove it from there. All I can do is I can simply come over here and I will ungroup this and simply delete this. Simply press Control or Command S. It will get updated over here, and similarly it will get updated over here as well. So how cool is this? And I can even use this on aftereffects or Illustrator or any other program if I want. So let me press Control or Command Z to bring this bag because I don't want to ruin my asserts. And it is going to get saved over here. Let me close this. So you can see that it also updated over here. And if I come back over here, it also got updated over here. So the power, so this is the power of liabilities. Liabilities are extremely powerful if you know how to use them properly. So, yeah, all you have to do how to basically add an asset to the liabilities. You can do it from Photoshop or Illustrator or any other. So let's just say I create something over here. Let's just say I create this polygon over here with this color, and then duplicate it and make it smaller and copy this color. But let's just say this is one of my asserts. Her. Okay, so if I select this and if I drag and drop it over here. So I dragged and dropped it and dropped it into my icons. So it is now saved in libraries and I can access it anywhere. So if I open up my Photoshop, you can see that it is available over here as well. So now I can drag and drop it over here, make it bigger or smaller, like this. Press Enter, and now it is over here. And if I double-click on it, What's happening? Okay, so if I double-click over here, it will open it up in a separate document. I can click on this. And let's just say I want to change its color, maybe something like this, orange or maybe purple. And if I press Control or Command S, You will see that it will get updated over here and here as well. So yeah, libraries are extremely powerful if you know how to use them properly to go on us, they are not very difficult to use. And if you are into advanced work, workflows, if you are doing multiple projects. For example, whenever I'm working on a project, for example, if I come over here, so I am setting up a brand for my wife. And over here, I have great. Okay. So I haven't saved the efforts, I guess yes. Yet. I have just saved the colors for now. But I have created this folder over here in the libraries. And now when I will create all the logos and everything, I will simply drag and drop them over here and I will be able to use them anywhere I want. So yeah, this was pretty much it on libraries. I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 146. Project 26 - Setup Your Own Library: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. So now I have a task for you. So basically in the previous class, we learned how to use libraries and now you are going to set up your own library. I hope you are using official Adobe products because piracy is wrong and you are only able to access this if you have a proper subscription for just Photoshop or Adobe programs. So the tasks basically is that you have to create your own library. And if you've worked for a company or if you have your own brand, or if you are a freelancer working for another company, basically set up a library with a folder, having oil the assert in tight eight so that you could access them easily from any Adobe program. This is basically it. I hope you guys have fun making your own library, and I will see you guys in the next class. 147. Advance Layers Options: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn about some advanced layer options. So you already know that we have learned this tutorial at this affected how can we create a double exposure effect? So I'm just using this tutorial as an example for teaching you how you can use advanced layer options. So you can see that I have renamed all these layers and there are proper naming convention in this. And why did I saw did so? So if I come over here, you can see that there are a lot of options which I don't think you have ever touched. None of us had before. But I took out the time to learn about these and now I'm going to tell you about them. So let's start with just kind, there is a whole, there are whole other options. Let's start with just kind. So if I hover over any of them, you can see what they say. So distance is filter for pixel, pixel picture. So if I click on this, so it is now showing me all the layers which are our raster. So you can see this is a raster image data that is showing me this. So if I click on this one, you can see that it has an Adjustment Layer icon on it. So it will show me all the adjustment layers. So if you are working on a project which has a lot of layers, sometimes we are looking on a project and it has like 20 or 30 years. Then this comes in really handy. You can see what are the layers you will are working on and you can toggle them on and off. Similarly, if I want to see if there is any text in my document. So I added a text over here on purpose. So if I click on this, you can see that I have just this text over here. Similarly, it will also show you a shape layers. There are no shifts layered in this. That is why it is not showing them. And there is another option for smart object. So if I click on this, I can see all the smart objects in my document basically. So yeah, this was everything about kind. You can also search layers by name. So if I click on name over here, and let's just say I want to find my every time and I'm working on a document, I name my original image as original. So I will write all over here. And automatically it is showing everything to I can write original and I have the original layer over here. So you can search their naming your layers is very important because this way you will be able to search them using this filter. So basically these are all filters. You can even filter by Effects. So that the legislator, if you have a lot of images of, sorry, a lot of layers having different kinds of effects. Maybe stroke or anything as I apply it, a little bit of bevel on this text. So that is why it is showing me over here. I guess search instead of Saudi, I can search in, in terms of more attribute, color, Smart Object type of smart object because there are different kinds linked, embedded, selected an art board like all kinds of stuff. So yeah, these, to be honest, I don't use all of these older time. I hardly used these. But whenever I'm working on a document which has a lot of layers, then these come in really handy once in a while. So I taught, I will cover these for you guys because this is an advanced course and you should know about some advanced tips and tricks. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 148. Photoshop Easter Eggs: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn about some of the Photoshop, Easter eggs. So when Photoshop, I guess 2019 came up, they started adding some Easter eggs into it. And they are really fun. They don't do anything at all, but they are somewhat fun. So let me show you all of them. So if I come over here, you can see it says Edit toolbar. And if I click on this, if I right-click on this, I will be able to open Edit toolbar. And there are a lot of things which I can do. I can basically remove these if I want. Like for example, if I want to remove this option, I can hide it. I can even remove any tool if I want, but this is not what I want to show you. If you come over here and if you click on Done vinyl pressing Shift, if you just click on them, nothing will happen. Let me show you what will happen if you click on this while pressing Shift. So I'm pressing shift right now. And if I click over here, you will see a banana dual will come up. And to be honest, it actually doesn't nothing at all. This is just an Easter egg. And so yeah, and if you want to remove it, you can click on your toolbar again, and this time while pressing Alt or Option, click on Done. So now the banana two, it will be gone. So let me show you some other, some more of these. So if you go to Preferences by pressing Control or Command K, or you can go to Edit and click on Preferences over here. So in their preferences, let me see, oh yeah, in the interface you can see there are colored teams over here. So if you click on any of these by pressing Shift plus oiled, so I haven't or Shift Option and Shift Alt or Shift Option and click on any of these. These will tend into toast. So let me show you what they do actually. So this actually change the interface color. So if I click on any of these and just actually changes the interface color, let me invert these first and let me show you what happens. So this is the default, I guess this is the default and you can change the interface of your Photoshop using these. So this is the, this is like the retro photo of field. This was the original Photoshop. And then they started to make a darker and darker. And I guess this is the default. And if you want to change it to toast, you can simply press Shift Alt or Shift Option and click on these and you will get dosed. Another Easter egg is if you press Shift Control or Shift Option. This will change into coffees. So yeah, different tiers of coffee or toast. So if you go into like Adobe confidence and you will see people wearing shirts with these coffees or toasted. This is like an inside joke. So yeah, I thought I would show you these because if you want to flex their Do you know Photoshop a lot and you have to know the inside joke that as well. So yeah, this was pretty much it and I hope you guys enjoyed it and I will see you guys in the next class. 149. Layer Comps: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn about layer comps. So what layer comps? Let me show you. So if I come over here, this is the layer comp option. If you cannot see it, you can simply go to Window. And over here you can find Layer Comps over here. So if you click on this, this panel will open up. So basically using layer columns, you can create different versions of your document. Let me show you how. So I have this document over here. We made this pixel stretch effect in one of the previous tutorials. And let's just say I want to make different versions of it without making new document. So if I click over here, you can see that I have already made some versions. So if I click on this, it's sometime takes some time. So this version is without all the other stuff. And if I click on this, so this version has the skin color behind it. So I have these three versions which I can toggle on and off To. Let me show you how you can make these as well. So let me delete this version. And this one is, sorry, this one as well. And I will give this one because this was like the original one. So basically, if you have a document and if you want to show your client different versions of your work, you don't have to create 345 different documents and then show you, show them different versions. So you can have just one document and you can create layer comps. So let me show you how this works. So read some texts in this document, okay, so let me delete this as well so that we will start with just 0. So this was my original document. I didn't have these layers as well. I didn't have this text. I'm not going to delete it because I will have to write it again. Let's do it. Let's just deleted. So this was my original document. So I opened up the layer comps and I created a new layer icon and named it Option 1. Okay, so this is the original option. Then I created an adjustment layer, solid color adjustment layer. Copy this color. Hit. Okay, and let's add some text on top of this. So I will select the pen tool by pressing P, and I will draw a path over here. So we already know how we can write on a path. So after creating a path, I will select the text tool over here. And I will click over here simply. And now I can write any text I want. I can make it bigger or smaller. So I will make it bigger. And I will write some text over here, sorry, change the font. So I will select bison. And let's change it to pick certain stretch effect. And let's make it bigger like this. So I have this text over here. I can change its color to maybe this color. Okay, so now I can save this as version two. So not Version 2, like Qualcomm position number two. So I can come over here and I will create a new layer comp. I will click on this plus over here. And let's call this option 2. And make sure that all of these are checked and simply hit, Okay? And you can also add some comments with the earlier columns. Let me show you in the next one. So I have two options over here. Number one is this one, number 2 is this one. Let's create another one. So I will come over here. I will create a new adjustment layer. And let's copy this skin color. And I will turn off this one. And let's add something else. Maybe. Maybe let us say that we want some text over here. So let's call that option today. Just an example. We don't have to add this. So now I can come over here and I will click on this plus icon. Let's call this option 3. I remake your short all of these object. And I can even add some comments over here to make sure that I remember Herbert this competition has. So I will simply hit Okay over here. So now I have three options. Number one is this one, number 2 is this one, and number three is this one. And how cool is this? So previously I used to, if I had to make different versions, I used to make 345 documents and they take so much space. And now you can simply do this using just one layer comp, sorry, just one document and multiple layer compositions. So yeah, this is really this comes in really handy if you are doing a lot of client work. And yes, this is the advanced way of doing things. So I hope you guys really like this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 150. Workspaces & How To Use Them: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn about workspaces. So I guess in that basic tutorial in the basic Photoshop course, I taught you a little bit about workspaces. But there you should know the advanced way of using workspaces as well. So you can see that this is the workspace which I use most often. And if I come to a window over here, and if I go to workspace, you can see that I have a couple of workspaces. I don't know why do I have this one? I can simply delete it. So I can come over here, go to Window Workspace, and I can delete a workspace. So I will click on delete workspace. And I can select the workspace which I want to delete. So I will click on this untitled 11 and simply click on Delete. So now it is deleted. So yeah, Coming back to workspaces. So you can see that whenever I'm making a histogram tutorials, I turn on this workspace. Similarly, when I am making a tutorial for YouTube, I usually have this workspace. Then there is this workspace called main, which are used very often. So basically, you can set them up according to your need. So by default, if I come over here, go to workspace. You have the default essentials, workspace. And this is what you have to work with. But there are a lot of panels which you can move around. So always use a workspace which you are most comfortable with. So what I usually do is, for example, if I go to my main workspace, I usually have all the tools like this. I don't like them going down too much. So this is also saved. I use properties a lot, I use libraries a lot. Sometimes I use patterns. So these are oil, the worst basis. These are the oil dependence which are used very often. So that is why I have them, set them up over here. Similarly, if I go to this YouTube one, so depending upon my need, I can set them up. So let's just say I create a new workspace. So I come over here to the workspace and create a new workspace sailors called it touched Photoshop. And click on these as well. And then click on save. And now if I mess around anything, Let's just say I want to remove all of these panels. I want to remove these as well. I want to have a very clean workspace so I can close all of these. And let's just say I want to own only have leverage over here, layers, channels and paths over here. And maybe I don't even want histories. And let's just say I also want to have properties because properties are extremely important. So I will drag and drop properties over here. So this is a completely new workspace. Now I can toggle this on and off. Let's just say I move to my YouTube workspace. And at some point I want to come back to the other one which I created it. So I will come to this test ps, and I have this workspace. So yeah, workspaces are really important depending upon your needs. You can set up a workspace and it will make your work much more easier. So I hope you guys really like this. And I will see you guys in the next class. 151. Project 27 - Setup Your Own Workspace: Hey guys. So just you have guessed it, right. You are going to do a project. Again, this is a very simple project. I don't even consider this as a project because this is extremely essential. Basically, you have to set up your own workspace. Now, in the previous class, we learned how to create workspaces and how to move around panels and all. So now you are going to create your own workspace according to your need. So whatever you do if you are in two-photon manipulation, if you are a photograph or who like to edit pictures for outlines or whatever you do. Clear the workspace according to your need and save it. This is a very simple task for you guys. So I hope to see you guys in the next class. 152. Create A Custom Tool Bar: Hey guys, I hope you're doing great. So in one of the previous tutorials, we learned how to set up your workspace and how to use it. And now we are going to learn about toolbar. So data is you would only have the tools available to you which you actually need. So you can not only just tinker with the tool bar, you can also set it, set it up according to your need and depending upon the workspace. For example, if I come over here, click on window, then click on Workspace. And if I go to Instagram, you will see that I have very less tools over here. By default, they are not sold it on. Let me go back to the main one. So let's go to the workspace which we created before. Appear test ps. And let's change the toolbar in this one. So if I come over here and if I click on Toolbar, you can see that there are a lot of tools like there are a lot of towards which we don't use very often. For example, if I come down over here, I don't use Frame Tool at oil. I don't use these tools. I use the eyedropper tool. So I can simply remove these. I use these. I don't use the red eye tool. Similarly, I don't do a spare time stamp tool. Razor tool is extremely destructive. It shouldn't be in your toolbar in the first place. It shouldn't be in Photoshop in the first list. And then there is Dodge and Burn and this is useful. Then there are some other type tools. So these are not very handy. I don't think anyone uses them. So you get the idea. So now I will click on Done on it, moves some other tools as well. So you can see that they are moving from over here. For the Zoom in hand tool, I use short keys. So now I can simply hit on done. And you can see that all those extra tools are gone. So I have very less doubled over here. And they are no slip with the workspace. So if I go to Window, click on mean. You can see that this is my original workspace. Says all these tools. And if I come over here, go to Window and click on Dashed ps, you can see that there, the LES tools now. So you can basically set up you have your own toolbar according to your need, according to your workspace. So I hope you guys really like this advance trip, sorry, advanced trick. I don't know why my mumbling so much today. And I will see you guys in the next class. 153. Action Droplet: Hi guys. So today we are going to learn about droplets in Photoshop. So what is our droplet? Let me first demonstrated for you and then I will teach you how to make it. So I'm on my desktop over here and you can see that I have a couple of images over here. And you can see that I have this weird kind of Photoshop icon. So if I select all of these and I drag and drop them on this, it is actually a droplet. You will see that a Photoshop action will start automatically. And now it is applying some action on these images. And not only the, just applying the action on them. If I come over here and if I open this folder, you will see that it converted all of these into black and white. How cool is this? So let me delete this. And let's create our own droplet. So I'm gonna come to Photoshop over here and we will create a new droplet. Okay, so before creating a droplet, data is one thing which you have to do is, and it is create any new layer. It will hide this. So I don't know why we have to create a new layer, but when I was testing out droplets myself, the doctor doesn't seem to work properly if you just, if you don't have this empty layer. So it is important for you to have an empty layer. I was checking out on a forum and I've watched a couple of videos as well. And according to them, if you create a new layer, the droplet route would work properly. So yeah, I don't have a reason for this. You just have to create a new layer. Okay? So after getting a new layer, you can basically convert any action into a droplet. So what I am going to do is let me delete this. And this is, well, let's create a new droplet. So I'm going to come to actions over here. And I'm going to create a new droplet. And let's call it color grade because this droplet will automatically color grade your images. So I will hit on record over here. So now I'm gonna come over here and create a hue and saturation adjustment layer. So you're not hue and saturation but a solid color adjustment layer. And let's let something like this, yellow and hit, Okay? And let's try out some blend modes to see the kind of effect we want. So this looks nice, maybe this. So let's set it up to this color one. Color one looks nice. So if we go up over here. Okay, so yeah, something we messed up a little. Because now it is basically whenever we change the blending modes, it was trying to apply all of them. But no problem. It will only select the one which we selected at the end. But if you have a lot of images to work with, but this is not recommended. Just click once and select the blend mode you want. So let's just say this is our action and we want all the images to have this kind of effect. So let me, uh, yeah, and there's one more thing. Always make sure that you have an option to save your droplet. Because to be honest, it works much better if you have an option to save it. So I will click on File, click on Save as. And then what would desktop and simply hit own the sled JPEG and save it and hit Okay, so our action is complete. So now I will simply click on stop. And now we can import any image into Photoshop to check if our action is working properly. So let's just say I import this image over here. And if I click on the action, Let's click on color grade, and click on play. So now it is applying everything. It also, it basically also applied the effect on it. And it also saved it over here. Okay, so basically or drop, sorry, or action is working properly. Let me delete these. And now I'm going to apply created into a droplet. So let me close this. Let me go to File. And over here, if you go to automate and there is an option for droplet. Again, if you go to file, if you go to, then go to Automate. And over here you can see create droplet. So I will click on this option. Let me close this. So over here you can select where you want to save your droplet. So I will click over here and I will click on desktop. And let's name it. Let's call it. Grading, droplet, droplet and desktop and click on Save. So which action you want it to play, you can select an action. So I want to slit color, grade and make sure that include all folders as well as selected. Because if you are, if you put a whole folder on the droplet, it will also convert the subfolder into the effect. And finally, where do you want to save everything? So you can save it. You cannot save it maybe or save and close all. Go to folder. I want to save it into a folder. I will choose a folder which I have already created on the desktop. And it is this one converted. So simply click on Select Folder. And this one will be the document name. And this one will have the extension as well, and then the serial number. So simply and also make sure that override action CLS command is checked because otherwise it will keep on asking you if you want to save your file, you simply hit, okay? And if we go to the desktop, we have this droplet over here. So let's just say I select all of these pictures and I drag and drop them over here on the droplet. Photoshop is now applying the action on them. So you can see that it is applying the action. But we went through so many blend modes. So it goes through all of them as well. So when you are making her action, make sure that you don't do this mistake as iodide because it might take a lot of time if you have a lot of pictures. So we can now come over here and you can see that all of our pictures are color graded. How cool is this? And not only to just a couple of pictures, you can even apply this on whole folder. So if I come over here, I have a lot of pictures over here, less like a bunch of them, not a lot of them. So I will copy these and let's put them in a new folder. Because I don't want it to keep on running for a long time and for you to wait. So let's just say we have this folder. What I can do is let me delete these. So what I can do is I can select the whole folder and drag and drop it on the droplet. And now it will convert the whole folder. It will apply the effect on the whole folder. So now it is applying or color grade. So let me remove this. I don't know why is it showing again and again? Sorry for the view. Okay. So I guess we are done. That is I didn't want to collect a lot of pictures so that your time won't be wasted. But as soon as this is done, I'm going to show you the converted files. How many did I select? Still? Okay, so what we can do is we can click over here and come to this folder. So it is, I guess still adding more pictures. I guess this was the last one and you can see that all the pictures have been calibrated, didn't know. So how cool is this? So basically, this is how you can use droplets are dropped. It is basically our action, which you can put it on the desktop and without even opening, let's just say that you are a photographer and you create a droplet of your own watermark, okay? So you bring in the photos into your desktop and you simply drag and drop the folder on your Doppler to without even opening Photoshop. And then you go and have some rushed or maybe get a cup of coffee. And by the time you will come back without even opening Photoshop authority when going to image processing is you will have everything edited according to your need. How cool is this? So I hope that you guys really liked this tutorial. I hope this advanced workflow will come in really handy for you guys and I will see you guys in the next class. 154. Create A PDF In Photoshop: Hi guys. So now we are going to learn how to create PDFs in Photoshop. This is a very small, very concise little tutorial, but I know this is gonna come in handy for you guys at some point in the future. So in the previous class, we learned about droplets and we created this folder with pictures. So let's create a PDF out of them. Let me close this. Or maybe slept a couple of pictures which are of the same dimension. For example, these pictures. So dad or PDF would be somewhat similar. So I have these pictures over here. I know my desktop guard. Quite messy, but no problem. Okay, so let me come over here and let's go to File. Then over here, you can click on automate and there is this option for PDF presentation. By the way, if you go to automate and there are a lot of things you can play around with. So these are all the automated options. So I'm going to click on PDF presentation. And over here I can select the files which I converter, which I want to convert it into a PDF. So I can click on Browse. And over here I can select the pictures which I want. But there is a problem because I cannot see them, so let me make them bigger. So these were the pictures which I wanted to convert into a PDF. So I have selected them. It would be much better if you have them in a folder because you won't have to find them like I did, and it's simply click on open. So you can also sort them by name. Or you can duplicate or remove any of them so you can select one of them, duplicate it or remove it. Then you can also select if you want a multi-page document or a presentation. Or you can select the file type, or if you want to add copyright on anything else, font-size and everything, I'm going to simply hit on safe. So I want to save this over here and let's call it color career PDF and simply hit Save. Now when do we'll click on Save PDF? Photoshop will automatically open the files which we give it. And now it is converting it into a PDF. So I guess we are done. Let me close this. We have disconnected pdf over here and if I double-click on this, it will open up this document with a document is trying to put Acrobat in full-screen mode. Okay, yeah, So basically we converted our document into slideshow. So data is via, it is actually acting as a slideshow. So basically, for example, if you want to show your client, if you are a photographer, and if you want to show pictures to your client, This is the best way to do so. You can basically convert it into a PDF. So this is a simple PDF as well, and also a presentation. And you can look at it, the pictures you added, the water mark, and now you want to show it to your client. So you can simply convert it into a PDF instead of just sending them all on these files separately, convert it into a PDF. And then they will be able to see all the pictures in a single PDF in the slideshow format. How cool is this? So yeah, this is, I know this is very simple. You can use a lot of programs on the Internet to create PDFs. But why do it from there? And you can simply use Photoshop to do it. So yeah, this was pretty much it. And I hope that this will bring more value. Do you make your work much easier? And I will see you guys in the next class. 155. Quick Export As JPEG or PNG: Hi guys. I hope you are doing great. And today we are going to learn about Quick Export options. Could export as a JPEG or PNG. So if you're someone like me, like I export my profiles into JPEG a lot. So I taught via short, I go to File and then Save As all their time by not have a short keep audit. So for me it is Control plus full stop. So if I press Control or Command, full stop, you will see that I have these options over here. And if I simply click on Save, I already had it saved. So now my profile, sorry, now my document is saved as a JPEG over here. So let me show you how you can set it up as well. So by default, if you go to File, then click on save as, sorry, if you go to export, you have this option for Quick Export as PNG, so you can change it. And also you can see that I have set up this short key for it. So if you go to Export Preferences, you can search it up to PNG JPEG or whatever you want. I have set this up to a JPEG. So this is the first step. Make sure that you set it up to whatever you want. So I have set this up to JPEG because I export to JPEG a lot. Now simply hit, Okay. Okay, so step 2, basically you have to assign a short key for it, but before that you have to know there how you will apply the short key. So if you go to File and then click on Export. So you have to remember this part, file export and then quick export as a JPEG. So let me go to Edit and then go to not preferences. Keyboard short keys are over here. So I will go to keyboard shortcuts again. If you didn't get it, go to Edit, then I will go to keyboard shortcuts. So over here you can see that there are a lot of options. So the reason we remembered it, because we won't be able to find them. Finding the short keep it we want to set if we don't remember it. So make sure that you remember it. So Norway, remember it was filed, then it was Export. And then over here, export as a JPEG. So I have set this up to, when you will open it, it will be empty too. I have set this up to Control plus full stop. And now every time when I click on study, when I press Control plus full stop, it gives me an option to save the document as a JPEG. And without even thinking, I simply click on Save. And this comes in really handy for me because I use this a lot. So yeah, this is a simple little tutorial for you guys. I wouldn't call it advanced because a lot of people use it, maybe know about it. But if you are a beginner, this is something which is going to change everything for you. So I hope you guys really like this and I will see you guys in the next class. 156. How To Always Have Correct Colors: Hi guys. So now we are going to basically learn about color profiles. So if you are someone who struggles with color profiles and whenever you export your images, they are in different color. And when you upload them on Instagram or any other platform, they are of different colors. This is a very simple guide to explain everything to you. Okay? So the first thing that you have to set is you have to go to View. And over here you can see kind of proof and color proof setup. So by default, always set it up to sRGB. You can also set it to anything else. But when you set it to sRGB, because in today's era of digital were, we mostly, we mostly use our images online. So sRGB is a format which is supported by most of the platforms. So these are the actual colors when you will export your file. These are the actual colors which you will see on Instagram or any other platform basically. But that is not enough. By setting up proof setup, you have set up how it will look over here, not Vin, how it will get exported. To do basically said the export settings you have will have to go to File. And over here, sorry not file. You will have to go to Edit. And over here, you will have to set color settings. And if your image is set to any other profile, you will also have to convert it. So step 1, let's do this in steps. Step 1, go to View Proof Setup and always said this to sRGB. Okay? Then step to go to Edit and go to Color Settings. Okay? So you can set up working spaces over here. By default. I think North American general purpose too, there are different profiles over here. This works best for me because you can set it up as the sRGB and CMYK. You don't have to worry about gradients port, because this is not your concern at the moment. You have to worry about sRGB mostly and maybe CMYK. If you ever do print work, if you never do print work, you have to, you don't have to worry about this. So set this up to sRGB. And these two US web coded whatever this S, and also change these to preserve embedded profiles. So basically this means whenever you will export your file, it will not change it to anything else. It will preserve the actual working space which you have set up. So simply hit, okay. And the last thing is, you can see that this is at RGB. It says RGB. If you go to image and you go to More. So whenever you open up your file, whenever you open an image which is for printing it, we usually have this CMYK profile. So you will click on, flatten over here, hit okay. So some of the colors change, but you cannot see the colors change. And because you have the proof setup to sRGB lizard, so now it is automatic routines to working CMYK. So if you want to get SRGB colors back, you will have to go to Image Mode and change it to RGB colors. And now you will be able to get back where is it? Vue CLI setup. And you can see that it is set to sRGB. So to sum it all up, if you don't want to understand anything and if we want to just go with the flow and, and not worry about it, go to View and start your colors proof setup to internal standard sRGB, okay, then go to Edit, go to Color Settings. Set this to North American general-purpose CPU and set this to sRGB and said this to US, web coded. And you are good to go. You don't need to know about any other details and simply hit, Okay, No, Every time you will export your profile and your sorry, your profile picture or any other image, it will look perfect for Instagram or other platforms. So I hope that you guys really liked this. I'm sorry if it got a little confusing, you just need to remember what I said at the end. So see you guys in the next class. 157. Outro: Hey guys. So this is the end of the course and give yourself a pat on the back if you made it. And rather send me a message on Instagram if you completed the course, because this is an extremely in-depth course with more than a 150 videos, along with Photoshop. Illustrator is another tool which is highly demanded by IT companies who hire graphic designers. If you want to add another tool to your skill set, you can check out my illustrator for beginners course. And if you already know the basics, you can check out the advanced course. And also don't forget to review this course, what you liked about it. But you did end kindly mentioned everything. I would like to know everything because your feedback helps me make butter courses. Well, this is it. I hope you had a really good time and I hope to see you in another one of my courses.